Home

Siemens MC55 User's Manual

1. cecceceeeeeeeeeeeeteeseenaeees 77 3 4 10 SIEMENS release cause for Call related Supplementary Services CRSS 79 3 4 11 SIEMENS release cause for Session Management SM sse 80 3 4 12 GSM cause for L3 Protocol module or other local cause ssssssssssssss 80 3 4 13 SIEMENS release cause for GPRS API sssssssssssseeseeeenee eee 80 3 4 14 SIEMENS release cause for PPP IP Stack sssssssssseeeeeeneee 80 3 5 ATS18 Extended call release report sssssssssssssssssesseeeneeemme emere 81 3 6 AT CPAS Mobile equipment activity status sss nnne 83 3 7 AT WSA6 Select wireless network ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeccaeceeeeeeeeeee cee aeeaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeseesencciceeaeeeeeess 84 4 Serial Interface Control Commands eeeeeeeeueeeeseeesieeeeeeennnnne nnne nnn an nint tnmen nene ninh nn nnn 85 41 ATQ Flow control attri e ttt ertet rhe a a a nu d d e RR a En e AR ina ane oe pe Ra Eua 85 4 2 AT amp C Set Data Carrier Detect DCD Line mode ssseeenn emen 86 4 3 AT amp D Setocircuit Data Terminal Ready DTR function mode sse 87 44 AT amp S Setocircuit Data Set Ready DSR function mode sssssssee en 88 45 ATE Enable command echo sssssssssssssssssseeereneen enne nennen nr nnns nennen nn enne 89 4 6 AT ILRR Set TE TA local rat
2. esessssisssesesseseeeee eene 145 7 19 AT CRLP Select radio link protocol parameters for originated non transparent data calls 146 7 20 AT CLCC List current calls of ME sssssssssssesee eene ennemi nnns 147 7 21 AT SLCC Siemens defined command to list current calls of ME eeeeeeeee 149 7 22 AT CR Service reporting control ense ecran tinet nnd e agn d aao din nna 155 7 23 AT CRC Set Cellular Result Codes for incoming call indication esses 156 7 24 AT CSNS Single Numbering Scheme sssssssssessse eene eene rennen enn 157 7 25 AT SCNI List Call Number Information ssssseene enne eene 158 7 26 AT SLCD Display Last Call Duration essem emm enne 159 7 27 AT STCD Display Total Call Duration esesseenen nme nennen 160 0 26 ATP Select pulse dialirig iren n ba E nata cH aar tu aedi rade da 161 17 29 AIT Select tone dialirig tiic ori dco d cobi a de sitae oo i a sped taro sitae peer eG REEL e nh 161 8 Network Service Commands ecceeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeaneeseeeeeeeene segs n nennt nmr nne nhn annis nn sh nnn tn nnnm r nns nns nnen 162 8 1 AT COPN Read operator names ssssssssssssssssseeeeee ere ren enne nennen nnn n nene n nnn 162 9 2 ATHCOPS Operator Selection asi cst eed ettet eR RR IE RA decasdnadseeessaadacdauanaaddsece 163 8 3 AT SOPS Extended Operato
3. 297 11 20 Using GPRS AT commands Examples eese enne nnne 298 11 21 Using the GPRS dial command ATD sse e nennen nennen 300 12 FAX Commands sissioni anenee ai ne aeania eda ea ER ORKERR ERAN ar e Aa a are VAa CA RRERRRKRRA NUR RE aaia ERE Ya ERR ERA U SERERE 301 12 1 FAX paramelters teach thee dade i a n deed ted a Pa Pat en RA dated vl dte a eade en dna 301 12 1 14 Summary of Fax Class 2 URCs defined by EIA PN 2388 000 eee 303 12 2 AT FBADLIN Bad Line Threshold ii i ssi siisii aia aia 304 12 3 AT FBADMUL Error Threshold Multiplier sssssssseeeme n 305 12 4 AT FBOR Query data Bit Order ecccceecccececceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeceeeeecaaeceeeeeeseaaeeeseseesecaeeeseeeesaas 306 12 5 AT FCIG Query or set the Local Polling ID ssseseem m 307 12 6 AT FCLASS Fax Select read or test service class sssseeesee 308 12 7 AT FCQ Copy Quality Checking 1 tocco duree kia aA 309 12 8 AT FCR Capability to Receive ssssssssseeseeeeeneen eene nennen nennen nnne ener nnns 310 12 9 AT FDCC Query or set capabilities ieeseeeeeesseeeieeseseen eene nnn ntn nnne ninth nn na nnn 311 12 10 AT FDFFC Data Compression Format Conversion sssssssesseee eene 312 12 11 AT FDIS Query or set session parameters sssssssssee eene 313 12 12 AT FDR_ Begin or continue phase C Data Re
4. Note Used for Fax Class 2 only MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 317 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 12 16 AT FLID Query or set the Local Id setting capabilities Syntax Test Command AT FLID Response s max character length of Local ID string range of supported ASCII character values OK Read Command AT FLID Response s lt lid gt OK Write Command AT FLID lt lid gt Response s OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last EIA PN 2388 O e O e O O Q Parameter Description lt lia gt u Local ID string Max length and possible content as reported by test command Default value is empty string Notes Used for Fax Class 2 only See also AT FCIG MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 318 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 12 17 AT FMDL Identify Product Model This command sends the model identification to the TA Syntax Read Command AT FMDL Response s Gipsy Soft Protocolstack OK PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O O e O O OQ Q Reference s SIEMENS Note Used for Fax Class 2 only MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 319 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 12 18 AT FMFR Request Manufacturer Identification This command sends the manufacturer identification to the TA Syntax Read Command AT FMFR Response s SIEMENS OK PI
5. sssssssssssssseeeeenenene 96 Table 4 2 Summary of AT commands with Different Behavior in Multiplex Mode ssssss 97 Table 10 1 Applicability of AT SICS conParmTag values ssssssseeeeeeenne nennen 222 Table 10 2 Applicability of AT SISS srvParmTag values ssssseseeeenee nennen 228 Table 12 1 Summary of Fax Class 2 URCs defined by EIA PN 2388 ssssssssseeee enn 303 Table 18 1 Modes of the LED and indicated ME functions sssssssssseee emm 438 Table 20 1 Star Hash Command Overview sssssesssseeeeeneeeeeennen nennen nennen enne 444 Table 20 2 Abbreviations of Codes and Parameters used in Table 20 1 445 Table 20 3 Star Hash Command Response Parameters sss 446 Table 20 4 Star Hash Commands for Supplementary Services ssssssssssssssee 446 Table 20 5 Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN seenm em 447 Table 20 6 Availability of AT Commands Depending on Operating Mode of ME sssssssssss 454 Table 20 7 Settings Stored to User Profile on ASCO MUX Channel 1 0 ccccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeees 461 Table 20 8 Settings Stored to User Profile on ASC1 MUX Channels 2 and 3 462 Table 20 9 Factory Default Settings Restorable with AT amp F sssseeneennm enn 464 Table 20 10 Summary of Unsolicited Result Codes
6. 13 15 AT CSDH Show SMS text mode parameters The write command sets whether or not detailed header information is shown in text mode result codes Syntax Test Command AT CSDH Response s CSDH list of supported lt show gt s OK Read Command AT CSDH Response s CSDH lt show gt OK Write Command AT CSDH lt show gt Response s CSDH lt show gt OK Reference s GSM 07 05 Parameter Description show Um 8W 0 MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last e e e e COR Do not show header values defined in commands AT CSCA and AT CSMP lt sca gt lt tosca gt lt fo gt lt vp gt pid and lt dcs gt nor length toda Or tooa in CMTI AT CMGL AT CMGR result codes for SMS DELIVERs and SMS SUBMITs in text mode for SMS COMMANDS in CMGR result code do not show pid mn da toda length or cdata Show the values in result codes Page 355 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 13 16 AT CSMP Set SMS text Mode Parameters The write command selects values for additional parameters needed when the short message is sent to the net work or placed in a storage when text format message mode is selected It is possible to set the validity period starting from the time when the short message is received by the SMSC lt vp gt is in range 0 255 or define the absolute time of the validity peri
7. Syntax Test Command AT SMGL Response s same as AT CMGL Exec Command AT SMGL Response s SMGL For default values of stat see Section 13 1 SMS parameters OK Write Command AT SMGL lt stat gt Response s same as AT CMGL Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS e e e e Oo J O O Notes The selected lt mem1 gt can contain different types of SMs e g SMS DELIVERs SMS SUBMITs SMS STA TUS REPORTSs and SMS COMMANDS the response may be a mix of the responses of different SM types TE application can recognize the response format by examining the third response parameter Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data may not yet be accessible resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned See Section 20 1 Restricted access to SIM data after SIM PIN authentication for further detail MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 361 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 13 20 AT SMGO Setor query SMS overflow presentation mode or query SMS overflow The write command sets the overflow presentation mode The read command returns the overflow presentation mode and the SMS overflow status Syntax Test Command AT SMGO Response s sMGO list of supported n s OK Read Command AT SMGO Response s SMGO n mode OK ERROR CMS ERROR Wri
8. bm um Broadcast Type Messages 0 Type not supported 1 Type supported Notes If CSMS mode is switched from Phase 2 to Phase 2 and one or more AT CNMI Parameter are Phase 2 specific a CMS ERROR unknown error will appear It is recommended to switch the AT CNMI Parameters to Phase 2 specific values before entering Phase 2 Phase 2 lt service gt 1 must be set before the following features can be used Configuring procedures for indicating received short messages with the AT CNMI parameters mt gt 2 or lt mt gt 3 and lt ds gt 1 Acknowledging incoming short messages with AT CNMA Receiving Status Reports and acknowledging them with AT CNMA MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 359 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 13 18 AT SLMS List SMS Memory Storage AT SLMS indicates the max capacity of each SMS storage type and the number of locations currently used Syntax Test Command AT SLMS Response s OK Exec Command AT SLMS Response s SLMS MT lt total3 gt lt used3 gt SLMS SM totali lt used1 gt SLMS ME lt total2 gt lt used2 gt OK ERROR CMS ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS e e e e e O O Parameter Description totall Maximum number of messages storable in the SMS memory of the SIM physical storage SM crore um Maximum number of messages storable in the SMS memory of
9. The user should be aware that the setting MT involves ME and SM with ME being filled up first If the ME storage is full MC55 will proceed with the SM storage Incoming Class 1 short messages ME specific will be preferably stored to ME and may be transferred to the SM storage if ME is used up Incoming Class 2 messages SIM specific will be stored to the SIM card only no matter whether or not there is free ME space As a result the SMGO 2 indication see AT SMGO may be presented without prior indi cation of SMGO 1 For more information regarding SIM and ME specific message classes refer to dcs and the following specifications GSM 03 38 and 3GPP TS23038 When lt mem3 gt is switched over from MT to SM all free ME locations will be filled with dummy short mes sages This procedure can take up to 35 seconds until all the 25 records are written If switching from MT to SM was not finished due to error or user break the value of lt mem3 gt remains MT but some of the dummy records remain in the ME storage These records have to be deleted manually When mem3 equals SM do not delete the dummy messages in the ME storage They will be automat ically deleted when you switch back from SM to MT Again this may take up to 35 seconds If switching from SM to MT was not finished due to an error or user break the value of lt mem3 gt remains SM but the ME storage will no longer b
10. Adaptive Multi Rate This parameter can be used to control the usage of the feature Adaptive Multi Rate AMR It is possible to enable or disable this feature for all network operators or to enable it for selected operators max 10 If the feature is enabled for all operators any request to enable it for a specific operator will result in a CME ERROR operation temporary not allowed Changes of this parameter become active with the next call Parameter is global for all interfaces volatile and will not be reset by AT amp F enabled AMR is used for every operator disabled AMR is not used for any operator 00000 999999 Enable AMR for the specified operator in BCD or IRA format see AT COPS ecsv1 CSCS Call Speech Version1 This parameter can be used to query or configure the speech version 1 indication in the bearer capabilities in case of voice calls see GSM 04 08 Speech version 2 EFR is always enabled speech version 3 AMR is not affected by this command If you try to change this parameter as long as a circuit switched call is active the command returns the new value and OK but the changes will not take effect before next call setup Parameter is global for the ME volatile and will not be reset by AT amp F ngu FR and HR codecs are enabled for speech calls full rate codec is preferred 1 FR and HR codecs are enabled for speech calls half rate codec is preferred 2 Half rate codec is disabl
11. cid values specified If you try to answer a request which is no longer present or which is already answered by another instance NO CARRIER is returned Syntax Exec Command ATA Response s CONNECT NO CARRIER Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e e oO O O e MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 293 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 11 16 ATD 99 Request GPRS service This command causes the MT to perform whatever actions are necessary to establish a communication between the TE and the external PDN The V 250 D Dial command causes the MT to enter the V 250 online data state and with the TE to start the specified layer 2 protocol No further commands may follow on the AT command line GPRS attachment and PDP context activation procedures may take place prior to or during the PDP startup if they have not already been performed using the AT CGATT and AT CGACT commands If the context to be used is already activated it will be deactivated first This ensures that the right context parameters will be used e g QoS changes since the last context activation or the called address specified by ATD 99 Examples on how to use this command are provided in Section 11 20 Using GPRS AT commands Examples To confirm acceptance of the command before entering the V 250 online data state command will respond with CONNECT When the layer 2 protocol has terminated eith
12. outCalibrate 2 lt outCalibrate gt 3 outCalibrate 4 lt outStep gt lt sideTone gt OK Write Command AT SNFO outBbcGain outCalibrate 0 lt outCalibrate gt 1 lt outCalibrate gt 2 lt outCalibrate gt 3 outCalibrate 4 lt outStep gt lt sideTone gt Response s OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS e e o Parameter Description lt outBbcGa ins m SNFW Negative DAC gain attenuation adjustable in four 6 dB steps from 0 dB to 18 dB 0 0 dB 3 18 dB 0 3 lt outCalibrate gt MUmMSNFW Formula to calculate the value of the 5 volume steps selectable with parameter lt outStep gt Attenuation 20 log 2 outCalibrate n 32768 0 32767 outStep m Volume steps 0 4 each defined with outCalibrate n 0 4 sideTone SRI KENN Multiplication factor for the sidetone gain Formula to calculate how much of the original microphone signal is added to the earpiece signal Sidetone gain in dB 20 log sideTone 32768 0 32767 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 415 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Notes e lt outCalibrate gt specifies the amount of volume of each lt outStep gt The range of each lt outCali brates is up to 65535 but will be suppressed to 32767 A value above lt outCalibrate gt 65535 will cause an error The range of sideTone is up to 65535 bu
13. ssseesssssss 395 16 9 AT CNUM Read own numbers ssssssssssssssssseeeereere nennen nenne enr n nnns nsn nnne nennen 399 16 10 AT SDLD Delete the last number redial memory ssseeene eee 400 T7 Audio Commands iiit irn netsan iaaea PERRYRAMURSRERS IRURE NVENE MINA A EERARARBa s ERE REH RN EKFRRRRARRRRSERERESEERR 401 17 1 Audio programming model lesen cities netten thanh nn iine RR 401 17 2 ATL Set monitor speaker loudness sss eere nennen nennen 402 17 3 ATM Set monitor speaker mode sssssssssssssseeeeeeeeeenme rem enne nene nennen 402 17 4 AT CLVL Loudspeaker volume level sess eene 403 175 ATECMUNT Mute Control etd etta une Ret nin ebd a e a aa LR ee SALA Rete e dt dde stander 404 176 AT VID Tone d tatioh ecce tnter Rx d RXS RADI E KRERA XR E xYe ERES 405 17 7 AT VTS DTMF and tone generation sssssseeeeeeneem mener nnne 406 17 8 AT SAIC Audio Interface Configuration eseseseeeeenee emen 407 17 9 AT SNFA Setor query of microphone attenuation esses 409 17 10 AT SNFD Set audio parameters to manufacturer default values ssssssssssss 411 17 11 AT SNFI Set microphone path parameters ssssssssssssseeeeeeeeee eene 412 17 12 AT SNFM Set microphone audio path and power supply ssssseseeneeee 413 17 13 AT
14. 6 6 AT CGMR Request revision identification of software status AT CGMR delivers a product firmware version identification Command is identical with AT GMR Syntax Test Command AT CGMR Response s OK Exec Command AT CGMR Response s REVISION lt xx yy gt OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e e e OQ Parameter Description EXE yy 6 Version xx and variant yy of software release 6 7 AT GMR Request revision identification of software status AT GMR delivers a product firmware version identification Command is identical with AT CGMR Syntax Test Command AT GMR Response s OK Exec Command AT GMR Response s REVISION lt xx yy gt OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last V 250 O o e e e e OQ 9 Parameter Description E yy 99 Version xx and variant yy of software release MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 123 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 6 8 AT CGSN Request International Mobile Equipment Identity IMEI AT CGSN delivers the International Mobile Equipment Identity IMEI Command is identical with AT GSN Syntax Test Command AT CGSN Response s OK Exec Command AT CGSN Response s lt sn gt OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e e Q Parameter Description gn 8 International Mobile Equipment Identity IMEI used
15. 7 13 BRODERSEN simplifying process ATS7 Set number of seconds to wait for connection completion ATS7 specifies the number of seconds the TA will wait for the completion of the call setup when answering or originating a data call Also referred to as no answer timeout To put it plainly this is the time to wait for the carrier signal If no carrier signal is received within the specified time the TA hangs up Syntax Read Command ATS7 Response s ESI OK Write Command ATS7 lt n gt Response s OK ERROR Reference s PIN V 250 O Parameter Description ens num amp W amp V Number of seconds to wait for connection completion 000 060 5P Notes Command ATS7 is only applicable to data calls MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O OTO ASCO ASC1 MUX1 D e O O Values greater than 60 cause no error but n will be restored to the maximum value of 60 The correlation between ATS7 and ATSO is important If the called party has specified a high value for ATS0 n call setup may fail Example Call setup may fail if ATS7 30 and ATSO 20 MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 140 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 7 14 ATS8 Set number of seconds to wait for comma dialing modifier This command specifies the amount of time in seconds that the DCE shall pause during signalling of call addressing information to the network dialling when a comma dial modifie
16. ATDL Response s If there is no last number or number is not valid CME ERROR If no dialtone parameter ATX2 or ATX4 NO DIALTONE If busy parameter setting ATX3 or ATXA BUSY If connection cannot be set up NO CARRIER If successfully connected and non voice call TA switches to online data mode CONNECT text When TA returns to command mode after call release OK If successfully connected and voice call OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last V 250 Q e Q oO Command Description This command redials the last voice and data call number used in the ATD command If terminated with semi colon ATDL dials the last voice call number stored in the LD phonebook Otherwise the last dialed data or fax number will be used not contained in the LD phonebook Notes This command may be aborted generally by receiving a character during execution Abortion is not possible during some states of connection setup such as handshaking Parameter I and i only if no code is within the dial string MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 135 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 7 9 ATH Disconnect existing connection Syntax Exec Command ATH lt n gt Response s OK PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last e e o 9 e Q Q9 Reference s V 250 Command Description Disconnect existing call from command line by local TE and t
17. Case 6 Every 16 bit value is sent to the TE as IRA representation of it It is assumed that number of bytes is even Example C3x46 H 43 H 33 H 34 H 36H displayed as C346 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 23 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 1 5 2 2 Implementing input of Terminal data to SIM direction TE to TA Used character set DCS 7 bit DCS 8 bit DCS 16 bit GSM Data UCS2 GSM Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 GSM 1 1 IRA to 8 bit 2 1 IRA to 16 bit 4 2 UCS2 Case 4 Case 5 Case 6 UCS2 to GSM 4 1 UCS2 to 8 bit 4 1 UCS2 to 16 bit 4 2 Note The ratio between the number of input characters and bytes stored on the SIM is given in parentheses Case 1 Every character is sent from TE to TA as GSM character or ASCII with standard terminal emulation e g Hyper terminal Character value must be in range from 0 to 127 because of 7 bit GSM alphabet To reach maximum SMS text length of 160 characters in 140 bytes space characters will be compressed on SIM This must be set using the parameter dcs of AT CSMP add 64 Example ABCDEFGH typed is sent and stored uncompressed as 4142434445464748 H stored com pressed as 41E19058341E91 H Case 2 Every data byte is sent as 2 IRA characters Maximum text length is 280 IRA characters which will be converted into 140 bytes SMS binary user data Example C8 typed is sent as 43 H 38 H stored as C8 H Case 3 Every 16 bit value is sent as 4
18. OK ERROR CME ERROR Write Command AT CGDCONT lt cid gt PDP type lt APN gt lt PDP_addrs Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e e e e e Oo Command Description The test command returns supported values as a compound value The read command returns the current settings for each defined PDP context The write command specifies the parameters for a PDP context identified by the context identifier lt cid gt The number of contexts that may be in a defined state at the same time is given by the range returned by the test command A special form of the write command AT CGDCONT lt cid gt causes the values for context lt cid gt to become undefined Parameter Description cid um PDP Context Identifier Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition The parameter is local to the TE MT interface and is used in other PDP context related commands 1 2 lt PDP_type gt 6 Packet Data Protocol type Specifies the type of the packet data protocol Ip Internet Protocol IETF STD 5 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 277 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process lt ApN gt Access Point Name The logical name that is used to select the GGSN or the external packet data network If the value is null or omitted then the subscription value will be requested lt PDP_addr gt Pa
19. Reason for call forwarding 0 unconditional 1 mobile busy 2 no reply 3 not reachable 4 all call forwarding includes reasons 0 1 2 and 3 5 all conditional call forwarding includes reasons 1 2 and 3 mode m Network operation to be performed for Supplementary service call forwarding 0 disable call forwarding disable service 1 enable call forwarding enable service 2 query status of call forwarding query service status 3 register lt number gt and activate call forwarding register service 4 erase number and deactivate call forwarding erase service MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 198 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process number 9 String type phone number of forwarding address in format specified by type If you select lt mode gt 3 the phone number will be registered in the network This allows you to disable enable CF to the same destination without the need to enter the phone number once again Depending on the services offered by the provider the registration may be mandatory before CF can be used The number remains registered in the network until you register another number or erase it using mode 4 num type Type of address octect 145 dialing string number includes international access code character 129 otherwise class um Integer or sum of integers each representing a class of information i e a bearer service teleco
20. Type of address octet see also AT CPBR type Note BRODERSEN simplifying process MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last e Q O O Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data may not yet be accessible resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned See Section 20 1 Restricted access to SIM data after SIM PIN authentication for further detail MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 399 of 475 Confidential Released 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 16 10 AT SDLD Delete the last number redial memory AT SDLD deletes all numbers stored in the LD memory Syntax Test Command AT SDLD Response s OK Exec Command AT SDLD Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR err Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS oO e e O O Q Note Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data may not yet be accessible resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned See Section 20 1 Restricted access to SIM data after SIM PIN authentication for further detail MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 400 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 17 Audio Commands The AT Commands described in this chapter are related to the MC55 s audio interface 17 1 Audio programming model The following figure illus
21. lt value gt lt errMode gt lt n gt lt n gt lt value gt lt value gt lt value gt lt value gt lt value gt lt n gt lt n gt lt n gt lt n gt lt n gt Speed lt name gt ce iwg mwS T1 lt N2 gt n mode mode format n n lt n gt lt n gt Page 461 of 475 3 17 06 AT Command FAX Commands AT FCLASS Short Message Service SMS Commands AT CMGF AT CNMI AT CSDH AT CSMS AT SMGO SIM related Commands AT SCKS Miscellaneous Commands ATS3 ATS4 ATS5 Stored Parameters lt n gt lt mode gt modes mt bm ds show service n mode n n n Table 20 8 Settings Stored to User Profile on ASC1 MUX Channels 2 and 3 AT Command Configuration Commands ATO ATV ATX AT CMEE Serial Interface Control Commands AT Q AT amp C AT amp D AT amp S ATE Call related Commands ATSO AT SLCC AT CR AT CRC Network Service Commands AT COPS MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released Stored Parameters lt n gt lt value gt lt value gt lt errMode gt lt n gt lt value gt lt value gt lt value gt lt value gt lt n gt lt n gt lt mode gt lt mode gt lt format gt Page 462 of 475 BRODERSEN simplifying process 3 17 06 AT Command AT CREG Supplementary Service Commands AT SACM AT CLIP GPRS Co
22. simplifying process 17 5 AT CMUT Mute control The AT CMUT command mutes the microphone input The command can be used in all audio modes 1 to 6 and during a voice call only See AT SNFS for more details on the various audio modes As alternative you can use the AT SNFM command During an active call users should be aware that when they switch back and forth between different audio modes for example handsfree on off the value of mute does not change i e the microphone mode is retained until explicitly changed Syntax Test Command AT CMUT Response s CMUT list of supported mute s OK Read Command AT CMUT Response s CMUT lt mute gt OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Write Command AT CMUT lt mute gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e e e e O Parameter Description lt mute Sun oP Mute off 1 Mute on MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 404 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 17 6 AT VTD Tone duration This command refers to an integer duration that defines the length of tones transmitted with the AT VTS command Syntax Test Command AT VTD Response s VTD list of supported lt durationss OK Read Command AT VTD Response s lt duration gt OK Write Command AT VTD lt duration gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s
23. 1 4 SRES Signed RESponse 4 5 12 Kc Cipher Key 8 Example Use command 72136 RUN GSM ALGORITHM to obtain SRES and cipher key Kc values as calculated by the SIM at sxsm 136 0 0 16 0011223 Start SIM command RUN GSM ALGORITHM with 16 byte random 3445566778899AABBCCDDEEFF number SXSM SRES bytes 1 4 and Cypher Key Kc bytes 5 12 values as returned 144 0 00112233445566778899AA by the SIM BB OK MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 371 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 14 3 AT SCKS Query SIM and Chip Card Holder Status This command controls the SIM connection presentation mode and queries the connection status of the SIM and the card holder tray of the MC55 Syntax Test Command AT SCKS Response s SCKS list of supported mode s OK Read Command AT SCKS Response s SCKS mode lt SimStatus gt OK ERROR CME ERROR err Write Command AT SCKS lt mode gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS O e J O O Unsolicited Result Code SCKS lt SimStatus gt During startup and if the MC55 s SIM connection status has changed an unsolicited result code URC is issued Command Description The read command returns the URC presentation mode and the status of the SIM card connection The write command enables or disables the presentation of URCs to report whe
24. A H O On H OKOT H OOHO T CGQMIN 3H OGGI S 3L z JL O 0 1 0 OK MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 283 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 11 10 AT CGQREQ Quality of Service Profile Requested Syntax Test Command AT CGQREQ Response s CGOQREQ PDP type list of supported lt precedencess list of supported lt delayss list of supported lt reliabilityss list of supported lt peakss list of supported lt mean gt s OK Read Command AT CGQREQ Response s CGQREQ cid precedence delay reliability peak lt means CGQREQ Write Command AT CGQREQ lt cids precedence delay lt reliability gt peak lt means Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e e e e O Command Description The test command returns values supported as a compound value If the MT supports several PDP types the parameter value ranges for each PDP type are returned on a separate line The read command returns the current settings for each defined context If no requested profile was explicitly specified for a context simply OK will be returned but default values will be used for that context This command allows the TE to specify a Quality of Service Profile that is used when the MT sends an Activate PDP Context Request message to the network The set com
25. Capability to Receive Query or set capabilities Data Compression Format Conversion Query or set session parameters Begin or continue phase C Data Reception Data Transmission End a page or document Kill operation orderly FAX abort Query or set the Local Id setting capabilities Identify Product Model Request Manufacturer Identification Set bit Order independently DTE Phase C Response Timeout Identify Product Revision Receive Data Using HDLC Framing Receive Data Receive Silence Transmit Data Using HDLC Framing Transmit Data Stop Transmission and Wait Vertical Resolution Format Conversion Request complete TA capabilities list Request manufacturer identification Request model identification Page 472 of 475 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Section and Page Section 14 1 page 368 Section 13 13 page 353 Section 13 14 page 354 Section 2 12 page 49 Section 13 15 page 355 Section 13 16 page 356 Section 13 17 page 358 Section 7 24 page 157 Section 8 5 page 171 Section 9 13 page 215 Section 9 14 page 217 Section 14 5 page 375 Section 12 2 page 304 Section 12 3 page 305 Section 12 4 page 306 Section 12 5 page 307 Section 12 6 page 308 Section 12 7 page 309 Section 12 8 page 310 Section 12 9 page 311 Section 12 10 page 312 Section 12 11 page 313 Section 12 12 page 314 Section 12 13 page 315 Section 12 14 page 316 Section 12 15 page 317 Section 12 16 page 318 Sec
26. ERROR CME ERROR err PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last Q 9 o e e O O Parameter Description srvProfilerd U 0 9 srvProfileId specified with AT SISS MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 244 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 10 7 AT SISR Internet Service Read Data The AT SISR command either triggers a read operation download or queries the number of bytes in the internal buffer The AT SISR write command may return the following errors e CME ERROR operation failed if there is a problem on application socket PPP or GPRS GSM level The AT SISE command and the srs URC offer additional error information CME ERROR operation temporary not allowed e g if the service has not network resources allocated CME ERROR operation not allowed e g if the service is not configured Syntax Test Command AT SISR Response s OK Write Command AT SISR srvProfileId reqReadLength Response s SISR srvProfileId cnfReadLength lt remainUdpPacketLengths Number of data bytes are sent as specified by lt cnfReadLength s If peek operator was used no data bytes are sent OK ERROR CME ERROR err PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last 9 e o S e o O O e Unsolicited Result Code SISR lt srvProfileId gt lt urcCauseId gt Data availability status of the Internet service configured with AT srss has changed The URC is issued
27. MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 275 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Notes Ifthe MT is in dedicated mode write command returns CME ERROR operation temporary not allowed Itis possible to leave the GPRS data mode and enter the command mode by using the V 250 command By using the command AT CGDATA again the data mode is reentered Which context is used to return to data mode depends on the supplied parameter lt cid gt If no lt cid gt is specified this is equivalent to using the V 250 command ATO which is usable for GPRS con nections too In this case the first context will be used which is active and already in data mode since it has been activated the internal context used for GPRS connection without explicitly specifiying a context identi fier has the highest priority It is possible to use AT CGDATA to enter the data mode for a context which is not yet in data mode since it has been activated With ATo this is not possible 11 6 1 Automatic deactivation of PDP context during dial up PPP When using the AT CGDATA write command or ATD 99 or ATD 98 the MT issues the intermediate result code CONNECT and enters V 250ter online data state In V 250 online data state first some LCP protocol exchange between MT and TE is performed to set up the PPP link After successfully establishing the PPP link the MT performs the PDP context activation procedure if the context is not already activ
28. Reports non standard setup frame Reports the status of received pages Reports the remote ID transmit station ID Page 303 of 475 3 17 06 12 2 AT FBADLIN Bad Line Threshold BRODERSEN simplifying process This command defines the Copy Quality OK threshold If lt badlin gt consecutive lines have pixel count errors in normal resolution 98 dpi mode then the copy quality is unacceptable If lt badlin gt 2 consecutive lines have pixel count errors in fine resolution 196 dpi mode then the copy quality is unacceptable Copy Quality Not OK occurs if either the error percentage is too high or too many consecutive lines contain errors A value of 0 implies that error checking is not present or disabled Syntax Read Command AT FBADLIN Response s badlin OK Write Command AT FBADLIN lt badlin gt Response s OK If error is related to ME functionality ERROR Reference s EIA PN 2388 Parameter Description lt badlin gt Bad lines 0 10 255 Note Used for Fax Class 2 only MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released PIN ASCO ASC1 O e Page 304 of 475 O MUX1 e MUX2 MUX3 Charge 7 O O Last O 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 12 3 AT FBADMUL Error Threshold Multiplier This command defines the Copy Quality OK multiplier The number of lines received with a bad pixel count is multiplied by this number If the result exceeds
29. Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e OQ Unsolicited Result Code Call response format COLP lt number gt lt type gt Parameter Description en gt num 0 Disable suppress unsolicited result codes 1 Enable display unsolicited result codes lt em gt um 0 COLP not provisioned no presentation COLP provisioned 2 Unknown number 6 String type phone number of connected address in format specified by lt t ype gt MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 211 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process num types Type of address octet in integer format 145 when dialling string includes international access code character otherwise 129 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 212 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 9 12 AT CPUC Price per unit and currency table Syntax Test Command AT CPUC Response s OK Read Command Ai CPUC Response s TOPUC ME ue Iencys sop OK ERROR CME ERROR err Write Command AT CPUC lt currency gt ppu lt passwd gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 oO e e e e J Command Description Read command returns the current parameters of PUC Write command sets the parameters of Advice of Charge related price per unit and
30. SLCC 0 SCKS 0 1 CREG 0 1 CLIP 0 2 CAOC 0 COPS 0 0 operator CGSMS 3 OK Table 2 2 PIN authentication done ACTIVE PROFILE E1 Q0 V1 X4 amp C1 amp DO amp S0 Q0 S0 000 83 013 84 010 85 008 CR 0 CRC 0 CMGF 1 CSDH 0 CNMI 0 0 0 0 1 ILRR 0 IPR 57600 CMEE 2 SMGO 0 0 CSMS 0 1 1 1 SACM 0 000000 000000 SLCC 0 SCKS 0 1 CREG 0 1 CLIP 0 2 CAOC 0 COPS 0 0 operator CGSMS 3 OK MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 31 of 475 Current configuration on ASCO MUX channel 1 example No PIN authentication ACTIVE PROFILE E1 Q0 V1 X4 amp C1 amp D2 amp S0 Q0 S0 000 83 013 84 010 85 008 86 000 87 060 88 000 10 002 818 000 CBST 7 0 1 CRLP 61 61 78 6 CR 0 FCLASS 0 ILRR 0 IPR 57600 CMEE 2 ASCKS 0 1 OK Current configuration on ASC1 and MUX channels 2 and 3 example No PIN authentication ACTIVE PROFILE E1 Q0 V1 X4 amp C1 amp DO amp S0 Q0 S0 000 83 013 84 010 85 008 CR 0 ILRR 0 IPR 57600 CMEE 2 SCKS 0 1 CGSMS 3 OK 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 2 3 AT amp W Stores current configuration to user defined profile AT amp W stores the currently set parameters to a user defined profile in the non volatile memory Syntax Exec Command AT amp W lt value gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O
31. Suppress CLIR Activate CLIR Check status of COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation Check status of COLR Connected Line Identification Restriction Act deact int reg eras CFU Act deact int reg eras CF busy Act deact int reg eras CF no reply Act deact int reg eras CF no reach Act deact int reg eras CF all Act deact int reg eras CF all cond Activation deactivation int WAIT Page 444 of 475 Response also refer to Table 20 3 lt IMEI gt OK CME ERROR err OK CME ERROR err OK CME ERROR err OK CME ERROR err OK CLIP lt n gt lt m gt OK see AT CLIP CLIR lt n gt lt m gt OK see AT CLIR see AT CLIR see AT CLIR COLP lt n gt lt m gt OK see AT COLP COLR 0 lt m gt OK where m active or not active SCCFC reason status class like CCFC see AT CCFC see above see above see above see above see above CCWA lt status gt class like CCWA see AT CCWA 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process Star Hash Code Functionality Response also refer to Table 20 3 Call barring choice of 33 Pw BS Act deact int BAOC SCLCK lt fac gt status class like CLCK Refer to AT CLCK choice of 331 Pw BS Act deact int BAOIC see above choice of 332 Pw BS Act deact int BAOIC exc home see above choice of 35 Pw BS Act deact int
32. Up to 16 000 128 kbit s Up to 32 000 256 kbit s Up to 64 000 512 kbit s Up to 128 000 1024 kbit s Up to 256 000 2048 kbit s OMAN DO A ON gt mean m Mean throughput class in octets per hour 0 network subscribed value 1 100 0 22 bit s 2 200 70 44 bit s 3 500 1 11 bit s 4 1 000 2 2 bit s 5 2 000 4 4 bit s 6 5 000 711 1 bit s 7 10 000 22 bit s 8 20 000 44 bit s 9 50 000 111 bit s 10 100 000 0 22 kbit s 11 200 000 0 44 kbit s 12 500 000 1 11 kbit s 13 1 000 000 2 2 kbit s 14 2 000 000 4 4 kbit s 15 5 000 000 11 1 kbit s 16 10 000 000 22 kbit s 17 20 000 000 44 kbit s 18 50 000 000 111 kbit s 31 best effort PDP type 6 Packet Data Protocol Type Ip Notes fparameters are not defined the parameter default values depend on the HLR stored subscribed default val ues Definitions of parameters in GSM 02 60 and GSM 03 60 paragraph 15 2 Quality of Service Profile MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 282 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Example If some of the QoS parameters are omitted they will keep their current value or the default value if not specified so far e g AT CGDCONT 1 IP A T CGQMIN A H CGQMIN A FH CGQMIN 1 0 A Ed CGQMIN CGQMIN 1 0 0 0 0 0 A El CGOMIN 1 0 0 0 1 A Fal CGQMIN e MIENNE PE A H CGOMIN 1 1
33. consisting of a single line which contains the message number and the message size in bytes if the specified message exists in the maildrop list on the POP3 server If no such message exists on the server than the POP3 service issues an error response to the user If lt srvParmTag gt value pNumber is zero the List command returns a multi line scan listing For each message on the maildrop list of the server the POP3 service returns a line containing the message number and its size in bytes A final dotline will be printed at the end of the scan listing If there are no messages on the maildrop list of the server the POP3 service returns a positive response i e it doesn t issue an error response but the scan listing will be empty In either case each scan listing will be finished by a so called dotline i e a new line with just a single dot MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 235 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released lt srvParmValue pDelFlag gt BRODERSEN simplifying process Retrieve command If lt srvParmTag gt value pNumber is set to a non zero value this command retrieves the related message from the POP3 server s maildrop list If no such message exists on the server the POP3 service issues an error response to the user It depends on the parameter pDelFlag if the message will be deleted from the POP3 server upon successful retrieval If lt srvParmTag gt value pNumber is zero the Retrieve command returns
34. en gt num Integer type memory location in the range of locations available in the selected memory i e the index number returned by AT CPBR mgsm 6 String of GSM modifiers Activates CLIR disables presentation of own phone number to called party i Deactivates CLIR enables presentation of own phone number to called party Notes This command may be aborted generally by receiving a character during execution Abortion is not possible during some states of connection setup such as handshaking The command is not applicable to data calls Any attempt to dial a data call number from lt n gt causes the result code NO CARRIER to appear Parameter lt mgsm gt only if no code is within the dialing string MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 132 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 7 6 ATD gt lt str gt Mobile originated call from active memory using cor responding field Syntax Exec Command ATD gt lt str gt lt mgsm gt Response s ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt If no dialtone parameter ATX2 or ATX4 NO DIALTONE If busy parameter setting ATX3 or ATXA BUSY If connection cannot be set up NO CARRIER When TA returns to command mode after call release OK If successfully connected OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last V 250 e e Q Q Q O OQ Q Command Description This command searches the active phonebook for a given string lt str
35. scFG GPRS ATSO withAttach gs0aa OK ERROR CME ERROR Write Command Ring on incoming GPRS IP data packets AT SCFG GPRS RingOnlncomingData lt groid gt Response s scrG GPRS RingOnIncomingData lt groid gt OK ERROR CME ERROR Write Command Query Set timeout value for power saving mode 9 AT SCFG PowerSaver Mode9 Timeout lt psm9tos Response s SCFG PowerSaver Mode9 Timeout lt psm9to gt OK MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 51 of 475 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Continued 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process Write Command Continued Query Set timeout value for power saving mode 9 AT SCFG PowerSaver Mode9 Timeout lt psm9tos Response s ERROR CME ERROR Write Command Control Special Call Handover Setting AT SCFG Radio Band HandOver lt HandOverStatuss Response s scFG Radio Band HandOver lt HandOverStatus gt OK ERROR CME ERROR Write Command Configuration of TCP parameter InitialRetransmissionTimeout AT SCFG Tcp IRT lt tcpIrts Response s SCFG Tep IRT tcpIrt OK ERROR CME ERROR Write Command Configuration of TCP parameter MaxRetransmissions AT SCFG Tcp MR lt tcpMr gt Response s scFG Tcp MR lt tcpMr gt OK ERROR CME ERROR Write Command Configuration of TCP parameter OverallTimeout AT SCFG Tcp OT tcpot Response s SCFG Tcp OT lt tc
36. srvProfileId infoID info OK ERROR CME ERROR err PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O e e e e e Q G9 Parameter Description srvProfilerd Um Internet service profile identifier as defined by AT SISS srvProfileId 0 9 c infoIDp Uum Reason for Internet service error This is a subset of the lt urcInfoldss which can be found in Section 10 10 Internet Service URC SIS The value 0 indicates there is no special Internet service error In this case the application may use AT CEER to check for general GSM GPRS problems infos 60 Information text related to lt infoID gt This is a subset of the lt urcInfoTextss which can be found in Section 10 10 Internet Service URC SIS Note In particular cases the AT SISE command may deliver information and warnings This applies the following services FTP Information 2100 POP3 Warnings SMTP Warnings If an error occurs the information and warning messages are overwritten by error messages MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 251 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 10 10 Internet Service URC SIS This section first describes the syntax and the parameters of the SIs URC The second part consists of tables listing the information elements delivered within the SIS URC and the command response of AT SISE The presentation of the srs URC containing the parameter lt urcCause gt 0 can be disabl
37. type of address given by tora lt sca gt num CSCS Service Center Address GSM 04 11 RP SC address Address Value field in string format BCD numbers or GSM default alphabet char acters are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set refer to command AT CSCS type of address given by tosca scts Cum Service Centre Time Stamp GSM 03 40 TP Service Centre Time Stamp in time string format refer lt dt gt gn Uum Serial Number GSM 03 41 CBM Serial Number in integer format MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 333 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process ests Status GSM 03 40 TP Status in integer format 0 255 lt stat 35 Message status 3GPP 27 005 Interface of SMS and CB Indicates the status of message in memory Description text mode mode 71 PDU mode lt mode gt 0 Default Received unread mes REC UNREAD 0 for SMS reading com sages mands Received read messages REC READ Stored unsent messages STO UNSENT 2 for SMS writing com mands Stored sent messages STO SENT 3 All messages ALL 4 toda m Type of Destination Address GSM 04 11 TP Destination Address Type of Address octet in integer format when first character of da is IRA 43 default is 145 otherwise default is 129 0 255 num lt tooa gt Type of Originating Address GSM 04 11 TP Originating Address Type of Address octet in integer format default refer
38. value um 1 To make a step forward in the alphabetically sorted phonebook 2 To make a step backward in the alphabetically sorted phonebook index a sm 1 maxindex The index in the sorted list of phonebook entries that identifies the first entry displayed The value of index a is determined by the value of the internal counter and by parameter value MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 395 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process After a write command has terminated successfully with OK the value from parameter lt index a gt is saved and retained as the new lt internal counter value Mind after the last record of phonebook the first entry follows index b um 1 maxindex The index in the sorted list of phonebook entries that identifies the second entry displayed lt index b gt index a 1 Mind after the last record of phonebook the first entry follows index c Uum 1 maxindex The index in the sorted list of phonebook entries that identifies the third entry displayed lt index c gt lt index b gt 1 Mind after the last record of phonebook the first entry follows number 8 String type phone number in format specified by lt type gt the number parameter may be an empty string type um Type of address octet which defines the used type of number ton and the numbering plan identification npi Please consider that for types other than 129 or 145
39. 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 9 Supplementary Service Commands The AT Commands described in this chapter are related to the Supplementary Services offered by the GSM net work 9 1 AT CACM Accumulated call meter ACM reset or query Syntax Test Command AT CACM Response s OK Read Command AT CACM Response s CACM lt acm gt OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Write Command AT CACM lt passwd gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e o o o OQ OQ Q Command Description The read command returns the current ACM value The write command resets the Advice of Charge related to the accumulated call meter ACM value in SIM file EF ACM ACM contains the total number of home units for both the current and preceding calls Parameter Description acm 8 Three bytes of the current ACM value in hexadecimal format e g 00001E indicates decimal value 30 000000 FFFFFF passwd 8 SIM PIN2 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 191 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 9 2 AT SACM Advice of charge and query of ACM and ACMmax Syntax Test Command AT SACM Response s SACM list of supported lt n gt s OK Exec Command AT SACM Response s SACM n acm lt acmMax gt OK ERROR CME ERROR err Write Command AT SACM lt n gt Response s OK ERR
40. 4 4 kbit s 15 5 000 000 11 1 kbit s 16 10 000 000 22 kbit s 17 20 000 000 44 kbit s 18 50 000 000 111 kbit s 31 best effort lt PDP_type gt Packet Data Protocol type Ip Notes If parameters are not defined the parameter default values depend on the HLR stored subscribed default val ues Definitions of parameters in GSM 02 60 and GSM 03 60 paragraph 15 2 Quality of Service Profile Example If some of the QoS parameters are omitted they will keep their current value or the default value if not specified so far e g AT CGDCONT 1 IP OK AT CGQREQ OK MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 286 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process T CGQREQ A T CGQREQO 1 0 A T CGQMIN CCOREOLIT OMOTO OP A A T CGQREQ CGORE Oey OMOTOM A T CGOREO 1 1 K T CGQREQ TCCOMHO RAL Lp O 0 i 0 OK A O A Oo A O AT CGQ REQ 1 0 0 0 1 Oo A A O A MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 287 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 11 11 AT CGREG GPRS Network Registration Status AT CGREG write command enables presentation of URC CGREG lt stat gt when lt n gt 1 and ME s GPRS net work registration status changes AT CGREG read command queries the current URC presentation status and lt stat gt which shows whether the network has currently indicated the registration of the ME Syntax Test Command AT CGR
41. 96 Invalid mandatory information 97 Message type non existant or not implemented 98 Message type not comaptible with protocol state 99 Information element non existent or not implemented 100 Conditional information element error 101 Message not compatible with protocol 102 Recovery on timer expiry MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 76 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released Number 111 BRODERSEN simplifying process Description Protocol error unspecified Interworking class 127 Interworking unspecified 3 4 7 SIEMENS release cause for L3 Call Control CC Number Description 1 Call dropped 2 Service not available 3 Hold procedure not available 4 Temporary no service previous procedure not yet finished 5 No speech service available 6 Call reestablishment procedure active 7 Mobile received a release complete message during a modify procedure modify reject 8 Call clearing because loss of radio connection if no reestablishment is allowed call not active 10 Number not included in FDN list Notifications 300 Called party barred incoming call 3 4 8 SIEMENS release cause for L3 Advice of Charge AOC Number Description 1 SIM data not available 2 SIM does not support AOC 3 SIM data access error 4 ACM limit almost reached ACM range overflow 5 ACM range overflow 3 4 9 GSM Release cause for Supplementary Service Call Number Description 0 No error default 1 UnknownSubscriber 9 IllegalSubscriber 10 BearerServiceNotP
42. A 00C5 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 21 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Extension character table o ee ee ee ees GSM 03 38 alphabet Gi B ER E EB E EI Figure 1 2 Extension character table of GSM 03 38 alphabet 1 This code value is reserved for the extension to another extension table On receipt of this code a receiving entity shall display a space until another extension table is defined This code represents the EURO currency symbol The code value is the one used for the character e Therefore a receiv ing entity which is incapable of displaying the EURO currency symbol will display the character e instead This code is defined as a Page Break character and may be used for example in compressed CBS messages Any mobile which does not understand the 7 bit default alphabet table extension mechanism will treat this character as Line Feed 2 3 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 22 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process In the event that an MS receives a code where a symbol is not represented in Figure 1 2 Extension character table of GSM 03 38 alphabet the MS shall display the character shown in the main default 7 bit alphabet table see Figure 1 1 Main character table of GSM 03 38 alphabet 1 5 2 UCS2 and GSM data coding and conversion for SMS text mode This section provides basic information on how to handle input and output cha
43. C2 4 MCC MNC 5 lt LAC gt 5 cell 5 lt BSIC gt 9 lt chann gt 9 RSSI 5 C1 5 lt C2 gt g OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 SIEMENS 3GPP TS 05 08 e e e Ld Parameter Description Mee DUM Mobile country code 3 digits e g 232 000 Not decoded lt MNC gt um Mobile network code 2 digits or 3 digits e g 07 or 003 000 Not decoded LAC SUR Location area code 4 hexadecimal digits e g 4EED 0000 Not decoded ccelum Cell identifier 4 hexadecimal digits e g 4EAF 0000 Not decoded MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 172 of 475 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last e e 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process BSTC Base station identity code 2 digits e g 32 00 Not decoded chann m ARFON Absolute Frequency Channel Number 0 Not decoded In this case all remaining parameters related to the same chan nel are neither decoded For example a non existing cell appears as follows 000 000 0000 0000 00 0 0 ERST DU Received signal level of the BCCH carrier 0 63 The indicated value is composed of the measured value in dBm plus an offset This is in accordance with a formula specified in 3GPP TS 05 08 ent sum Coefficient for base station reselection e g 30 In dedicated mode under certain conditions the parameter can not be updated In such cases a is presented num Cm Coefficient for base station re
44. CME ERROR unspecified GPRS error In this case AT CEER returns CEER 51 3 0 The command should not be used to deactivate a PDP context during the implicit PDP context deactivation pro cedure which is started automatically after LCP termination or by dropping the DTR line if AT amp D2 is configured For details refer to Section 11 6 1 Automatic deactivation of PDP context during dial up PPP MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 266 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Parameter Description state um Indicates the state of PDP context activation 0 deactivated 1 activated c ig um PDP Context Identifier is a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition The param eter is local to the TE MT interface and is used in other PDP context related commands 1 2 Notes ATH will deactivate any PDP context e Ifthe MT is in dedicated mode the write command returns CME ERROR operation temporary not allowed Amaximum of 2 contexts can be activated at the same time no matter on which interface Trying to activate more than 2 contexts will cause CME ERROR operation temporary not allowed Note that depending on the provider the number of activated contexts may be further restricted In such cases CME ERROR unspecified GPRS error will be returned and AT CEER returns CEER 50 26 0 Remember that contexts may be activated implicitly by using the ATD 98 or ATD
45. Data Coding Scheme dcs DCS is part of a short message and is saved on the SIM When writing a short message to the SIM in text mode the dcs stored with AT CSMP is used and determines the coded character set The behavior when encountering characters that are not valid characters of the supported alphabets is unde fined Due to the constraints described below it is recommended to prefer the USC2 alphabet in any external applica tion If the GSM alphabet is selected all characters sent over the serial line between TE and TA are in the range from 0 to 127 7 Bit range CAUTION ASCII alphabet TE is not GSM alphabet TA ME Several problems resulting from the use of GSM alphabet with ASCII terminal equipment character with GSM alphabet value 0 is not printable by an ASCII terminal program e g Microsoft Hyperterminal amp character with GSM alphabet value 0 will terminate any C string This is because the 0 is defined as C string end tag Therefore the GSM Null character may cause problems on application level when using a C function as strlen This can be avoided if it is represented by an escape sequence as shown in the table below By the way this may be the reason why even network providers often replace with in their SIM application Other characters of the GSM alphabet are misinterpreted by an ASCII terminal program For example GSM 6 as in B rse is assumed to be in ASCII thus
46. Error in MS Memory Capacity Exceeded SIM Application Toolkit Busy SIM data download error Unspecified error cause ME failure SMS service of ME reserved Page 47 of 475 3 17 06 lt err gt Code 302 303 304 305 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 320 321 322 330 331 332 340 500 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released Text if AT CMEE 2 Operation not allowed Operation not supported Invalid PDU mode parameter Invalid text mode parameter SIM not inserted SIM PIN required PH SIM PIN required SIM failure SIM busy SIM wrong SIM PUK required SIM PIN2 required SIM PUK2 required Memory failure Invalid memory index Memory full SMSC address unknown no network service Network timeout NO CNMA ACK EXPECTED Unknown error User abort unable to store invalid status invalid character in address string invalid length invalid character in pdu invalid parameter invalid length or character invalid character in text timer expired Operation temporary not allowed Page 48 of 475 BRODERSEN simplifying process 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 2 12 AT CSCS_ Select TE character set The AT CSCS write command informs the TA which character set lt chset gt is used by the TE This enables the TA to convert character strings correctly between TE and ME character sets See also Section 1 5 Supported character sets No
47. FO KO KO FO KO 91091 019191 KO KO FO BRODERSEN simplifying process Charge FO KO FO Se KO E01 KO KO KO KO KO KO FO KO KO KS KO KO Kel KO KO Eel KO KO E KO KO KC KO KC n FO KO 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process AT Command Normal Mode AOS Charge AT CSNS e O O AT SCNI e O O AT SLCD e O AT SERED e O O ATP L O ATT e O O Network Service Commands AT COPN Oo O O AT COPS e O O AT SOPS e O O AT CREG e O O AT CSQ e O O AT SMONC e O Q AT SMOND e O O AT MONI e O O AT MONP e O O AT SMONG oO O O AT SALS o O O AT SHOM e O AT SPLM e O O AT CPOL O O AT SPLR 5 O O AT SPLW e O O Supplementary Service Commands AT CACM e O O AT SACM e O AT CAMM e O O AT CAOC S O O AT CCUG 9 AT CCFC e O O AT CCWA e O AT CHLD o O AT CLIP e O O AT CLIR e O O AT COLP Oo O AT CPUC e O O AT CSSN E O O AT CUSD e O O Internet Service Commands AT SICS e O Q MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 456 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released AT Command IES GT AT SISS AT SISI AT SISO ANP Syr exc AT SISR AT SISW AT SISE GPRS Commands AT CGACT AT CGANS AT CGATT AT CGAUTO AT CGEREP AT CGDATA AT CGDCONT AT CGPADDR AT CGQMIN AT CGQREQ AT CGREG AT CGSMS AT SGAUTH AT SGCONF ATA ATD 99 ATD 98 ATH ATSO FAX Commands AT FBADLIN AT FBADMUL AT FBOR AT FCIG AT FCLASS AT FCQ AT FCR AT FDCC AT FDFFC AT FDIS AT FDR MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential
48. Oa Disables indication of the called line 1 Enables indication of the called line lt line gt Selects the line to be used for outgoing calls Setting is global for the ME and non volatile Aer ALS Line 1 2 ALS Line 2 Note fanon ALS SIM is inserted the 1ine will be reset to line 1 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 184 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Example AT SALS 1 1 Line 1 has been selected for outgoing calls SALS URC is enabled RING You receive a notification that you have an incoming call on line 2 SALS 2 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 185 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 8 12 AT SHOM Display Homezone The AT SHOM returns the homezone state The result is valid only if network registration state stat is 1 reg istered see AT CREG The feature is available only for supported network operators Viag One2One Orange and LCI and requires a suitable SIM card If the homezone feature is not supported by the network operator or SIM card result is always 0 Syntax Test Command AT SHOM Response s OK Exec Command AT SHOM Response s SHOM lt homezonestate gt OK ERROR CME ERROR err Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS Q e o e e e O O Parameter Description lt homezonestate gt 0 ME is out of Homezone 1 ME is within the Homezone MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 186 of 475
49. PROVIDE LOCAL INFORMATION could be executed without activating Remote SAT MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 376 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Parameter Description statem MC55 Remote SAT interface states 0 RESET 1 OFF 2 IDLE 3 PAC 4 WAIT Alphabet stum 0 GSM character set Input of a character requests one byte e g Y 1 UCS2 To display the 16 bit value of characters represented in UCS2 alphabet a 4 byte string is required e g 0059 is coding the character Y For details please refer to ISO IEC 10646 num allowedInstances 0 SAT is already used on another instance logical channel in case of the multi plex protocol Only test and read commands can be used 1 SAT may be started on this instance via the write version of this command SatProfile C SAT profile according to GSM 11 14 22 The profile tells the SIM Application which features e g proactive commands are supported by the SIM Appli cation Toolkit implementation of the MC55 mode m 1 Activate Remote SAT Note To limit the time Remote SAT is kept in states PAC or WAIT any ongoing but unanswered Proactive Com mand is automatically aborted after 10 minutes with Terminal Response ME currently unable to process com mand or No response from user if applicable An URC Terminate Proactive Command will be send to the external application in this case too MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 377
50. Page 367 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 14 SIM related Commands The AT commands described in this chapter are related to the Subscriber Identity Module SIM connected to MC55 Note If using data from the SIM please bear in mind that the content of all Elementary Files is subject to change at any moment This is true because the network can change the SIM s data in the background via the SIM Application Toolkit SAT procedure Data download to SIM For a detailed description please refer to GSM 11 14 22 To get informed that changing Elementary Files has taken place the TA needs to hook to the SAT Proactive Com mand REFRESH To achieve this the AT command interface of SAT i e Remote SAT needs to be activated An overview is given at Chapter 15 SIM Application Toolkit SAT Commands additional information is available with the document Remote SAT User Guide 4 14 1 AT CRSM Restricted SIM Access AT CRSM offers easy access of the Elementary Files on the SIM Access to the SIM database is restricted to the commands which are listed at command However additional SIM commands are available via AT SXSM All parameters of AT CRSM are used as specified by GSM 11 11 21 MC55 handles internally all required SIM interface locking and file selection routines As response to the command the MC55 sends the actual SIM information parameters and response data Error result code CME ERROR may be retur
51. Released Normal Mode Page 457 of 475 olo KS FO TO KO FS FO KO FS TO KO KO TO KS K Te 9 9 amp 8G ex Eco ex E E c KO KO KC KO KO FS FO Mc KO FO BRODERSEN simplifying process Charge O eel FO 0 09 91 KO KO KO KO FO KO KO FS KO KO TO KO KO KO KO KO TO KO FO KC KO KC C FO KS 010 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process AT Command Normal Mode AOS Charge AT FDT e O O AT FET e O AT FK O AT FLID e O O AT FMDL 9 O AT FMFR e O O AT FOPT Oo O O AT FPHCTO Oo O AT FREV e O AT FRH e O O AT FRM e O AT FRS e O O AT FTH O O AT FITM e O O AT FTS O O AT FVRFC Oo O O Short Message Service SMS Commands AT CMGC o O O AT CMGD e O AT CMGF e O O AT CMGL L O O AT CMGR 9 O AT CMGS e O O AT CMGW e O O AT CMSS 6 O O AT CNMA e O O AT CNMI e O O AT CPMS e O O AT CSCA I O O AT CSCB e O O AT CSDH e O AT CSMP e O O AT CSMS o O O AT SLMS o O Q AT SMGL Oo O O AT SMGO o O O AT SMGR e O O AT SSCONF e O O AT SSDA e O O AT SSMSS 9 O O MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 458 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process AT Command Normal Mode OS Charge SIM related Commands AT CRSM e O O AT SXSM e O O AT SCKS e O O 2T SCID e O O AT CXXCID e O O SIM Application Toolkit SAT Commands AT SSTA o O SSTN e O O AT SSTGI e O O AT SSTR o e Phonebook Commands AT CPBR e O O AT
52. SISS 3 srvType SISS 4 srvType SISS 6 srvType SISS 7 srvType SISS 8 srvType SISS 9 srvType OK 10 11 12 Retrieving Email URC Mode This example uses the service profile described in Section 10 11 11 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 262 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released OUS So OK surging iL a at sisr 1 500 SISR 1 500 Return Path lt subscriberl testdomain com gt X Original To subscriberlGtestdomain com Delivered To subscriber2 testdomain com BRODERSEN simplifying process Open the service that was created to retrieve email number 2 from the POP3 server The STSR indicates that data is available for read ing Try to read 500 bytes Command response indicates that 500 bytes will be transferred i e there will be no other URC since the requested length equals the confirmed length Received from 10 10 0 132 unknown 10 10 0 132 by testdomain com Postfix with SMTP id 379321D004 for lt subscriberl testdomain com gt Tue 20 Dec 2005 08 00 07 0100 CET To subscriber2 testdomain com CER From subscriberl testdomain com Subject TestMail Message Id lt 20051220070007 379321D004 testdomain com gt Date Tue 20 Dec 2005 08 00 07 0100 OK at sisr 1 500 Ale sigra 78 CET X UIDL amp lL Z6 cl 1 Status RO Hallo Tom Bye Bye Tom OK SISR 1 2 aie gigol OK Try to read another 500 bytes Command res
53. SISW x 2 is generated SMTP SMTP service sends some closing commands to the SMTP server which are necessary to mark the email as successfully sent on the server The service enters Closing state and remains in it until the final protocol exchange with the SMTP server has been completed The OK response following AT S1Sw indicates that the SMTP service has accepted the last data IT DOES NOT indicate the successful completion of the SMTP service Successful completion will be indicated either by the appropriate URC SISW x 2 or due to the fact that the SMTP service state changes to Down state without any error HTTP POP3 Parameter not applicable i e value is ignored MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 250 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 10 9 AT SISE Internet Service Error Report The AT SISE write command returns the current error status of the specified Internet service profile If the ser vice profile is not defined or the value is invalid CME ERROR response is returned The error status is identical to the content of the srs URC last issued If a service fails the commands AT SISR or AT SISW will return an error response However if the AT SISE command returns infoID 0 it is recommended to use the AT CEER command because a general GSM GPRS problem might be the reason Syntax Test Command AT SISE Response s OK Write Command AT SISE srvProfileId Response s SISE
54. UE ATSO is also used as GPRS compatibility command to answer automatically to a network request for PDP context activation see Section 11 19 Therefore when the ATSO write command is issued with lt n gt greater than 0 the ME will attempt to perform a GPRS attach if not yet attached and if configured to do so due to the setting AT SCFG GPRS ATSO withAttach on If the automatic GPRS attach fails the ME keeps trying to attach for approx 5 minutes before ATSO ends up with ERROR or CME ERROR unknown though the new n value takes effect To avoid the risk of long response times to ATSO in such case take care that the parameter AT SCFG gs0aa is off if autoanswer mode is not needed for GPRS or if the mobile works in non GPRS networks The GPRS attach will not be performed on recalling a stored user profile with ATZ or on powerup even though a value n greater than 0 was stored in the user profile with AT amp W MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 138 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 7 12 ATS6 Set pause before blind dialing Syntax Read Command ATS6 Response s n OK Write Command ATS6 n Response s OK ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last V 250 e O e Q O O Command Description No effect for GSM Parameter Description ens num amp W amp V 0008P 255 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 139 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released
55. URCs are available The AT CREG read command returns the URC presentation mode lt n gt and an integer lt stat gt that shows the registration status of the ME The location information elements lt lac gt and lt ci gt are returned only when lt n gt 2 and ME is registered to the network Syntax Test Command AT CREG Response s CREG list of supported lt n gt s OK Read Command AT CREG Response s CREG n stat lac lt ci gt OK ERROR CME ERROR err Write Command AT CREG lt n gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 O e e e 9 OQ qQ Q Unsolicited Result Codes URC 1 If lt n gt 1 and there is a change in the ME network registration status CREG stat URC 2 If lt n gt 2 and there is a change in the ME network registration status or a change of the network cell CREG stat lac lt ci gt Parameter Description ens num amp W amp V oy Disable CREG URC 1 Enable URC CREG lt stat gt to report status of network registration 2 Enable URC CREG stat 1ac ci to report status of network regis tration including location information Optional parameters lt lac gt and lt ci gt will not be displayed during calls or if these values have not changed since last AT CREG read command or since last indication by CREG URC MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 168 of 475 3 17 0
56. Unsolicited Result Codes URC 1 CALA lt text gt Indicates reminder message URC 2 SYSSTART ALARM MODE CALA lt text gt Indicates ME wake up into Alarm mode If autobauding is active AT IPR 0 the line CALA does not appear but your individual lt text gt message will be displayed Parameter Description lt time zo Format is yy MM dd hh mm ss For example 6th of July 2005 22 10 00 equals to 05 07 06 22 10 00 see also AT CCLK Note If lt time gt equals current date and time or is set to an earlier date TA returns CME ERROR 21 en gt um Integer type value indicating the array index of the alarm The ME allows to set only one alarm at a time Therefore the list of supported alarm events indicated by the test command AT CALA is lt n gt 0 If a second alarm time is set the previous alarm will be deleted Therefore the read command AT CALA will always return lt n gt 0 This is also true if individual settings are made on ASCO and ASC1 or the various Multiplexer channels for details see notes below num type Integer type value indicating the type of the alarm 0 Alarm indication text message via serial interface text gt e String type value indicating the text to be displayed when alarm time is reached maximum length is lt t length gt By factory default text is undefined Note text will be stored to the non volatile flash memory when the device enters the Power
57. e e e OQ Reference s V 250 Parameter Description value seum 0 Number of profile Notes The user defined profile will be restored automatically after power up Use ATZ to restore user profile and AT amp F to restore factory settings Until the first use of AT amp W ATZ works as AT amp F AT amp W stores all global settings and the current local settings of the interface on which the command is exe cuted Alist of parameters stored to the user profile can be found in Section 20 5 AT Command Settings stor able with AT amp W MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 32 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 2 4 ATQ Set result code presentation mode This parameter setting determines whether or not the TA transmits any result code to the TE Information text transmitted in response is not affected by this setting Syntax Exec Command ATQ lt n gt Response s If lt n gt 0 OK If lt n gt 1 none Reference s V 250 Parameter Description ens Um amp W amp V 04 1 MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O e DCE transmits result code e e e e O OQ 9 Result codes are suppressed and not transmitted Page 33 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 2 5 ATV Set result code format mode This command determines the contents of header and trailer transmitted with AT command result
58. lt toda gt tora um Type of Recipient Address GSM 04 11 TP Recipient Address Type of Address octet in integer format default refer lt toda gt lt tosca gt m Type of Service Center Address GSM 04 11 RP SC address Type of Address octet in integer format default refer lt toda gt MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 334 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 13 2 AT CMGC Send an SMS command Syntax Test Command AT CMGC Response s OK Write Command If text mode see AT CMGF 1 AT CMGC lt fos gt ct pid mn da lt todas gt lt cr gt Text can be entered lt cTRL Z gt lt ESC gt Response s CMGC mr lt scts gt If sending fails ERROR CMS ERROR Write Command If PDU mode see AT CMGF 0 AT CMGC lt length gt lt cr gt PDU can be entered lt cTRL Z gt lt ESC gt Response s CMGC mr lt ackpdus OK If sending fails ERROR CMS ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 05 e e e e L OQ Notes After invoking the commands AT CMGW AT CMGS or AT CMGC it is necessary to wait for the prompt gt before entering text or PDU After the prompt a timer will be started to observe the input Atbaudrates below 19200 it is recommended to use the line termination character only refer to ATS3 default CR before entering the text or PDU Use of the line termination character followed by
59. mem causes the result code NO CARRIER to appear Parameter lt mgsm gt only if no code is within the dialing string See ATX for setting result code and call monitoring parameters Examples EXAMPLE 1 To query the location number of the phonebook entry AT CPBR 1 XX TA returns the entries available in the active phonebook EXAMPLE 2 To dial a number from the SIM phonebook for example the number stored to location 15 ATD gt SM15 OK EXAMPLE 3 To dial a phone number stored in the last dial memory on the SIM card ATD gt LD9 OK MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 131 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 7 5 ATD gt lt n gt Mobile originated call from active memory using index number Syntax Exec Command ATD gt lt n gt lt mgsms Response s ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt If no dialtone parameter ATX2 or ATX4 NO DIALTONE If busy parameter setting ATX3 or ATXA BUSY If connection cannot be set up NO CARRIER When TA returns to command mode after call release OK If successfully connected OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last V 250 e e Q e 9 9 Oo Command Description TA attempts to set up an outgoing call to the stored number The termination character is mandatory since dialing from a phonebook is only supported for voice calls and for sending codes of Supplementary Services or other functions Parameter Description
60. status OK Exec Command AM eise Response s OK Write Command AT SRTC type lt volumes Response s SRTC type volume OK ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS e e e e oO O O Q MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 424 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Parameter Description num lt type gt Type of ring tone You have a choice of 7 different ring tones and melodies All will be played from the audio output selected with the AT SNFS command lt type gt 0 is only intended for muting 0 Mutes the currently played tone immediately 1 Sequence 1 2 Sequence 2 30 Sequence 3 4 Sequence 4 5 Sequence 5 6 Sequence 6 7 Sequence 7 volume um Volume of ring tone varies from low to high oP Mute Very low Identical with 1 Low Identical with 3 Middle Identical with 5 High oo PB WD gt lt status gt u Status of test ringing Indicates whether or not a melody is currently being played back for testing 0 Switched off 1 Switched on Notes Before first using ring tones note that the following settings apply We have chosen to let you decide your own preferences when you start using ring tones Therefore factory setting is AT SRTC 3 0 0 ring tones are muted To activate ring tones for the very first time first enter the write command and simply change the volume After applying a firmware update the volume
61. 10 00 08 index m Integer type value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory num length Message Length Integer type value indicating in the text mode AT CMGF 1 the length of the message body data or cdata in characters or in PDU mode AT CMGF 0 the length of the actual TP data unit in octets i e the RP layer SMSC address octets are not counted in the length In text mode the maximum length of an SMS depends on the used coding scheme It is 160 characters if the 7 bit GSM coding scheme is used and 140 char acters according to the 8 bit GSM coding scheme If the SMS message format is text mode AT CMGF 1 and the character set is set to UCS2 with AT CSCS and the SMS is also coded as UCS2 see dcs of AT CSMP then the length is in octets instead of charac ters mem1 gt Memory to be used when listing reading and deleting messages SM SIM message storage ME Mobile Equipment message storage MT Sum of SM and ME storages mem2 I Memory to be used when writing and sending messages SM SIM message storage ME Mobile Equipment message storage MT Sum of SM and ME storages lt mem3 gt l Received messages will be placed in this memory storage if routing to TE is not set See command AT CNMI with parameter mt gt 2 SM SIM message storage MT O Sum of SM and ME storages mid um Message Identifier GSM 03 41 CB
62. 101 GSM 22 101 Service principles Common PCN Handset Specification CPHS v4 2 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 14 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 1 3 Document conventions Throughout the document the GSM engines are referred to as ME Mobile Equipment MS Mobile Station TA Terminal Adapter DCE Data Communication Equipment or facsimile DCE FAX modem FAX board To control your GSM engine you can simply send AT Commands via its serial interface The controlling device at the other end of the serial line is referred to as TE Terminal Equipment DTE Data Terminal Equipment or plainly the application probably running on an embedded system All abbreviations and acronyms used throughout this document are based on the GSM specifications For defi nitions please refer to TR 100 350 V7 0 0 1999 08 GSM 01 04 version 7 0 0 release 1998 1 3 1 Quick reference table Each AT command description includes a table similar to the example shown below The table is intended as a quick reference to indicate the following functions PIN Is the AT command PIN protected e Yes O No Q Usage is dependent on conditions specified for the command or not all command types are PIN protected for example write command PIN protected read command not Note The table provided in Section 20 3 Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN uses the same symbols ASCO Is the AT command supported on the fir
63. 186 8 13 AT SPLM Read the PLMN list citet i td C ed EE eec Reda d LR d dd 187 8 14 AT CPOL Preferred Operator List essent 188 8 15 AT SPLR Read entry from the preferred operators list 189 8 16 AT SPLW Write an entry to the preferred operators list sssssssssssseeee 190 9 Supplementary Service Commands eese esseeeeeeennnnnenh nnne nn nen nnn tnnt nr nnn nn nnne nn 191 9 1 AT CACM Accumulated call meter ACM reset or query ssssee 191 9 2 AT SACM Advice of charge and query of ACM and ACMmax see 192 9 3 AT CAMM Accumulated call meter maximum ACMmax set or query 194 9 4 AT CAOC Advice of Charge information ssssseseeeeenne nemen 195 9 5 AT CCUG Closed User Group ssssssssssssse eene e enne nennen en nenne rerrner ener 196 9 6 AT CCFC Call forwarding number and conditions control sseeee 198 9 7 AT CCWA Call Waiting sess nennen eren nennen nennen nennen 202 9 8 AT CHLD Call Hold and Multiparty sssssseseseeeeeneennneen nmn 206 9 9 AT CLIP Calling Line Identification Presentation s mH 208 9 10 AT CLIR Calling line identification restriction smm m 210 9 11 AT COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation ssssssssssssssee 211 9 12 AT CPUC Price per unit and currency table sssss
64. 2 type d ymous OK Make an FTP connection at siso 1 Open the service OK Bearer is established service is getting started SISR 1 1 Data is available at sisr 1 1500 Request to read 1500 bytes MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 258 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process sirsire i BO hardware inttest software support systemtest OK girgigg 1 2 50 bytes are now available Data transfer finished No more data available The connection to the FTP server is closed at sisc 1 Close the service OK 10 11 7 Configuring and Using FTP Upload URC Mode First set up a connection profile as explained in Section 10 1 1 or Section 10 1 2 Enter at least all parameters which are mandatory for the connection profile Configure the service profile 1 for FTP at siss 1 srvType ftp Select service type FTP OK at siss 1 conId 0 OK at siss 1 address ftpput myname mypasswd 192 168 1 2 upload exam ple bin type i OK Select connection profile 0 Specify FTP address with individual user name and password The file example bin shall be created on the FTP server Make an FTP connection at siso 1 Open the service OK Bearer is established service is getting started SISW 1 1 FTP service is ready for upload at sisw 1 100 Client requests to send 100 bytes SISW 1 100 100 The write command response confirms that 100 bytes must be transferred now 012345678901234567
65. 302 of 475 BRODERSEN simplifying process 3 17 06 num BRODERSEN simplifying process lt wd gt Page Width 0 1728 pixels in 215mm 1 2048 pixels in 255 mm 2 2432 pixels in 303 mm 3 1216 pixels in 151 mm 4 864 pixels in 107 mm Note The host application is not required to support all values of the parameters listed above Depending on the application design it may be sufficient to implement only the default values See T 31 T 32 and EIA PN 2388 specifications for further advice 12 1 1 Summary of Fax Class 2 URCs defined by EIA PN 2388 The following URCs are messages indicated in communication only The URCs are not user definable Table 12 1 Summary of Fax Class 2 URCs defined by EIA PN 2388 URC FCON FCSI id FDCS vr lt br gt wd In df ec bf st FDIS vr lt br gt wd In df ec bf st FET lt stat gt FHNG lt stat gt FNSF lt param gt FPTS lt stat gt FTSI lt id gt MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released Meaning Indicates connection with a fax machine Reports the remote ID called station ID Reports current session parameters refer to EIA PN 2388 Table 3 10 Reports the remote station capabilities refer to EIA PN 2388 Table 3 10 Post page message Indicates whether or not further pages or documents are pending Reports that call has been terminated and indicates status
66. 329 12 28 AT FVRFC Vertical Resolution Format Conversion sss 330 13 Short Message Service SMS Commannds eeeeesseeeeeeeeeene nennen ennt nnne nnn nennen 331 T3 1 SMS parameters 3 ec er ere re dra Lo uer dno e RI vu eR aded dada dea 331 13 2 AT CMGC Send an SMS command ssssssssssssseeeeeerenee nemen enne nen nennen nnn 335 13 3 AT CMGD Delete short message uuuseiissiseses inae etna eiii aiii 336 13 4 AT CMGF Select SMS message format sssssssssssseeeeeeeeeeneen nennen 337 13 5 AT CMGL List SMS messages from preferred store 338 13 6 AT CMGR Read SMS messages esesssssisiissssee eee thnn nnns tn nana essa snas d assa sh ad estas sand nsn 340 13 7 AT CMGS Send Short Message ssssssssssseeeeeee ener ener nennen enn 342 13 8 AT CMGW Write Short Messages to Memory sssesseeeeeenneeennn 344 13 9 AT CMSS Send short messages from storage sssssssssseeeeeeen 346 13 10 AT CNMA New Message Acknowledgement to ME TE only phase 2 eseese 347 13 11 AT CNMI New short Message Indication sssssee een 348 13 12 AT CPMS Preferred SMS message storage sssssssssseeeee eee 351 13 13 AT CSCA SMS Service Center Address eene 353 13 14 AT CSCB Select Cell Broadcast Message Indication sses 354 13 15 AT CSDH Show SMS text mode parameters sssssss
67. 4 Open the Socket service OK at siso Query the current status of services All service pro SISO 0 files are unused except for service profile 4 which is SST i Wm running in listener mode where lt srvState gt 3 lis tening and lt socketState gt 3 LISTENER The response also indicates the IP address dynamically assigned to the listener gt ISO nm ISO ug 1605 4 Vetere 190 090 100 Dite 010 10 0 107 65634 Oe WO ceat 2 3 4 Ie g G Wu 7 8 9 gt gt gt ISO us ISOK ISO gt gt NnNNnNnNNN NHN gt MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 256 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 10 11 3 Configuring Socket Client for Calling a Socket Listener on Another Host The example assumes that a connection profile has been created as explained in Section 10 1 1 or Section 10 1 2 Configure the client s service profile 1 for calling a Socket listener on another host at siss 1 srvType socket OK at siss 1 conId 0 OK at siss 1 address socktcp TOP HOROR MSY 6553 au OK Select service type Socket Select connection profile 0 The service profile of the client contains the IP address and the TCP port of the remote host 10 11 4 Socket Client Sends Data via TCP Connection Polling Mode The example uses service profile O configured for Socket service and TCP AT SISO 0 OK AT SISI 0 SSners 0 30 Or 00 OK AT SISI 0 cn
68. 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process num lt MicVccState gt Microphone supply voltage control status 0 Supply voltage was set to a constant value 2 Supply voltage state is controlled by the ME and depends on parameter data set of the selected audio mode Notes The programmable power supply of the MICP2 line gives you greater flexibility in connecting audio accesso ries or using MICP2 for a variety of functions other than audio A detailed description of the extended usage of MICP2 can be found in 8 During an active call users should be aware that when they switch back and forth between different audio modes for example handsfree on off the value of lt MicSwitch gt does not change i e the microphone mode is retained until explicitly changed MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 414 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 17 13 AT SNFO Set audio output loudspeaker path parameter AT SNFO controls the earpiece path amplification The read and write commands refer to the active audio mode The write command works only in audio modes 2 to 6 Syntax Test Command AT SNFO Response s SNFO list of supported lt outBbcGainss list of supported lt outCalibratess list of supported lt outStepss list of supported lt sideTone gt s OK Read Command AT SNFO Response s SNFO outBbcGain outCalibrate 0 lt outCalibrates 1
69. 5 4 11 and annex H MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 72 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process ID Description 35 Supplementary Services network error GSM 04 80 3 6 6 48 GSM cause for GPRS Mobility Management GSM 04 08 annex G 6 49 SIEMENS cause for GPRS Mobility Management 50 GSM cause for Session Management GSM 04 08 annex l 51 SIEMENS cause for Session Management 127 SIEMENS cause for protocol module or other local cause 128 Supplementary Services general problem GSM 04 80 3 6 7 129 Supplementary Services invoke problem GSM 04 80 3 6 7 130 Supplementary Services result problem GSM 04 80 3 6 7 131 Supplementary Services error problem GSM 04 80 3 6 7 241 SIEMENS cause for GPRS API 242 SIEMENS cause for Link Management 243 SIEMENS cause for PPP IP Stack 3 4 2 GSM release cause for L3 Radio Resource RR Number Description 0 Normal event 1 Abnormal release unspecified 2 Abnormal release channel unacceptable 3 Abnormal release timer expired 4 Abnormal release no activity on the radio path 5 Pre emptive release 8 Handover impossible timing advance out of range 9 Channel mode unacceptable 10 Frequency not implemented 65 Call already cleared 95 Semantically incorrect message 96 Invalid mandatory information 97 Message type non existent or not implemented 98 Message type not compatible with protocol state 100 Conditional information element error 101 No cell allocation av
70. 7 0 at chld 2 CONNECT 9600 RLP hello OK at clcc AMO S 1 0 1 0 0 U 0 3 0 3 89 9 G2 129 MOCOS 2 3 50 1b O Ua GL 79302 SS TIUS OK at chld 1 OK at clcc PWC 1 0 0 0 0 OSOS3GS9268 LAS OK MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released The mobile is now registered You activate the indication of waiting calls during voice calls You make a voice call You receive a URC indicating a waiting data call You put the voice call on hold The data connection is set up With you go in command mode You interrogate the status of all established calls The active data call is terminated and the held voice call becomes active Page 207 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 9 9 AT CLIP Calling Line Identification Presentation This command refers to the GSM supplementary service CLIP Calling Line Identification Presentation that enables a called subscriber to get the calling line identity CLI of the calling party when receiving a mobile ter minated call The AT CLIP write command enables or disables the presentation of the CLI at the TE It has no effect on the execution of the supplementary service CLIP in the network The AT CLIP read command gives the status of lt n gt and also triggers an interrogation of the provision status of the CLIP service according to GSM 02 81 given in lt m gt If no SIM card is available or the SIM PIN is not entered the command response
71. AT CLIP AT CLIP AT COLP AT CSSN AT CSSN AT CUSD MC55_ATC_V04 00 CCCM CCWA SCWA CLIP CLIP COLP CSSI CSSU CUSD Confidential Released cem calling number type of number lt class gt lt CLI validity number lt type gt lt alphas CLI validity number type number type lt code i gt lt code 2 gt lt m gt lt str_urc gt lt dcs gt Page 467 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process AT Command URC Internet Service Commands ATSSTSR SISR srvProfileId urcCauseId AT SISW SISW srvProfileId urcCauseId Internet Ser SIS srvProfileId urcCause lt urcInfolds lt urcInfoTexts vice URC SIS GPRS Commands AT CGEREP CGEV REJECT lt PDP_type gt lt PDP_addr gt AT CGEREP CGEV NW REACT PDP type lt PDP_addrs lt cid gt AT CGEREP CGEV NW DEACT PDP type lt PDP_addrs gt lt cids AT CGEREP CGEV ME DEACT PDP type lt PDP_addrs lt cids AT CGEREP CGEV NW DETACH AT CGEREP CGEV ME DETACH AT CGEREP CGEV NW CLASS lt class gt AT CGEREP CGEV ME CLASS lt class gt AT CGREG CGREG lt stat gt Short Message Service SMS Commands AT CNMI CMTI lt mem3 gt index AT CNMI CMT lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt pdu gt AT CNMI CMT oa scts tooa o pid dcs sca tosca lt length gt lt CR gt
72. ATC V04 00 Page 8 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 15 SIM Application Toolkit SAT Commands eene nennen nnne nnn nennen nennen 376 15 1 AT SSTA SAT Interface Activation ssssssssssssssesssseseen eee 376 15 2 SSTN SAT Notification c a b end e etg d be ed rade 378 15 3 AT SSTGI SAT Get Information sssssssssssssssseseesee ener nnne nennen 379 15 4 ATASSTR SAT ReSDORSQ iii inet ee dene ie denn o cence ee ede dena dea e rn EFE dada una 380 16 Phonebook Conimands rorem er ansdina ianari k PAPER CHF ERR kk b FERRE REEEE PUER EERR coves A RECS EREk VERA 381 16 1 Sort Order for Phonebooks sssssssssssssssseseeeeeeeeeeere enne nennen nennen reser nnn n nennen nns 381 16 2 AT CPBR Read from Phonebook sssssssssssssssssse eene rne nnne nnne 382 16 3 AT CPBS Select phonebook memory storage sssssssseeeeeemenn 385 16 4 AT CPBW Write into Phonebook sssssssssssssssssenenrenenene nennen memet en nnan nnn nnne 387 16 5 AT SPBC Find first matching entry in sorted phonebook sese 390 16 6 AT SPBD Purge phonebook memory storage ssssssseeeeeenem eene 391 16 7 AT SPBG Display phonebook entries in alphabetical order sssssssssssssss 392 16 8 AT SPBS Step through the selected phonebook alphabetically
73. BAIC see above choice of 351 Pw BS Act deact int BAIC roaming see above 330 Pw BS Deact All Barring Services see above 333 Pw BS Deact All Outg Barring Services see above 353 Pw BS Deact All Inc Barring Services see above Call Hold Multiparty C C in call Call hold and multiparty CME ERROR lt err gt OK USSD messages C C Send USSD message CME ERROR err OK C C excluded 1 C Send USSD message CME ERROR err OK Notes on SCCFC CCWA SCLCK The output depends on the affected basic service of the Star Hash code One line will be output for every tele or bearer service coded in basic service code BS SCCFC and SCLCK are modified by giving an additional reason or fac in front of the regular output string gener ated by the standard commands CCFC and CLCK Table 20 2 Abbreviations of Codes and Parameters used in Table 20 1 Abbreviation Meaning Value ZZ Type of supplementary services Barring services 330 All services Not specified DN Dialing number String of digits 0 9 BS Basic service equivalent to parameter class Voice 11 FAX 13 SMS 16 SMS FAX 12 Data circuit asynchron 25 Data circuit synchron 24 dedicated PAD access 27 dedicated Packet access 26 Data circuit asynchron PAD 21 Data circuit synchron Packet 22 Data circuit asynchron synchron Packet PAD 20 All Services e T Time in seconds In contrast to AT CCFC parameter MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Releas
74. CIND If registered via these commands the URCs are sent whenever a value of the related indicator changes In addition AT CMER controls sr cc URCs related to AT SLCc For details refer to Call Status Infor mation AT SLCC and AT SCFG parameter lt sucs gt The read command returns the URC presentation mode mode and among others the indicator event reporting status ind The write command enables and disables the presentation of CIEV lt indDescr gt indValuesj lt ind Value gt URCs lt indDescr gt refers to the name of a CIEV indicator and lt indValue gt is the new value of this indicator After AT CMER has been switched on URCs for all registered indicators will be issued See exam ples provided in Section 3 2 AT CIND and Section 3 3 AT SIND Syntax Test Command AT CMER Response s CMER list of supported lt modess list of supported lt keypss list of supported lt dispss list of supported lt indss list of supported lt bfr gt s OK Read Command AT CMER Response s CMER lt mode gt lt keyp gt lt disp gt lt ind gt lt bfr gt OK Write Command AT CMER lt mode gt lt keyp gt disp ind lt bfr gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e o OQ Q Q9 Unsolicited Result Code CIEV lt indDescr gt lt indValue gt lt indValue gt A value of an indicator
75. CMGW Response s CR Text can be entered lt CTRL Z gt lt ESC gt CMGW index OK If writing fails ERROR CMS ERROR Write Command If text mode see AT CMGF 1 AT CMGW oa da lt tooas lt todas lt stat gt lt cr gt Text can be entered lt cTRL Z gt lt ESC gt Response s CMGW lt index gt OK If writing fails see notes below Write Command If PDU mode see AT CMGF 0 AT CMGW lt lengths lt stat gt lt cr gt PDU can be entered cTRL z Esc Response s CMGW index OK If writing fails see notes below Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 05 e e e e J O Q9 Notes If writing fails for example if a message is too long the result code depends on the current setting of the AT SM20 command If the AT SM20 lt CmgwMode gt 1 factory default any failure to send a message is responded with OK Users should be aware that despite the OK response the message will not be written to the selected SMS stor age If the AT SM20 CmgwMode equals 0 any failure to write a message is responded with ERROR MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 344 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process If writing fails due to timeout then AT SM20 lt CmgwMode gt 1 causes CMS ERROR Unknown error to be returned AT SM20 lt CmgwMode gt 0 causes CMS ERROR timer expired to be returned Note that some providers do not
76. CPBS e O AT CPBW e O O AT SPBC e O O AT SPBD L O O AT SPBG e O O AT SPBS e O O AT CNUM e O AT SDLD Oo O O Audio Commands ATL e O O ATM e O O AT CLVL e O oO AT CMUT e O AT4VTD Oo O O AT VTS e O O AT SATC e O AT SNFA e O O AT SNFD e O O AT SNFI e O AT SNFM Oo O O AT SNFO e O O AT SNFPT e O O AT SNFS e O AT SNFTTY e O O AT SNFV o O AT SNFW O O MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 459 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released AT Command AT SRTC Hardware related Commands AT CCLK AT CALA A exerc AT SBV AT SCTM AT SSYNC Miscellaneous Commands A ATS3 ATS4 ATS5 MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Normal Mode Page 460 of 475 O O e e e oe oe K E BRODERSEN simplifying process Charge O Oeveoe ooo KO KO Gc 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 20 5 AT Command Settings storable with AT amp W Table 20 7 Settings Stored to User Profile on ASCO MUX Channel 1 AT Command Configuration Commands ATQ ATV ATX AT CMEE Status Control Commands ATS18 Serial Interface Control Commands AT Q AT amp C AT amp D AT amp S ATE AT ILRR Call related Commands ATSO ATS6 ARS ATS8 ATS10 AT CBST AT CRLP Tar IS AT CR AT CRC Network Service Commands AT COPS AT CREG Supplementary Service Commands AT SACM AT CLIP GPRS Commands ATSO MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released Stored Parameters lt n gt lt value gt
77. CPMS Call in progress 0 1 Indicator value is 1 if at least one call is in state active or held Depending on the parameter succ selected with AT ScCFG the indicator call will be issued when a state transition ends in state active or state unknown if lt succ gt restricted when any state transition including transitions beginning or ending in state unknown occurs in the list of active calls or when a traffic channel is established if lt succ gt verbose Also refer to Section 7 1 Call Status Information Roaming indicator 0 1 0 Registered to home network or not registered 1 Registered to other network A short message memory storage in the MT has become full 1 or memory locations are available 0 i e range is 0 1 Received signal field strength 0 5 or 99 if not measurable 0 signal strength lt 112 dbm 1 4 signal strength in 15 dbm steps 5 signal strength gt 51 dom Received signal field strength can also be obtained with AT CSO However the signal strength is scaled to value range 0 31 by this command Indicator is deregistered The indicator will not be presented as CIEV URC but can be queried with AT CIND Indicator is registered indicator event report allowed Page 63 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process Notes Due to its restrictive value range indicator call does not clearly reflect specific call states such as alerting
78. Charge X Last SIEMENS e e e o e OQ OQ Q Parameter Description lt table m 1 Cell Info Table period um Display period in seconds If period is omitted the cell data will be presented only once on a single line as if Execute command was issued If period is given the cell data will be listed repeatedly on 10 data lines Every 10 data line is followed by the header simply to repeat the column titles 1 100 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 182 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Note For compatibility with earlier products and to support legacy applications often any input character will stop the periodic output of the write command But since this applies only in certain cases depending on the set tings of AT IPR and AT CMUX it is recommended to always use at or AT 8 10 1 AT SMONG Cell Info Table Example output for AT SMONG GPRS Monitor BCCH G PBCCH PAT MCC MNC NOM TA RAC w Cali s OSIY i 4 A34 95 2 00 OB Columns of the cell info table Column Description BCCH ARFCN of BCCH carrier G GPRS available 1 or not available in currently used cell PBCCH If PBCCH is present indication of ARFCN else or if Frequency Hopping is used H PAT Priority Access Threshold GSM Rec 04 08 10 5 2 37b O Packet access is not allowed in the cell 1 Spare shall be interpreted as 000 packet access not allowed 2 Spare shall be interpreted as 000 pac
79. Command AT SNFA atten Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR err Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS O e e e O OQ Parameter Description zat tens num SNFW Multiplication factor for input samples Parameter lt attens is identical with lt inCalibrate gt of AT SNFI Formula used to calculate microphone attenuation negative gain Gain in dB 20 log lt atten gt 32768 0 32767 65535 0 Microphone is muted Please note that AT SNFA cannot be used to mute the microphone Therefore any attempt to enter 0 will be rejected with error response Value 0 is returned only by the read command AT SNFA after the microphone was muted with AT SNFM 0 during an active call 32767 No attenuation on the microphone path Values greater than 32767 will be suppressed to 32767 Notes e This command is provided for compatibility with former products e g M20 and is a subset of AT SNFI The parameter lt inCalibrates gt of AT SNFT is identical with cat ten of AT SNFA Tomake the changes persistent use AT SNFW MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 409 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released Example SYSSTART at snfa SNFA 0 65535 OK at snfa SNFA 32767 OK at snfs 4 OK at snfa 1 OK at snfa SNFA 1 OK at snfi SNFI 5 1 OK at snfi 5 45 OK at snfa SNFA 45 OK MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 410 of 475 BRODERSEN simplifying proces
80. Command Description PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last e e e o Oo TA returns the card identification number in SIM SIM file EF iccgip see GSM 11 11 Chap 10 1 1 as string type Parameter Description cid Gn card identification number of SIM card MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 374 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 14 5 AT CXXCID Display card ID Syntax Test Command AT CXXCID Response s OK Exec Command AT CXXCID Response s HOOKED S enel OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS e O O Command Description TA returns the card identification number in SIM SIM file EF ICCID see GSM 11 11 Chap 10 1 1 as string type Note See also AT SCID MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 375 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 15 SIM Application Toolkit SAT Commands This chapter offers a brief reference of commands and responses related to the MC55 s SIM Application Toolkit SAT implementation Detailed information is available with the document Remote SAT User Guide 4 Please contact the Wireless Modules Application Engineering Department at Siemens AG for details ETSI specification GSM 11 14 22 defines SAT in detail SAT allows for the execution of applications provided by a Subsciber Identity Module SIM Usually SIM cards are used for st
81. Command Factory Defaults Miscellaneous Commands ATS3 lt n gt 013 ATS4 lt n gt 010 ATS5 lt n gt 008 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 466 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 20 7 Summary of Unsolicited Result Codes URC Table 20 10 Summary of Unsolicited Result Codes URC AT Command URC Configuration Commands SYSSTART SYSSTART CHARGE ONLY MODE SHUTDOWN AT CFUN AT CFUN AT SMSO Status Control Commands AT CMER AT SIND AT SIND AT SIND AT SIND CIEV CIEV CIEV CIEV CIEV Call related Commands OP Siete AT CRC AT CRC indDescr lt indValue gt lt indValue gt lt indDescr gt lt indValue gt lt indDescr gt indValue lt vmCounter gt indDescr lt indValue gt eonsOperator lt servProvider gt umadbescus mttrz Um eNEAN e d if the list of current calls is empty SSLC if one or more calls are currently in the list iSit clee idx dir stat mode mpty traffic channel assigned number type lt alphas SLCC idx dir stat mode mpty traffic channel assigned number type lt alphas RING acne CRING types Network Service Commands AT CREG AT CREG AT SALS CREG CREG SANS lt stat gt stat lt lac gt ci line Supplementary Service Commands AT SACM AT CCWA AT CCWA
82. Description lt name gt m e g CGSM FCLASS Note PIN ASCO ASC1 e BRODERSEN simplifying process AT GCAP Request complete TA capabilities list MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last e e e e Oo Q9 CGSM The response text shows which GSM commands of the ETSI standard are supported MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released Page 43 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 2 11 AT CMEE Mobile Equipment Error Message Format AT CMEE controls the format of the error result codes that indicates errors related to MC55 functionality Format can be selected between plain ERROR output error numbers or verbose CME ERROR lt err gt and CMS ERROR lt err gt messages Possible error result codes are listed in Table 2 4 General CME ERROR Codes GSM 07 07 Table 2 5 Gen eral CME ERROR Codes SIEMENS Table 2 6 GPRS related CME ERROR Codes GSM 07 07 and Table 2 7 SMS related CMS ERROR Codes GSM 07 05 In multiplex mode refer AT CMUx the setting applies only to the logical channel where selected The setting on the other channels may differ Syntax Test Command AT CMEE Response s CMEE list of supported lt errModess OK Read Command AT CMEE Response s CMEE lt errMode gt OK Write Command AT CMEE lt errMode gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 O e e Oo e Oo O Para
83. GSM 07 07 GSM 02 85 GSM 03 85 e e oO e e oO Q GSM 04 85 Command Description The Test command returns the supported parameters The Read command returns if the Explicit CUG invocation is activated in parameter lt n gt which CUG index is chosen and if Preferential Group or Outgoing Access is suppressed in parameter lt info gt The write command serves to activate or deactivate the explicit CUG invocation to set the desired index and to specify if Preferential Group or Outgoing Access shall be suppressed Parameter Description en gt um explicit CUG invocation options oP Deactivate explicit CUG invocation 1 Activate explicit CUG invocation index um 0 9 explicit selection of CUG index 10 No index preferred CUG taken from subscriber data MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 196 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released info um state of the call oP 1 2 3 Notes BRODERSEN simplifying process no information suppress outgoing access suppress preferential CUG Suppress preferential CUG and Outgoing Access The active settings for omitted parameters are retained without changes Explicit CUG invocation means that at each call setup CUG information is added to the called number Upon delivery settings are predefined with lt n gt 0 lt index gt 10 lt info gt 0 These delivery defaults cannot be recalled automatically When starting a call with ATD Parameter G
84. If successfully connected OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last V 250 e e Q Q Q O OQ Q Command Description TA attempts to set up an outgoing call to the specified number The termination character is mandatory since dialing from a phonebook is only supported for voice calls and for sending codes of Supplementary Services or other functions Parameter Description mem t Phonebook storage For detailed description of storages see AT CPBS FD Fixed dialing phonebook SM SIM phonebook ON MSISDN list ME Mobile Equipment Phonebook LD Last number dialed phonebook MC Missed unanswered received calls list RC Received calls list n Qum Integer type memory location in the range of locations available in the selected memory i e the index number returned by AT CPBR mgsm 6 String of GSM modifiers Activates CLIR disables presentation of own phone number to called party i Deactivates CLIR enables presentation of own phone number to called party MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 130 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Notes This command may be aborted generally by receiving a character during execution Abortion is not possible during some states of connection setup such as handshaking There is no mem for emergency call EN The command is not applicable to data calls Any attempt to dial a data call number from
85. If write action Enter last AT SISW command and enable lt eodFlag gt e g AT SISW 9 0 1 1 If Socket service Query available data with AT STSR e g AT SISR 9 1430 Close service with AT SISC e g AT SISC 9 1 Please note that in MC55 04 00 the eodFlag does not work properly for the Socket service Therefore if the Socket service is configured for TCP check with unackData that the transmission buffer is empty before activating the lt eodFlag gt See Release Notes related to MC55 04 00 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 239 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Syntax Test Command AT SISO Response s OK Read Command AT SISO Response s SISO srvProfileId lt srvParmTag gt value srvType srvState socketState rxCount txCount locAddr remAddr SISO OK Write Command AT SISO srvProfileId Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR err PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last Q e e OQ OQ Q Parameter Description srvProfilerg m srvProfileId O 9 specified with AT SISS srvState m Internet service state Please note that the state of an Internet service may influence the state of the serial DCD line For details see description of value 2 for parameter value of command AT amp C 2 Allocated Service profile resources are allocated i e at least the service type has been set parameter lt srv
86. Internet Service Socket whit type UDP Parameter can be used to overwrite the global AT SCFG parameter Tcp Over allTimeout lt tcpot gt for a specific Internet Service connection profile If the parameter is not specified the value specified with AT SCFG will be used Supported values lt srvParmValue gt for this parameter are the same as described for lt tcpot gt Setting is not relevant for Internet Service Socket whit type UDP Parameter value type and supported content depend on related lt srvParmTag gt MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 234 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process lt srvParmValue srvType gt Supported Internet service type values in lt srvParmValue gt for lt srvParmTag gt value srvType Before changing the srvType of an existing service profile be sure that the profile is closed To verify the con nection state of the service profile enter the read command AT SIST Only when lt srvState gt 2 is returned for this specific service profile you can change its service type Socket MC55 acting as client or server listener for TCP or as client for UDP If MC55 is listener at least two service profiles are required The first socket profile must be configured as listener The second service profile will be dynamically assigned when a socket connection request from a remote client is incoming For this purpose one service profile must be left free not con figur
87. J O Q Parameter Description lt audMode gt Um SNFW 1 Audio mode 1 Standard mode optimized for the reference handset that can be connected to the analog interface 1 see MC55 Hardware Interface Description for information on this handset To adjust the volume use the knob of the reference handset In audio mode 4 this handset can be used with user defined parameters Note The default parameters are determined for type approval and are not adjustable with AT commands AT SNFD restores audMode 1 2 Audio mode 2 Customer specific mode for a basic handsfree speakerphone device Siemens Car Kit Portable Analog interface 2 is assumed as default 3 Audio mode 3 Customer specific mode for a mono headset Analog interface 2 is assumed as default 4 Audio mode 4 Customer specific mode for a user handset Analog interface 1 is assumed as default 5 Audio mode 5 Customer specific mode Analog interface 1 is assumed as default 6 Audio mode 6 Customer specific mode Analog interface 2 is assumed as default MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 418 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Notes The write command can be used during a voice call to switch back and forth between different modes This allows the user for example to switch handsfree operation speakerphone on and off Users should be aware that out Step is a global setting This means when another audio mode is selecte
88. MT supports several PDP types the parameter value ranges for each PDP type are returned on a separate line The read command returns the current settings for each defined context If no minimum profile was explicitly specified for a context simply OK will be returned but default values will be used for that context This command allows the TE to specify a minimum acceptable profile which is checked by the MT against the negotiated profile returned in the Activate PDP Context Accept message The set command specifies a profile for the context identified by the local context identification parameter els A special form of the set command AT CGQMIN cid causes the minimum acceptable profile for context number cid to become undefined In this case no check is made against the negotiated profile AT amp F and ATZ will undefine the minimum QoS profiles of every context which is not active or not online Parameter Description cid um Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition The parameter is local to the TE MT interface and is used in other PDP context related commands 1 2 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 280 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released lt precedence gt Precedence class 0 1 num lt delay gt Delay class BRODERSEN simplifying process network subscribed value High Priority Service commitments shall be maintained ahead of precedence classes 2 and 3 Normal priority Servi
89. Mode 246 10 8 AT SISW Internet Service Write Data sssssssssseseeeemenenenenen nennen 248 10 8 1 Usage of parameter eodFlag cessisse cidese ne cid neben da aad eaa 250 10 9 AT SISE Internet Service Error Report sssssssssssssseeeee ener enne 251 10 10 Internet Service URC ASIS Li iiu e idees erint Eher ci notte tene dedero Lie read e ean EXE Ud 252 10 10 1 Information Elements Related to the Service Application esssssssse 253 10 10 2 Information Elements Related to FTP Service sssssssssssss 254 10 10 3 Information Elements Related to HTTP Service ccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeecsaeeeeeeeeeetens 255 10 10 4 Information Elements Related to POP3 Service cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeceecnaeeeeeeeeeeeess 255 10 10 5 Information Elements Related to SMTP Service ccecceseeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeesaees 255 10 11 Examples of how to Configure and Use Internet Service Profiles essssessssss 256 10 11 1 Selecting URC Mode or Polling Mode seeeemm emn 256 10 11 2 Configuring Socket LIStetier iu tete ei E P e d v ved dais 256 10 11 3 Configuring Socket Client for Calling a Socket Listener on Another Host 257 10 11 4 Socket Client Sends Data via TCP Connection Polling Mode 257 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 6 of 475 3 17 06 Confident
90. O OQ OQ Data e g EIA TIA 602 or ITU V 250 Fax class 1 EIA TIA 578 A Service Class 1 Fax class 2 EIA TIA SP 2388 an early draft version of EIA TIA 592 A Ser vice class 2 1 Using Error Correcting Mode ECM when sending FAXes over GSM should be avoided e f n is setto 1 or 2 all incoming calls will be answered as fax calls when ATA is issued on multiplexer chan nel 1 resp ASCO For calls explicitly signaled as voice or data calls this procedure will fail with result code NO CARRIER but the incoming call will continue to ring It is possible to change the setting of n to 0 while the call is ringing and accept the call afterwards with ATA MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 308 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 12 7 AT FCQ Copy Quality Checking This command controls Copy Quality checking when receiving a fax Syntax Test Command AT HEO P Response s list of supported copy quality checking lt cq gt s OK Read Command AT FCQ Response s GIG OK Write Command AT FCQ lt cq gt Response s OK Reference s EIA PN 2388 Parameter Description cq num 0 1 Note Used for Fax Class 2 only MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O e O oO O O OQ Qo Q No copy quality checking The ME will generate Copy Quality OK MCF responses to complete pages ME can check 1 D phase
91. O e O O O O Q Notes For further information see AT FDIS Used for Fax Class 2 only MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 311 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 12 10 AT FDFFC Data Compression Format Conversion This command determines the ME response to a mismatch between the data format negotiated for the fax ses sion reported by the lt df gt subparameter and the Phase C data desired by the controlling application indicated by the optional AT FDT df subparameter or the AT FDIS df subparameter for AT FDR operation Syntax Test Command AT FDFFC Response s list of lt d gt s OK Read Command AT FDFFC Response s lt df gt OK Write Command AT FDFFC lt df gt Response s OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last EIA PN 2388 O e O oO e O Oo Parameter Description df Sin 0 Mismatch checking is always disabled The controlling application has to check the d subparameter and transfer matching data Notes For further information see AT FDIS Used for Fax Class 2 only MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 312 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 12 11 AT FDIS Query or set session parameters This command allows the controlling application to sense and constrain the capabilities used for the current ses sion It uses AT FDIS to generate DIS or DTC messages directly and uses AT FDIS and received DI
92. OK Read Command AT CFUN Response s CFUN lt fun gt OK Write Command AT CFUN lt funs lt rst gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 O e Q Q Q O Q Q MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 37 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released Unsolicited Result Codes URC 1 SYSSTART BRODERSEN simplifying process Indicates that the ME has been started and is ready to operate If autobauding is active AT 1PR 0 the URC is not generated URC 2 SYSSTART CHARGE ONLY MODE Indicates that the ME has entered the CHARGE ONLY mode This occurs if the charger is connected while the ME is in POWER DOWN mode If autobauding is active AT IPR 0 the URC is not generated In CHARGE ONLY mode the ME is neither registered to the GSM network nor are the serial interfaces fully accessible Only the AT commands listed in Section 20 4 Availability of AT Commands Depending on Operating Mode of ME can be used For further details on charging refer to the Hardware Interface Description 2 Parameter Description fun m 0 a SFP MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released NON CYCLIC SLEEP mode In this mode the AT interface is not accessible Consequently after setting lt fun gt 0 do not send further characters Otherwise these characters remain in the input buffer and may delay the output of an unsolicited result code The first wake up event stops power s
93. Once a different SIM card is inserted the ME will prompt the client to enter a specific code This is not the PUK of the SIM card but usually an 8 digit code which needs to be requested from the provider The locks can only be set by the manufacturer and need to be agreed upon between the parties concerned e g provider operator distributor etc on the one side and the manufacturer on the other side For details contact your local dealer or Siemens AG PF Lock Phone to the very First SIM card PN Network Personalisation PU Network subset Personalisation PP Service Provider Personalisation PC Corporate Personalisation Supplementary Service Call Barring Supplementary Service Call Barring allows to specify conditions under which calls will be disallowed by the network The availability of the Supplementary Services varies with the network To benefit from call barring the client will need to subscribe them though a limited number of call barring types may be included in the basic tariff pack age password length The Network Password needs to be supplied from the network provider or network oper ator Usually there is one 4 digit password which applies to all call barring options For details contact your pro vider AO BACC Bar All Outgoing Calls Ol BOIC Bar Outgoing International Calls Ox BOIC exHC Bar Outgoing International Calls except to Home Country AI BAIC Bar All Incoming Calls MC55 ATC V04
94. PIN ME is waiting for SIM PIN1 SIM PUK ME is waiting for SIM PUK1 if PIN1 was disabled after three failed attempts to enter PIN1 SIM PIN2 ME is waiting for PIN2 This is only applicable when an attempt to access a PIN2 related feature was acknowledged with CME ERROR 17 SIM PIN2 required for example when the client attempts to edit the FD phonebook In this case the read command AT CPIN also prompts for SIM PIN2 Normally the AT CPIN2 command is intended for SIM PIN2 SIM PUK2 ME is waiting for PUK2 to unblock a disabled PIN2 As above this is only nec essary when the preceding command was acknowledged with CME ERROR 18 SIM PUK2 required and only if the read command AT CPIN also prompts for SIM PUK2 Normally the AT CPIN2 command is intended for SIM PUK2 Phone security locks set by client or factory PH SIM PIN ME is waiting for phone to SIM card password if PS lock is active and the cli ent inserts other SIM card than the one used for the lock PS lock is also referred to as phone or antitheft lock PH SIM PUK ME is waiting for Master Phone Code if the above PS lock password was incorrectly entered three times PH FSIM PIN ME is waiting for phone to very first SIM card Necessary when PF lock was set When powered up the first time ME locks itself to the first SIM card put into the card holder As a result operation of the mobile is restricted to this one SIM card unless the PH FSIM PUK is used as desc
95. Request manufacturer identification AT CGMI returns a manufacturer identification text See also AT GMI Syntax Test Command AT CGMI Response s OK Exec Command AT CGMI Response s SIEMENS OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e oO e e OQ 6 3 AT GMI Request manufacturer identification AT GMI returns a manufacturer identification text See also AT CGMI Syntax Test Command AT GMI Response s OK Exec Command AT GMI Response s SIEMENS OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last V 250 e e e e O E MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 121 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 6 4 AT CGMM Request model identification AT CGMM returns a product model identification text Command is identical with AT GMM Syntax Test Command AT CGMM Response s OK Exec Command AT CGMM Response s MC55 OK Reference s GSM 07 07 PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last e e e e Oo 6 5 AT GMM Request model identification AT GMM returns a product model identification text Command is identical with AT CGMM Syntax Test Command AT GMM Response s OK Exec Command AT GMM Response s MC55 OK Reference s V 250 MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last e e e e OQ Page 122 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process
96. Response s ILRR list of supported value s OK Read Command AT ILRR Response s ILRR lt value gt OK Write Command AT ILRR lt value gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last V 250 o e o O O OQ Qo Q Intermediate Result Code ILRR rates Indicates local port rate setting upon connection setup Parameter Description value SUI SN o amp P Disables reporting of local port rate 1 Enables reporting of local port rate rate SRI Port rate setting upon connection setup bps 0 Autobauding see Section 4 7 1 Autobauding Not supported on ASC1 300 600 1200 2400 4800 9600 14400 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 90 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 19200 28800 38400 57600 115200 230400 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 91 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 4 7 AT IPR Set fixed local rate The command AT IPR can be used to set or query the TE TA interface bit rate Syntax Test Command AT IPR Response s IPR list of supported auto detectable lt ratess list of supported fixed only lt rate gt s OK Read Command AT IPR Response s vA ZEROS OK Write Command AT IPR lt rate gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last V 250 O e Q Q Q Q O Q Command Description The test command returns th
97. Restricted access to SIM data after SIM PIN authentication for further detail e The indices index ofthe storage are dependent on the order selected with AT SSMSS MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 352 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 13 13 AT CSCA SMS Service Center Address Write command updates the SMSC address through which mobile originated SMs are transmitted In text mode setting is used by send and write commands In PDU mode setting is used by the same commands but only when the length of the SMSC address coded into the lt pdu gt parameter equals zero Syntax Test Command AT CSCA Response s OK Read Command AT CSCA Response s TESCA lt Sca gt lt vosca OK Write Command AT CSCA lt sca gt tosca Response s OK Reference s GSM 07 05 Notes PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last e o e o Q Q Q9 Incase of using no parameter after AT CSCA the content of sca will be deleted This command writes the service center address to non volatile memo The SMS service center address should be entered as specified by the service provider MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 353 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 13 14 AT CSCB Select Cell Broadcast Message Indication The test command returns the supported modes as a compound value The write command selects which types of CBMs are to be received by the ME
98. RxQual gt Full lt RxQual gt Sub lt Timeslots If no serving cell is found unavailable values are omitted lt RxLev gt 0 0 nci Eom Neighbour cell information for neighbour cell 1 through 6 comma separated no cr If included lt MCC gt 4 lt MNC gt 4 lt LAC gt lt cell gt lt BSIC gt lt chann gt lt RxLev gt these parameters repeated for neighbour cells 2 through 6 with no CR LF MCC g MNC 6 LAC 6 cell g BSIC g chann g RxLev g An unavailable cell appears as follows 0 rssiber C Values for RSSI and BER comma separated no cr If included lt RSSI gt lt BER gt lt mcc gt um Mobile country code 3 digits e g 232 000 Not decoded MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 174 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process lt MNC gt um Mobile network code 2 digits or 3 digits e g 07 or 003 000 Not decoded ETAC Um Location area code 4 hexadecimal digits e g 4EED 0000 Not decoded ce1 um Cell identifier 4 hexadecimal digits e g 4EAF 0000 Not decoded Bsrc num Base station identity code 2 digits e g 32 00 Not decoded chann m ARFON Absolute Frequency Channel Number RxLev um Received signal level in dBm RxQual EDU Received signal quality as defined in GSM05 08 Timeslot Sum Assigned timeslot If mobile is in idle mode timeslot 0 BCCH timeslot will be indicated 0 8 Assigned
99. SMGL AT CMGR AT SMGR and the URC e CDS 1 MC55 displays ra and tora MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 365 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 13 23 AT SSDA Set SMS Display Availability This command allows to notify the MC55 of its controlling application s capability to immediately display incoming SMS on a display If the application is able to display incoming short messages a class 0 message shall be displayed immediately However if it does not class 0 messages shall be treated as if no message class is determined GSM 03 38 17 The effect of this command if lt da gt 1 is to determine the behavior of parameter mt gt of AT CNMI If lt da gt 1 and mt gt 1 incoming class 0 mesages need to be acknowledged with AT CNMA see also AT CNMI and AT CSMS If multiplex mode is enabled AT CMUX and lt da gt 1 with mt gt 1 is set on any logical channel all other chan nels have to use mt gt 0 Syntax Test Command AT SSDA Response s SSDA list of supported lt da gt s OK Read Command AT SSDA Response s SSDA da OK Write Command AT SSDA da Response s OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS O e e e Oo Parameter Description lt da Eu Display Availability pee Application is not able to display incoming short message 1 Application is able to display incoming short message Note I
100. Syntax Test Command AT Coes 2 Response s CSCB list of supported mode s OK Read Command AT CSCB Response s CSCB mode mids lt dcss gt OK Write Command AT CSCB lt mode gt mids dcss Response s OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 05 e e e S e OOTO Parameter Description lt mode Eum Message mode 0 8 Accept messages that are defined in lt mids gt and lt dcss gt 1 Forbid messages that are defined in lt mids gt and lt dcss gt mids 6 Cell Broadcast Message ID specification For lt mode gt 0 Six different possible combinations of CBM IDs e g 0 1 5 320 478 922 2000 3000 default is empty string In certain configurations e g if using SIMs that contain data in Elementary File EF CBMID Cell Broadcast Message Identifier for Data download less than six combinations may be available To access a SIM s Elementary File data refer to command AT CRSM For lt mode gt 1 One CBM ID or range of IDs e g 320 478 default is empty string dess 67 CBM data coding scheme specification All different possible combinations of CBM data coding schemes e g 0 3 5 Using default empty string leads to get all CBMs independent of their dcss A given dcss replaces any former value and is used for consecutive requests MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 354 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process
101. Syntax Test Command AT STCD Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Exec Command AT STCD Response s STCD time OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS e e e e e e O O Q Command Description TA returns total call duration accumulated duration of all calls Parameter Description time SEH Format is hh mm ss where characters indicate hours minutes seconds E g 22 10 00 22 10 00 Max value is 9999 59 59 Notes The Total Call Duration will not be reset by power off or other means The proper working of that command is network dependant and only for MO calls MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 160 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 7 28 ATP Select pulse dialing Syntax Exec Command ATP Response s OK PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O e O o O O Q Reference s V 250 Note No effect for GSM 7 29 ATT Select tone dialing Syntax Exec Command AINE Response s OK PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last Reference s V 250 O e O oO O O O O Note No effect for GSM MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 161 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 8 Network Service Commands The AT Commands described in this chapter are related to various network services More commands related to this area can be found in Chapter 9 Supplementary Service Comman
102. Terminated MTC i e incoming Calls 7 1 Call Status Information For Circuit switched calls including voice fax and data calls call status information is available with URC CIEV call configurable via AT commands AT CIND and AT CMER or in more detail from the list of current calls This list can be displayed on request via at commands AT CLCC and AT SLCC It can also be issued by the ME in the form of an unsolicited result code SLcc if configured with AT SLCC and AT CMER URC CIEV call and URC sLcc can be configured using AT command AT SCFG An overview of the pos sible configurations and their consequences for the availability of call status information will be given here Generally speaking the call status values recognized by the ME are as follows active held dialing MOC alerting MOC incoming MTC waiting MTC terminating The call is not active anymore but inband information is still available dropped The call has been suspended by the network but may be resumed later The values terminating and dropped are not standardized for AT command AT CLCC and therefore only available for command AT sSLCC A call in any of these two states will not appear in the list of current calls as displayed with AT CLCC A call that is not recognized by the ME is considered to be in unknown state Some networks may schedule a traffic channel for a call that is not yet in the active state This is refl
103. URC sssssseeeeeennn eene 467 Table 20 11 Alphabetical List of AT Commands sessi nennen nennen nsns nnn 470 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 11 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process List of Figures Figure 1 1 Main character table of GSM 03 38 alphabet emen 21 Figure 1 2 Extension character table of GSM 03 38 alphabet ssssssee e 22 Figure 17 1 Audio programming model for MC55 Module sss enn enne 401 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 12 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 1 Introduction 1 1 Scope of the document This document presents the AT Command Set for the Siemens Cellular Engine MC55 Release 04 00 Before using the Cellular Engine or upgrading to a new firmware version please read the latest product informa tion provided in the Release Notes 1 More information is available at the Siemens Website http www siemens com wm MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 13 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 BRODERSEN simplifying process Related documents MC55 Release Notes Version 04 00 MC55 Hardware Interface Description Version 04 00 GPRS Startup User s Guide Remote SAT User s Guide Multiplexer User s Guide Multiplex Driver Developer s Gui
104. Um A numeric parameter which indicates the service or service preference to be used Parameter is global for all interfaces and volatile 0 GPRS 1 Circuit switched 2 GPRS preferred use circuit switched SMS transfer if mobile is not GPRS attached 3 8PXP Circuit switched preferred use GPRS if circuit switched is not available Note Sending SMS via GPRS is only possible when mobile is attached using AT CGATT MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 290 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 11 13 AT SGAUTH Set type of authentication for PPP connection Syntax Test Command AT SGAUTH Response s SGAUTH list of supported lt authss OK ERROR CME ERROR Read Command AT SGAUTH Response s SGAUTH auth OK ERROR CME ERROR Write Command AT SGAUTH lt auth gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS O e oO Oo Q Q Q Parameter Description auth m Indicates types of supported authentication 0 none 1 PAP 2 CHAP ger PAP and CHAP MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 291 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 11 14 AT SGCONF Configuration of GPRS related Parameters Syntax Test Command AT SGCONF Response s SGCONF list of supported lt llc_pdu_length_Uss list of supported lt GPRS msclass gt es OK Read Command AT SGCONF Response s S
105. V04 00 Confidential Released 01 1001 0103 7 UNE NELSON 33 1 1015 1 0 DEMONS Description ARFON Absolute Frequency Channel Number of the BCCH carrier RSSI value 0 63 RSSI Received signal strength indication Receiving level of the BCCH carrier in dBm Mobile Country Code first part of the PLMN code Mobile Network Code second part of the PLMN code Location area code see note below Cell ID PLMN colour code Base station colour code Maximal power level used on RACH channel in dBm Page 178 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process Column Description RXLev Minimal receiving level in dBm to allow registration C1 Coefficient for base station selection Columns for Dedicated channel Column Description chann ARFCN Absolute Frequency Channel Number of the TCH carrier Note lt chann gt h indicates frequency hopping TS Timeslot number timAdv Timing advance in bits PWR Current power level dBm Receiving level of the traffic channel carrier in dBm Q Receiving quality 0 7 ChMod Channel mode S_HR Half rate S_FR Full rate S_EFR Enhanced Full Rate A_HR AMR Half rate A_FR AMR Full rate 8 8 2 Service states Depending on the service state an additional textual output is generated refer also to the response examples e Searching The MS is searching but could not yet find a suitable cell This output appears after restart of the MS or after loss of coverage No connection
106. V04 00 Page 402 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 17 4 AT CLVL Loudspeaker volume level Syntax Test Command AT CLVL Response s CLVL list of supported 1evel s OK Read Command AT CLVL Response s CLVL lt levels gt OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Write Command AT CLVL lt level gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Reference s GSM 07 07 Parameter Description lt level Sm Loudspeaker Volume Level 0 4 Notes PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O e e e o Oo Q The write command can only be used in audio mode 2 6 The values of the volume steps are specified with the parameters lt outCalibrates gt 0 lt outCali brate 4 of the AT SNFO command As an alternative to AT CLVL you can use AT SNFO and AT SNFV The parameter lt 1level gt is identical with outStep used by both commands e Any change to lt level gt or outStep takes effect in audio modes 2 to 6 That is when you change levels or lt outStep gt and then select another mode with AT SNFS the same step will be applied The only exception is audio mode 1 which is fixed to 1eve1 4 or accordingly lt outStep gt 4 e level or lt outStep gt is stored non volatile when the ME is powered down with AT SMSO or reset with AT CFUN 1 1 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released Page 403 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN
107. X Last e Page 322 of 475 e o O O Q Q9 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 12 21 AT FREV Identify Product Revision This comand sends the revision identification to the TA Syntax Read Command AT FREV Response s V2 550 OK PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O O e O O OQ Q Reference s SIEMENS Note Used for Fax Class 2 only MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 323 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN 12 22 AT FRH Receive Data Using HDLC Framing simplifying process The AT FRH command enables the TA to receive frames using the HDLC protocol and the modulation schemes defined in Section 12 1 FAX parameters An ERROR response code results if the command is issued while the modem is on hook The test command can be used in off hook mode to check the modulation schemes sup ported by MC55 Syntax Test Command AT FRH Response s In off hook mode only FRH list of lt modss OK In on hook mode ERROR Write Command AT FRH lt mod gt Response s CONNECT If error is related to ME functionality ERROR Reference s PIN TIA EIA 578 Note Used for Fax Class 1 only MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released ASCO ASC1 Page 324 of 475 O MUX1 e MUX2 MUX3 Charge 7 O O O O Last O 3 17 06 12 23 AT FRM Receive Data BRODERSEN simplifying process The AT FRM command causes the TA to enter the receive mode
108. You can enter PIN2 along with the AT CPUC command AT CPUC EUR 0 10 8888 where 8888 PIN2 OK Alternatively you can first use the AT CPIN2 command to enter PIN2 When you execute the AT CPUC com mand subsequently take into account that PIN2 authentication expires after 300ms see notes in AT CPIN2 AT CPUC EUR 0 10 OK AT CPUC EUR 0 10 CME ERROR SIM PIN2 required Successful Attempt not successful PIN2 authentication has expired MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 214 of 475 Confidential Released 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 9 13 AT CSSN Supplementary service notifications Syntax Test Command AT CSSN Response s CSSN list of supported lt nss list of supported lt m gt s OK Read Command AT CSSN Response s CSSN lt n gt lt m gt OK Write Command AT CSSN n lt m gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e e OQ Unsolicited Result Codes URC 1 CSSI lt code 1 gt When lt n gt 1 and a supplementary service notification is received after a mobile originated call setup inter mediate result code CSSI code 1 gt is sent to TE before any other MO call setup result codes URC 2 CSSU code 2 gt When lt m gt 1 and a supplementary service notification is received during a mobile terminated call setup or during a call unsolicited result code CSSU
109. all messages pending in the POP3 server s maildrop If there are no messages on the maildrop list of the server the POP3 service returns with a positive response i e it doesn t issue an error response but the returned list will be empty Each email will be finished by a so called dotline i e a new line with just a single dot Delete command If lt srvParmTag gt value pNumber is set to a non zero value the command deletes the related message from the POP3 server s maildrop list In fact the message is marked as deleted on the server and will be deleted permanently if the POP3 service command executes successfully In case an error has occurred e g network loss the message will not be deleted on the server even though the POP3 service command has been finished If lt srvParmTag gt value pNumber is zero the Delete command deletes all messages from the POP3 server s maildrop list In fact the messages are marked as deleted on the server and will be deleted permanently if the POP3 service command executes successfully In case an error has occurred the messages will not be deleted on the server even though the POP3 service command has been finished num Supported flag values in lt srvParmValue gt for lt srvParmTag gt value pDelFlag Only applicable if the profile contains the POP3 user command Retrieve 3 0 1 Note Messages will not be deleted on the server Delete messages on the server which have been
110. alphabet tables and UCS2 character values This section provides tables for the GSM 03 38 alphabet supported by the ME Below any GSM character find the corresponding two byte character value of the UCS2 alphabet For related mapping definition see http www unicode org Public MAPPINGS ETSI GSM0338 TXT Main character table of GSM 03 38 alphabet A a ak cha Pa as ba CARNEA ESSE SP E 8394 i03 DUIS 00A4 rus oobr 0070 q woa E 00A3 0U5F RA dust E fot cost 0074 r inne E on 6346 0023 us is us urs 0072 S Os 0323 dus es Dis ones 0063 0073 t man r Go m l od ur ae RUM Dos 0074 Uu JEDE E noes xA aus Dis Dis x 0065 0075 v cora asAo an um dus nee dus 0076 Ww icc iaa ee num ne oon QU6T 0077 X m ae ae 0049 Tm ne 0078 y en me ne ae 0069 0079 J Z j z O38 oo2a 0038 064A oosa oes 007A K k 0028 0038 o04B ooca 0068 OOE4 E L 6 soce on2c onc oo4c nope cose core K M N m fi DEB 0030 oo4p O0D1 OD6D DOF1 E n oO 002 o04E oopc 00FC O 8 o 1 aa 1 BEI oes oco cor ose ote oarl coer oen Figure 1 1 Main character table of GSM 03 38 alphabet 1 This code is an escape to the following extension of the 7 bit default alphabet table 2 This code is not a printable character and therefore not defined for the UCS2 alphabet It shall be treated as the accom panying control character EEERR EE OOF LF LF 2 in 00D8 CRI
111. appear Parameter lt mgsm gt only if no code is within the dialing string MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 133 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 7 7 ATDI Mobile originated call to ISDN number Syntax Exec Command ATDI n Response s If no dialtone parameter ATX2 or ATX4 NO DIALTONE If busy parameter setting ATX3 or ATXA BUSY If connection cannot be set up NO CARRIER All other error reasons CME ERROR If successfully connected and non voice call TA switches to data state CONNECT text When TA returns to command mode after call release OK If successfully connected and voice call OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last V 250 e e O o e O OQ QOQ Q Command Description TA attempts to set up an outgoing call to ISDN number The termination character is mandatory to set up voice calls or to send codes for Supplementary Services It must not be used for data and fax calls Parameter Description n GD ISDN number String with maximum length of 20 characters Allowed characters 0 9 A B C Note This command may be aborted generally by receiving a character during execution Abortion is not possible during some states of connection setup such as handshaking MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 134 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 7 8 ATDL Redial last number used Syntax Exec Command
112. appear only if AT CNMI 1 1 was configured before After this you may want to verify the operating status AT CFUN CFUN 1 Indicates that ME has entered full functionality mode EXAMPLE 3 To stop CYCLIC SLEEP mode and return to full functionality AT CFUN CFUN 5 OK AT CFUN 1 OK Remember that this approach is not applicable to the NON CYCLIC SLEEP mode since the serial interface is disabled The NON CYCLIC SLEEP mode ends with the first wake up event EXAMPLE 4 To reset and restart the ME AT CFUN 1 1 or alternatively AT CFUN 0 1 or 5 1 or 6 1 or 7 1 or 8 1 or 9 1 OK SYSSTART The SYSSTART URC confirms that the ME has been rebooted Note that SYSSTART appears only if AT IPR z O If the ME is in autobaud mode it is recommended to wait 3 to 5 seconds before entering the first AT command Remember to enter the SIM PIN after restart 2 8 1 Wake up the ME from SLEEP mode A wake up event is any event that causes the ME to draw more current Depending on the selected mode the wake up event either switches the SLEEP mode off and takes the ME back to full functionality AT CFUN 1 or activates the ME temporarily without terminating the selected SLEEP mode Definitions of the state transitions described in Table 2 3 Quit ME exits SLEEP mode Temporary ME becomes active temporarily for the duration of the event and the mode specific follow up time after the last character was sent or received on the serial interfa
113. barring but uses a wrong password Z0 prelio AL OOOO 3 CME ERROR incorrect password AT CEER pis 35 0 38 The Location ID 35 in Section 3 4 1 points to Section 3 4 9 where 38 OK NegativePWCheck may mean that a wrong password was tried for the first time 0 No error refers to parameter reason that is not appli cable 3 4 1 Cause Location ID for the extended error report ID Description 0 No error default 1 SIEMENS L2 cause 2 GSM cause for L3 Radio Resource Sublayer GSM 04 08 annex F 3 SIEMENS cause for L3 Radio Resource Sublayer 4 GSM cause for L3 Mobility Management GSM 04 08 annex G 5 SIEMENS cause for L3 Mobility Management 6 GSM cause for L3 Mobility Management via MMR SAP GSM 04 08 annex G 7 SIEMENS cause for L3 Mobility Management via MMR SAP 8 GSM cause for L3 Call Control GSM 04 08 10 5 4 11 and annex H 9 SIEMENS cause for L3 Call Control 11 SIEMENS cause for L3 Advice of Charge Entity 12 GSM cause for L3 SMS CP Entity 13 SIEMENS cause for L3 SMS CP Entity 14 GSM cause for L3 SMS RL Entity 15 SIEMENS cause for L3 SMS RL Entity 16 GSM cause for L3 SMS TL Entity 17 SIEMENS cause for L3 SMS TL Entity 18 SIEMENS cause for DSM Entity 21 GSM cause for L3 Call related Supplementary Services 22 SIEMENS cause for L3 Call related Supplementary Services 32 SIEMENS cause for Supplementary Services Entity 33 SIEMENS cause for Supplementary Services Manager 34 Network cause for Supplementary Services GSM 04 08 10
114. be closed without loss of data Notes The AT SISW write command must be terminated only with the ASCII character set with ATS3 The factory default for S3 is 13 Carriage Return Do not send any further characters after the S3 end of line identifier until the response srSw is received This is necessary to avoid that any characters related to the AT com mand can be interpreted as being part of the data stream to be transferred Also refer Section 1 4 AT Com mand Syntax If the Socket service is configured for UDP and fixed size and the interactive text mode is active the PDU length always equals the specified fixed length If the input characters exceed the specified fixed length then all surplus characters will be ignored If the input characters are less than the specified fixed length then the remaining range will be filled with O bytes 10 8 1 Usage of parameter lt eodFlag gt Service type Socket After the service accepts the end of data flag the service state changes to Closing No fur ther user data is accepted After releasing the TCP link the service remains in state Down FTP Parameter only applicable for FTP upload session After accepting the end of data flag the service state changes to Closing and starts to end the running FTP session No further user data is accepted After the FTP session is completed on FTP protocol level the service state switches to Down In case of successful completion the URC
115. classes eue oe 2 255 GB Ee Gri Gr SEES TCCHCE GE ELS GB TCCHCE OK pak pd 4 8 D n OY D Ww N D on EN D 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 12g BRODERSEN simplifying process e reason 4or 5 cannot be used to query the status of all call forwarding reasons see also notes above at ccfc 4 2 CME error operation not supported EXEd etent el 2 CME error operation not supported MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 201 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 9 7 AT CCWA Call Waiting The AT CCWA write command controls the Call Waiting supplementary service according to GSM 02 83 Acti vation deactivation and status query are supported The read command returns the current value of lt n gt Syntax Test Command AT CCWA Response s CCWA list of supported lt n gt s OK Read Command AT CCWA Response s CCWA lt n gt OK Write Command AT CCWA lt n gt lt modes lt class gt Response s If mode is not equal 2 and command successful OK If lt mode gt 2 and command successful CCWA lt status gt lt class gt CCWA status class CCWA OK If error is related to ME functionality CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 GSM 02 04 GSM 02 83 e e e e o OQ OQ GSM 03 83 GSM 04 83 Unsolicited Result Codes URC 1 Indication of a call t
116. code 2 gt is sent to TE Command Description The write command enables or disables the presentation of URCs for supplementary services Parameter Description num n oF Suppress css1 URCs 1 Activate cSSI URCs em um pie Suppress cssu URCs 1 Activate cSsu URCs MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 215 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process num lt code 1 gt 0 unconditional call forwarding is active 1 some of the conditional call forwardings are active 2 call has been forwarded 3 Waiting call is pending code 2 0um 0 The incoming call is a forwarded call 5 Held call was terminated by other party 10 additional incoming call forwarded Note URCs will be displayed only if the call concerned is a voice call but some URCs will be displayed as well as for data calls like CSSU 0 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 216 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 9 14 AT CUSD Supplementary service notifications AT CUSD allows control of the Unstructured Supplementary Service Data USSD according to GSM 02 90 Both network and mobile initiated operations are supported The interaction of this command with other commands based on other GSM supplementary services is described in the GSM standard Parameter lt n gt is used to disable enable the presentation of an unsolicited result code USSD response from the network or network initiated op
117. codes when MT TE link is reserved e g in on line data mode otherwise forward them directly to the TE 2 Buffer unsolicited result codes in the MT when MT TE link is reserved e g in on line data mode and flush them to the TE when MT TE link becomes avail able otherwise forward them directly to the TE Currently 3 CGEV URCs can be buffered If MT result code buffer is full the oldest URCs will be discarded p r 0m 0 MT buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is cleared when mode 1 or 2 is entered 1 MT buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is flushed to the TE when mode 1 or2 is entered OK response will be given before flush ing the codes Buffer is empty afterwards class 6 Parameter indicates the GPRS mobile class B class B MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 274 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 11 6 AT CGDATA Enter data state Syntax Test Command AT CGDATA Response s CGDATA list of supported lt L2P gt s OK Write Command AT CGDATA lt L2P5 cid lt cids Response s CONNECT NO CARRIER ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 oO e e e J O O e Command Description The test command is used for requesting information on the supported layer 2 protocols to be used between the TE and MT The write command causes the MT to perform all actions which
118. currency table SIM PIN2 is usually required to set the parameters Parameter Description lt currency gt S CScs Three character currency code e g GBP EUR If the currency name is longer than three characters all characters will be cut off after the third position Before they are written to the SIM Card these characters are converted to the standard GSM alphabet lt ppu gt 689 Price per unit dot is used as a decimal separator e g 2 66 The length is limited to 20 characters If the string length is exceeded the command is terminated with an error This string may only contain digits and a dot Lead ing zeros are removed from the string The minimum and maximum value are determined by the structure of the SIM PUCT file The maximum price per unit value is 999 999 999 00 When successfully entered this value is rounded to maximum accuracy Note Due to storage in mantisse range 0 4095 and exponent 7 to 7 itis possible that rounding errors occur passwd 8 SIM PIN2 String parameter which can contain any combination of characters The maximum string length is limited to 8 characters If this value is exceeded the command terminates with an error message If the PIN2 is incorrect a CME error CME ERROR incorrect password is output MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 213 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Example To change currency and or price per unit you have two ways
119. data The connected application must check copy quality for 2 D phase C data Page 309 of 475 3 17 06 12 8 Syntax Write Command AIC R Ce S Response s OK Reference s EIA PN 2388 Parameter Description lt Cr SU 0 1 Note Used for Fax Class 2 only MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process AT FCR Capability to Receive MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last e O O oO Q Q PIN ASCO ASC1 e O ME will not receive message data This value can be used when the application has insufficient storage The ME can send and can be polled for a file ME can receive message data Page 310 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 12 9 AT FDCC Query or set capabilities This command allows the connected application to sense and constrain the capabilities of the facsimile DCE ME from the choices defined in CCITT T 30 Table 2 Syntax Test Command AT FDCC Response s list of lt vr gt s list of lt br gt s list of lt wdss list of 1n s list of a s list of ec s list of lt b gt s list of lt st gt s OK Read Command AT FDCC Response s ines clogs lt icl gt lt lhins lt ches lt G S celo ess lt i gt OK Write Command ZASTESEUI Cacyiiess lt loyes gt lt iiel gt lt llims lt chis lt es clots lt Sie gt Response s OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last EIA PN 2388
120. data transfer has completed Each read or write action requires that the command response of AT SISR or AT SISW confirms that the service is ready to send or receive data To end an upload data stream set the eodF1ag in the last AT SISW command The AT SISI command shall be used to monitor the progress of the session The command reports the ser vice state of the used service profile and indicates the number of bytes received the number of bytes sent and in the case of sending the number of bytes acknowledged or unacknowledged at TCP layer If an error occurs during a session you can enter the AT SISE command and the srvProfilerId to iden tify the reason This is especially important in polling mode The AT SICI command can be used any time to query the current status of one or all connection profile s Finally to end a session enter the AT SISC write command and the srvProfileId Maximum number of profiles defined used Up to 6 connection profiles can be created with AT SICS Up to 10 service profiles can be created with AT SISS but the number of parallel profiles of the same ser vice type is limited as listed below If the maximum number of a service profile type is already defined any attempt to set up another profile for the same type will be denied with tCME ERROR operation of service temporary not allowed Maximum 3 HTTP profiles Maximum 6 socket profiles The socket service can accept an incomin
121. dialing from phonebook with ATD mem n is depending on the network not always possible refer to GSM 04 08 subclause 10 5 4 7 for details See also type of AT CPBW Possible values are 145 Dialing string number includes international access code character 161 National number Network support of this type is optional 209 Dialing string lt number gt has been saved as ASCII string and includes non digit characters other than or Note that phonebook entries saved with this type cannot be dialed 255 Dialing string lt number gt is a command to control a Supplementary Service i e codes are contained Network support of this type is optional 129 Otherwise etext gt GC CSCS Text assigned to the phone number RealLocReq m Is a display of the real lt location gt of the entry required 0 Do not show an entry s real location number Parameter lt location gt will not be displayed 1 Show the real location number as parameter lt location gt at the end of the entry location m The location within phonebook memory at which the corresponding entry is located This location may be used for other phonebook commands e g AT CPBR AT CPBW ATD gt lt mem gt lt n gt MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 396 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process c internal counter m 067 maxindex This parameter is only an internal parameter and cannot mo
122. e Page 326 of 475 O MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge Z O O Last O 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 12 25 AT FTH Transmit Data Using HDLC Framing The AT FTH command causes the TA to transmit data using the HDLC protocol and the modulation schemes defined in Section 12 1 FAX parameters An ERROR response code results if the command is issued while the modem is on hook The test command can be used in off hook mode to check the modulation schemes sup ported by MC55 Syntax Test Command AT FTH Response s In off hook mode only FTH list of lt modss OK In on hook mode ERROR Write Command AT FTH lt mod gt Response s CONNECT Reference s PIN TIA EIA 578 Note Used for Fax Class 1 only MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 327 of 475 ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last e O 3 17 06 12 26 AT FTM Transmit Data BRODERSEN simplifying process The AT FTM command causes the TA to transmit data using one of the modulation schemes defined in Section 12 1 FAX parameters An ERROR response code results if the write command is issued while the modem is on hook The test com mand can be used in on hook or off hook mode to check the modulation schemes supported by MC55 Syntax Test Command AT FITIM Response s list of lt modss OK Write Command AT FTM lt mod gt Response s CONNECT If error is related to
123. error is related to ME functionality ERROR CMS ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 05 e e e oO oO O O MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 338 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Notes The selected lt mem1 gt can contain different types of SMs e g SMS DELIVERs SMS SUBMITs SMS STA TUS REPORTs and SMS COMMANDs the response may be a mix of the responses of different SM types TE application can recognize the response format by examining the third response parameter e The parameters ra and tora will only be displayed if parameter lt ra gt of the AT SSCONF command is set to 1 Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data may not yet be accessible resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned See Section 20 1 Restricted access to SIM data after SIM PIN authentication for further detail MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 339 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 13 6 AT CMGR Read SMS messages The write command returns SMS message with location value lt index gt from message storage lt mem1 gt to the TE If status of the message is received unread status in the storage changes to received read Syntax Test Command AT CMGR Response s OK Write Command AT CMGR lt index gt Response s Output if text
124. first AT command For details on autobauding refer to Section 4 7 1 Autobauding Notes If both serial interfaces ASCO and ASC1 are connected any functionality level set with AT CFUN takes effect on both of them In Multiplex mode the CFUN profile is shared by all multiplexer channels If the ME is in Multiplexer mode it is not recommended to activate SLEEP mode with AT CFUN lt fun gt The best approach to properly control SLEEP mode in this case is to issue the PSC messages described in 5 Section Power saving control When a circuit switched call is in progress lt fun gt 7 or 8 or 9 can be activated without terminating the call However setting lt fun gt 0 5 or 6 during a circuit switched call immediately disconnects this call Please keep in mind that power saving works properly only when PIN authentication has been done If you attempt to activate power saving while the SIM card is not inserted or the PIN is not correctly entered the selected lt fun gt level will be set though power saving does not take effect For the same reason power sav ing cannot be used if MC55 operates in Alarm mode Furthermore in order to accept incoming calls SMS or network related URCs in SLEEP mode the ME must be registered when it enters the SLEEP mode To check whether power saving is on you can query the status with the read command AT CFUN only if the module is in full functionality mode or in CYCLIC SLEEP mode If available you can a
125. gt 209 is not used any non digit characters other than 7 or will be removed from the string and only accepted modifiers from the GSM alphabet will be saved A number saved with lt type gt 209 requires double memory In order to fit into a standard location the num ber needs to be reduced to a maximum length of n1ength 2 including all digits and dial string modifiers Extended locations may be used as stated below for lt nlength gt MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 387 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process type Um Type of address octet which defines the used type of number ton and the numbering plan identification npi Please consider that for types other than 129 or 145 dialing from phonebook with ATD mem n is depending on the network not always possible refer GSM 04 08 subclause 10 5 4 7 for details If type is not specified the unknown lt type gt 129 is used If number contains a leading lt type gt 145 international is used Supported values are 145 Dialing string number includes international access code character 161 National number The network support for this type is optional 209 Dialing string number will be saved as ASCII string This is the default value if type is not specified explicitly and characters other than or are included in number Note that phonebook entries saved with this type cannot be diale
126. gt and lt unackData gt are the last known values for the service in the states Connecting Up and Closing MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 238 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 10 5 ATASISO Internet Service Open The AT SISO write command starts the Internet session configured by the service profile All further steps needed to control the session depend on whether you are using URC mode or polling mode The AT S1SO read command returns the current status of all services URC mode If the service opens successfully the URCs srsw and SISR will trigger the action to follow either writing data with AT srSW or reading data with AT SISR To terminate an upload data stream set the lt eodFlag gt within the last AT SISwW command If the URCs notify that a data transfer has been successful SISR x 2 or SISW x 2 the service can be closed with AT sISC If a special event occurs e g an error or a warning after opening or while using a service then the URC type SIs will be delivered Polling mode After opening the service all progress information needed to control the session shall be explicitly requested by the host application The particular sequence of AT commands varies depending on the service used The fol lowing list summarizes by way of an example the steps normally involved in managing an upload or download job Upload Socket FTP HTTP SMTP Enter the AT STSO c
127. illustrates a combination of a handset and a handsfree device connected to other inter faces than those assumed as factory default Settings for a handset connected to the second analog interface and adjusted to audio mode 4 AT SNFS 4 OK AT OATO 2 2 2 OK Settings for a handsfree device connected to the first analog interface and adjusted to audio mode 2 AT SNFS 2 OK ESPN HP AL db OK To store the configuration to the user defined audio profile MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 419 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released AT SNFW OK To switch back and forth AT SNFS 4 OK AT SNFS 2 OK MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Stores the audio mode and the interface Switches to the handset connected to analog interface 1 Switches to the handsfree device at analog interface 2 Page 420 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 17 16 AT SNFTTY Signal TTY CTM audio mode capability MC55 offers basic support for equipment using the CTM standard Cellular Text Telephone Modems The ben efit of CTM is that text characters typed on a TTY device Text Telephone Type writer can be transformed into special audio burst signals for reliable transmission via the existing speech channels of a cellular phone system If CTM mode is activated the ME will set the necessary bearer capability bit on outgoing mobile originated calls and incoming calls with this bearer capability bit set are acc
128. is ERROR Syntax Test Command AT CLIP Response s CLIP list of supported lt n gt s OK Read Command AT CLIP Response s tTCUTB T lt n gt lt m gt OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Write Command AT CLIP lt n gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 GSM 02 81 o e e e o e Q QO 9 Unsolicited Result Codes URC 1 Voice call response format CLIP number type lt alpha gt CLI validity gt URC 2 Data FAX call response format CLIP number type When CLIP is enabled at the TE and is permitted by the calling subscriber this URC is delivered after every RING or CRING URC when a mobile terminated call occurs Parameter Description ens num amp W amp V 0 6 P Suppress unsolicited result codes 1 Display unsolicited result codes MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 208 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process em num amp V 0 CLIP not provisioned 1 CLIP provisioned 2 Unknown number gt String type phone number of calling address in format specified by lt type gt num type Type of address octet in integer format 145 when dialing string includes international access code character otherwise 129 lt alpha gt String type alphanumeric representation of lt number gt corresponding to the entry found in phonebook used
129. is entered again MC55 responds CME ERROR operation not allowed no further action is required Each time a password is entered with AT CPIN the module starts reading data from the SIM The duration of reading varies with the SIM card This may cause a delay of several seconds before all commands which need access to SIM data are effective See Section 20 1 Restricted access to SIM data after SIM PIN authentication for further detail Syntax Test Command AT CPIN Response s OK Read Command AT CPIN Response s CPIN lt code gt OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Write Command AT CPIN pin new pins Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR err Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 9 e e e e O E MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 99 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Parameter Description lt pin gt Password string type usually SIM PIN1 If the requested password was a PUK such as SIM PUK1 or PH FSIM PUK or another password then lt pin gt must be followed by new pin new pin 99 If the requested code was a PUK specify a new password or restore the former disabled password See Section 5 1 1 What to do if PIN or password authentication fails for more information about when you may need to enter the PUK text lt code gt SIM PIN authentication READY PIN has already been entered No further entry needed SIM
130. is smaller than the number of bytes requested by the host the lt remainUdpPack etLength gt parameter is omitted Further write attempts with AT SISR are denied as long as the remainUdpPacketLength is unequal 0 or is not omitted In this case the service returns CME ERROR operation of service temporary not allowed 0 Indicates that all bytes of the current UDP datagram are read 1 max data size 1 Indicates that the currently read UDP datagram is not yet complete The dis played value is the remaining number of bytes remainUdpPacketLength is unequal 0 until reading all parts of the cur rent datagram is finished 10 7 1 Example Socket Host Reads Small Amounts of UDP Data Pack ets URC Mode This section applies only to the Socket service using the UDP protocol The example shows how to read UDP packets if the buffer of the host application can handle only a few bytes There are two datagrams available for reading Buffer size 6 bytes Datagram A 18 bytes content THIS IS DATAGRAM A Datagram B 3 bytes content NEW MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 246 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released SISR 0 1 at sisr 0 6 SISR 0 6 12 THIS I OK at sisr 0 6 SISR 0 6 6 S DATA OK at sisr 0 6 SISR 0 6 0 GRAM A OK at sisr 0 6 SISR 0 3 NEW OK MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Service profile O is configured for Socket service and UDP The URC n
131. lt LF gt lt data gt AT CNMI CBM lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt pdu gt AT CNMI CBM 8n mid lt dcs gt page lt pages gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt data gt AT CNMI CDS lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt pdu gt AT CNMI CDS fo mr ra lt tora gt lt scts gt dt st AT CNMI CDSI lt mem3 gt index AT SMGO SMGO lt mode gt SIM related Commands AT SCKS SCKS lt SimStatus gt SIM Application Toolkit SAT Commands SSTN SSTN lt cmdType gt SSTN SSTN lt cmdTerminateValue gt SSTN SSTN 254 SSTN SSTN 255 Hardware related Commands AT CALA CALA lt text gt AT CALA SYSSTART ALARM MODE CALA text AT SBC sBc Undervoltage MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 468 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process AT Command URC AT SCTM SCTM A m AT SCTM Boum MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 469 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released 20 8 Table 20 11 Alphabetical AT Command ot SSTN A AT amp C AT amp D AT amp F AT amp S AT amp V AT amp W AT CACM AT CALA AT CAMM AT CAOC AT CBST Ae CIC TIG AT CCLK AT CCUG AT CCWA AT CEER AT CFUN AT CGACT AT CGANS Alphabetical List of AT Commands List of AT Commands Description Switch from data mode to command mode SAT Notification Repeat previous command line Set Data Carrier Detect DCD Line mode Set circuit Data Terminal Ready DTR fu
132. lt inBbcGainss list of supported lt inCalibratess OK Read Command AT SNFI Response s SNFI inBbcGain lt inCalibrate gt OK Write Command AT SNFI inBbcGain lt inCalibrate gt Response s OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS O e e o e e O OQ Q9 Parameter Description c inBbcGain m SNFW ADC gain adjustable in eight 6 dB steps from 0 dB to 42 dB 0 0dB 7 42dB 8 steps of 6 dB 0 7 ncs brace UA SD Multiplication factor for input samples Formula to calculate the negative gain attenuation of the input signal Gain in dB 20 log inCalibrate 32768 0 32767 Notes The range of lt inCalibrate gt is up to 65535 but will be suppressed to 32767 Values above lt inCali brate gt 65535 will cause a failure The parameter lt inCalibrates gt of AT SNFT is identical with lt atten gt of AT SNFA Foruse after restart changed values can be stored with AT SNFW Attention When you adjust audio parameters avoid exceeding the maximum allowed level Bear in mind that exposure to excessive levels of noise can cause physical damage to users MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 412 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 17 12 AT SNFM Set microphone audio path and power supply The AT SNFM read command returns the microphone mute and supply voltage status The AT SNFM write command can be used to switch the microphone s audio p
133. lt indValue gt SIND indDescr mode lt indValue gt OK ERROR CME ERROR err Write Command AT SIND indDescr lt mode gt Response s SIND indDescr modes lt indValue gt In case of lt indDescr gt eons and lt mode gt 2 SIND indDescr mode lt indValue gt eonsOperator lt servProvider gt In case of lt indDescr gt nitz and lt mode gt 2 SIND indDescr mode lt nitzUT gt lt nitzTZ gt lt nitzDST gt OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS O e e e e e Q MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 65 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Unsolicited Result Codes URC 1 Format of the standard indicator CIEV lt indDescr gt lt indValue gt Value related to an indicator has changed URC 2 Format of the Voice Message indicator if the number of waiting messages is delivered by the network CIEV lt indDescr gt lt indValue gt lt vmCounter gt If the number of waiting messages is not delivered the standard indicator applies URC 3 Format of the eons indicator CIEV lt indDescr gt lt indValue gt lt eonsOperator gt lt servProvider gt One URC is issued for each new LAI Location Area Information broadcast by the network URC 4 Format of the nitz indicator CIEV indDescrs lt nitzUTs nitzTZs nitzDST Parame
134. mode AT CMGF 1 and command successful For SMS DELIVER CMGR stat oa lt alphas scts lt tooa gt o pid dcs sca lt tosca gt lt lengths lt data gt le OK For SMS SUBMIT CMGR stat da alpha toda o pid dcs vp sca lt tosca gt lt lengths gt data uS OK For SMS STATUS REPORT CMGR stat fo mr ra tora scts dt st data 25 OK For SMS Commands CMGR stat fo ct pid lt mns lt da gt lt todas lt lengths lt data gt is OK Output if PDU mode AT CMGF 0 and command successful For SMS SUBMITs and or SMS DELIVERs CMGR lt stat gt lt alphas length lt pdu gt 5 OK ERROR CMS ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 05 e e e e e o O O MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 340 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Notes Response if AT CMGR is used to read an empty record index CMGR 0 0 Response if AT CMGR is used to read a non existent record index CMS ERROR invalid memory index e The parameters ra and tora will only be displayed if parameter xa of the AT SSCONF command is set to 1 Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data may not yet be accessible resulting i
135. mode s OK Read Command AT CAOC Response s CAOC lt mode gt OK Exec Command AT CAOC Response s ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt If lt mode gt 0 TA returns the current call meter value CAOC lt ccm gt OK Write Command AT CAOC lt mode gt Response s ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt If lt mode gt 0 TA returns the current call meter value OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUXI MUX2 MUX3 Charge XX Last GSM 07 07 e e J Oo J O O O Command Description Execute command returns the current call meter value The write command sets the Advice of Charge supplementary service function mode Parameter Description lt mode gt UM 8V 0 query CCM value cem St Three bytes of the current CCM value in hexadecimal format e g 00001E indicates decimal value 30 bytes are similarly coded as ACMmax value in the SIM 000000 FFFFFF MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 195 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 9 5 AT CCUG Closed User Group Syntax Test Command AT CCUG Response s CCUG list of supported lt n gt range of supported lt index gt range of supported lt info gt OK ERROR CME ERROR Read Command AT CCUG Response s CCUG lt n gt index info OK ERROR CME ERROR Write Command AT CCUG lt n gt lt index gt lt info gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last
136. network registration Since basic operator selection services are available with AT COPS this command uses the methods of the Enhanced Operator Name String EONS specification while handling operator name strings Additional EONS related information is available with AT SIND AT SOPS test command lists sets of five parameters each representing an operator present in the network A set consists of 1 an integer indicating the availability of the operator 2 specification of the source of the operator name eonsOperator 3 operator name according to EONS Table 4 Service Provider Name from the SIM Service Table and 5 numeric format representation of the operator Any of the parameters may be unavailable and will then be an empty field The list of operators comes in the following order Home network networks referenced in SIM and other net works After the operator list the MC55 returns lists of supported mode s and lt format gt s These lists are delimited from the operator list by two commas If the test command is used while an ongoing GPRS transfer traffic will be interrupted for up to one minute Command settings are effective over all serial interfaces of the MC55 Syntax Test Command AT SOPS Response s SOPS list of present operator opStatus eonsType eonsOperator servProvider opName Js list of supported mode Js list of supported format gt s OK ERROR CME
137. of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 5 7 AT SPWD Change Password The AT SPWD command provides the same functions as AT CPWD The major difference between both com mands is that apart from the different prefixes SPWD and CPWD the AT SPWD command includes addi tional functions dedicated to the Customer SIM Lock Please note that this feature is only supported by specifically pre configured MC55 modules and therefore not part of the standard MC55 AT Command Set Ordering information and a detailed description of the Customer SIM Lock feature can be requested from Sie mens All other functions and parameters of AT SPWD are described in Section 5 6 AT CPWD Each password is a string of digits the length of which varies with the associated facility The test command returns a list of pairs which represent the available facilities and the maximum length of the associated password See also AT commands AT CLCK and AT SLCK for more detail on the various lock features Syntax Test Command AT SPWD Response s SPWD list of supported facility password lengths OK Write Command AT SPWD facility old password new passwords Response s New password has been registered for the facility lock function OK If parameter old password was not correct CME ERROR 16 CME ERROR incorrect password If the password for the selected lt facility gt has been inv
138. of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released lt indDescr gt BRODERSEN simplifying process String values and their lt indValue gt ranges More indications are available via AT SIND Therefore use of AT SIND for control of all indications is recom mended The following indications are accessible via AT CIND battchg signal service sounder message call roam smsfull rssi mode SR 0 1 49 MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Battery charge level 0 4 or 5 if no measuring is performed e g because no bat tery is connected Also refer to AT SBC Signal quality 0 7 or 99 if not measurable The indicated value is the bit error rate of the signal received Bit errors are esti mated values See also AT CSQ Service availability 0 1 0 Not registered to any network 1 Registered to home network or if roam 1 then registered to another net work Sounder activity 0 1 Reports every event that causes the ME to generate a tone Value 1 means for example Incoming call ME is ringing Note that the URC CIEV sounder will be out put only if ringing tones are activated with AT SRTC Waiting call ME generates waiting call tone if call waiting is enabled Outgoing call ME generates Call Progress tone Outgoing call ME generates BUSY tone The value changes to 0 when the tone stops Unread short message at memory location mem1 0 1 refer to AT
139. of default value is recom mended If changed the new value takes effect the next time you start an Inter net service with AT SISO ctepMr GI CSCS Maximum Number of Retransmissions MR 1 108F 30 This parameter determines the maximum number of times to retransmit TCP packets The value set with lt tcpMr gt will be assumed as default for the lt srv ParmTag gt tcpMR when a new service profile is created with AT SISS In each service profile you can set another tcoMR value which has precedence over the global value set with AT ScFG Existing service profiles are not affected when you change the global value via AT SCFG Parameter is global for the ME and non volatile Use of default value is recom mended tcpot _ str CSCS Overall TCP Timer for outstanding connections tcpOT 1 6000 6PD This parameter specifies the number of seconds to wait before closing a con nection if TCP IP packets are not acknowledged Setting the maximum value is practically equivalent to deactivating the tcpOT mechanism because the maximum time would never be reached by the TCP IP stack The value set with lt tcpot gt will be assumed as default for the lt srv ParmTag gt tcpOT when a new service profile is created with AT SISS How MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 55 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process ever in each service profile you can set another tcpOT value which has precedence over the glo
140. offers a broad range of options according to the GSM specifications However if you attempt to invoke an option which is not provisioned by the network or not subscribed to invocation of this option will fail The responses in these cases may vary with the network for example Operation not allowed Operation not supported etc The handling of the supplementary service Call hold and Multiparty varies with the types of calls This is because only voice calls can be put on hold while data or fax calls cannot The following procedures apply With AT CHLD 2 the user can simultaneously place a voice call on hold and accept another waiting voice data or fax call If the waiting call is a data or fax call it is also possible to put the voice call on hold To switch back from the active data or fax call to the held voice call the active call must be terminated with AT CHLD 1 If all active and held calls are voice calls it is possible to switch back and forth with AT CHLD 2 e In conflict situations e g when a waiting call comes while there are already held calls the above procedures apply to the waiting call only For example lt n gt 0 rejects the waiting call but does not affect the held calls See also the AT CCWA command for details on how to display waiting calls Example SYSSTART at cpin 9999 OK HOHE 2 FEREG wy a O IA sU v TH OTL SU at ccwa 1 1 1 OK atd 1234567 OK ACC IWAS Ua On SUA 6 2 SAU ls BA py
141. options For details contact your provider AO BACC Bar All Outgoing Calls Ol BOIC Bar Outgoing International Calls Ox BOIC exHC Bar Outgoing International Calls except to Home Country Al BAIC Bar All Incoming Calls IR BIC Roam Bar Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the home country AB All Barring services applicable only for lt mode gt 0 AG All outGoing barring services applicable only for lt mode gt 0 AC All inComing barring services applicable only for lt mode gt 0 mode m 0 unlock 1 lock 2 query status status um 0 lock is inactive 1 lock is active password 69 Password string used to lock and to unlock a acility Length and authority for passwords depend on the facility in question and are therefore listed in the section on parameter lt facility gt Passwords can be modified with AT CPWD or AT SPWD class Um Integer or sum of integers each representing a class of information i e a bearer service telecommunication ser vice or bearer service group as defined in GSM 02 04 1 voice 2 class 2 data comprises all those individual data classes between 16 and 128 that are supported both by the network and the MS This means a setting made for class 2 applies to all individual data classes if supported In addition you can assign a different setting to a specific class For example you can acti vate Call Forwarding for all data classes but deacti
142. or optional hcUserAgent optional hcMethod mandatory hcProp optional hcRedir optional hcAuth optional tcoMR optional tcpOT optional SMTP service srvType mandatory conld mandatory alphabet optional address mandatory user optional password optional tcpPort optional smFrom mandatory smRopt mandatory smCC optional smSubj optional smHar optional smAuth optional tcoMR optional tcpOT optional POP3 service srvType mandatory conld mandatory alphabet optional address mandatory user mandatory password mandatory tcpPort optional pCmd mandatory pNumber optional pLength optional pDelFlag optional tcpMR optional tcpOT optional MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 229 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Syntax Test Command AT SISS Response s OK Read Command AT SISS Response s SISS srvProfileId lt srvParmTag gt lt srvParmValue gt OK Write Command AT SISS srvProfileId lt srvParmTag gt lt srvParmValue gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O e e e e Q Parameter Description srvProfilerg m Internet service profile identifier The srvProfileId is used to reference all parameters related to the same service profile Furthermore when using the AT commands AT SISO AT SISR AT SISW and AT SISC the srvProfileId is needed
143. page 127 Section 11 15 page 293 Section 7 3 page 128 Section 11 17 page 295 3 17 06 AT Command ATD 994 ATD gt lt mem gt lt n gt ATD gt lt n gt ATD gt lt str gt ATDI ATDL ATE ATH ATH ATI ATL ATM ATO ATP ATO ATSO ATSO ATS10 ATS18 ATS3 ATS4 ATS5 ATS6 ATS7 ATS8 ATT ATV ATX ATZ MC55_ATC_V04 00 Description Request GPRS service Mobile originated call using specific memory and index number Mobile originated call from active memory using index number Mobile originated call from active memory using corre sponding field Mobile originated call to ISDN number Redial last number used Enable command echo Disconnect existing connection Manual rejection of a network request for PDP context activation Display product identification information Set monitor speaker loudness Set monitor speaker mode Switch from command mode to data mode PPP online mode Select pulse dialing Set result code presentation mode Set number of rings before automatically answering a call Automatic response to a network request for PDP context activation Set disconnect delay after indicating the absence of data carrier Extended call release report Set command line termination character Set response formatting character Write command line editing character Set pause before blind dialing Set number of seconds to wait for connection completion Set number of seconds to wait for
144. parameter lt fun gt 9 Parameter is global for the ME volatile and will not be reset by AT amp F 5 20 36000 The granularity of the timeout value is 100ms i e a value of 10 equal 1 sec ond The minimum timeout value that can be applied is 5 but accuracy is only guaranteed for timeout values greater than 20 lt HandOverStatus gt S GCSCs Call Handover Status This parameter offers a workaround to prevent problems during call handover into the 1900 MHz or 1800 MHz band caused by non conforming configurations of the 1900 MHz or 1800 MHz GSM network g P Disable workaround q4 Enable workaround This value should be selected when handover into a 1900 MHz or 1800 MHz GSM network fails If required for permanent use the value needs to be set each time the ME is restarted lt tcpIrt SONS Initial Retransmission Timeout IRT 1 3 6PD gp This parameter determines the time in seconds the TCP IP stack will wait before starting the first retransmission of packets during the initial connection establishment phase The TCP protocol ensures the retransmission of packets several times at increasing intervals until some upper limit is reached This mechanism prevents packet loss and serious congestion problems In addition the parameters lt tcpMr gt and tcpot can be set to further optimize this mechanism for special conditions depending on the mobile network Parameter is global for the ME and non volatile Use
145. pids dcs sca etoscas lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt data gt Indicates that new messagehas been received MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 348 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process URC 4 lt bm gt 2 PDU mode enabled CBM lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt pdu gt Indicates that new cell broadcast message has been received URC 5 lt bm gt 2 text mode enabled CBM sn mid dcs page pages CR LF data Indicates that new cell broadcast message has been received URC 6 lt ds gt 1 PDU mode enabled CDS lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt pdu gt Indicates that new SMS status report has been received URC 7 lt ds gt 1 text mode enabled CDS fos lt mr gt lt ra gt storas lt scts gt dti lt st gt Indicates that new SMS status report has been received URC 8 lt ds gt 2 CDSI lt mem3 gt lt index gt Indicates that new SMS status report has been received Parameter Description lt mode E 0 9 Buffer unsolicited result codes in the TA If TA result code buffer is full indica tions can be buffered in some other place or the oldest indications may be dis carded and replaced with the new received indications 1 Discard indication and reject new received message unsolicited result codes when TA TE link is reserved e g in on line data mode Otherwise forward them directly to the TE 2 Buffer unsolicited
146. recognize an symbol used in a short message A widely used alternative is typing as defined in GSM 03 40 GPP TS 23 40 For baudrates lower than 19200 it is recommended to use the line termination character only refer to ATS3 n default lt cr gt before entering the text or PDU Use of the line termination character followed by the response formating character see ATS4 n default lt LF gt may cause problems SMS COMMANDs and SMS STATUS REPORTS cannot be stored in text mode All characters entered behind the gt prompt will be recognized as GSM characters For example Back space ASCII character 8 does not delete a character but will be inserted into the short message as an addi tional physical character As a result the character you wanted to delete still appears in the text plus the GSM code equivalent of the Backspace key Message Length in Text Mode The maximum length of a short message depends on the used coding scheme It is 160 characters if the 7 bit GSM coding scheme is used and 140 characters according to the 8 bit GSM coding scheme In case UCS2 character set selected it is highly recommended to set Data Coding Scheme lt dcs gt of AT CSMP to 16 bit data otherwise the length of sms user data is restricted to 88 octets Even better for mes sages with UCS2 character set is the PDU Mode The length of 8 bit data coded short messages has to be greater than 0 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 345 of 4
147. request for PDP context activation is answered automatically and another AT command is issued at the same time on the same interface then this AT command will not be executed Any response relates to the automatic context activation procedure If the AT command which caused the collision was a CS data call the CONNECT response does not pertain to this data call but to GPRS This can be detected if ATX is not set to 0 The CS data call will issue CONNECT text GPRS will issue CONNECT only A network request for PDP context activation has a maximum duration of approximately 40 seconds for details see GSM 04 08 A RING CRING URC is issued every 5 seconds so setting parameter lt n gt to values greater than 7 will not allow a successful context activation and is not recommended Automatic GPRS attach will not be performed on recalling a stored user profile with ATZ or on power up even though a value n greater than 0 was stored in the user profile with AT amp W If AT SCFG GPRS ATSO withAttach on is selected but the automatic GPRS attach attempt fails e g the network rejects the attach request the ATSO write command ends up with ERROR or CME ERROR unknown after approx 5 minutes though the new n value takes effect This is necessary because ATSO is used for circuit switched calls too e ATSO write command is PIN protected MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 297 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying pr
148. result codes in the TA when TA TE link is reserved e g in on line data mode and flush them to the TE after reservation Otherwise for ward them directly to the TE 3 Forward unsolicited result codes directly to the TE TA TE link specific inband technique used to embed result codes and data when TA is in on line data mode Signaling of unsolicited result codes is configured by AT SCFG ES num amp W amp V Rules for storing received short messages depend on the relevant data coding method refer to GSM 03 38 preferred memory storage AT CPMS setting and this value Note If AT command interface is acting as the only display device the ME must support storage of class 0 mes sages and messages in the message waiting indication group discard message 0 No SMS DELIVER indications are routed to the TE 1 If SMS DELIVER is stored in ME TA indication of the memory location is routed to the TE using unsolicited result code MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 349 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 2 SMS DELIVERs except class 2 messages and messages in the message waiting indication group store message are routed directly to the TE using unsolicited result code 3 Class 3 SMS DELIVERs are routed directly to the TE using unsolicited result codes defined in mt gt 2 Messages of other data coding schemes result in indication as defined in lt mt gt 1 bm Q um amp W amp V Rules for
149. retrieved successfully String parameters are truncated if greater than the maximum length specified above MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 236 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 10 4 ATASISI Internet Service Information AT SISI serves to monitor the status of Internet service profiles defined with AT SISS The AT SISI read command requests the current status of all defined Internet service profiles The AT SISI write command requests the status of the specified Internet service profile If the specified service profile is not defined yet x CME ERROR is returned Syntax Test Command AT SISI Response s SISI list of defined lt srvProfileId gt s OK Read Command AT SISI Response s If response is related to service profile s created opened on this interface SISI srvProfileId srvState rxCount txCount ackData lt unackDatas PSUSLS coll If response is related to service profile s created opened on other interface s SISI srvProfileId lt srvParmTag gt value srvType GET OK ERROR Write Command AT SISI srvProfileId Response s SISI srvProfileId lt srvState gt rxCount txCount lt ackDatas lt unackData gt OK ERROR CME ERROR err PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O e e oO e OQ MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 237 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN sim
150. returns a list of PDP addresses for the specified context identifiers If no cid is specified the addresses for all defined contexts are returned Parameter Description lt cid gt um A numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition see AT CGDCONT command PDP address 6 A string that identifies the MT in the address space applicable to the PDP The address may be static or dynamic Note fno cid is specified the write command will return a list of all defined contexts MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 279 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 11 9 AT CGQMIN Quality of Service Profile Minimum acceptable Syntax Test Command AT CGQMIN Response s CGQMIN PDP types list of supported lt precedencess list of supported lt delayss list of supported lt reliabilityss list of supported lt peakss list of supported mean s OK ERROR CME ERROR Read Command AT CGQMIN Response s CGQMIN cid precedence delay reliability peak mean CGQMIN OK ERROR CME ERROR Write Command AT CGQMIN lt cids precedence delay reliability peak lt means Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e e e e e Q Q Command Description The test command returns values supported as a compound value If the
151. schar gt As stated above the retrieved index number shall not be used to dial out or edit phonebook entries If no matching phonebook entry is found lt index gt 0 will be returned Note Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data may not yet be accessible resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned See Section 20 1 Restricted access to SIM data after SIM PIN authentication for further detail MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 390 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 16 6 AT SPBD Purge phonebook memory storage AT SPBD can be used to purge the selected phonebook storage manually i e all entries stored in the selected phonebook storage will be deleted CAUTION The operation cannot be stopped nor reversed The AT SPBD test command returns the list of phonebooks which can be deleted with AT SPBD An automatic purge of the phonebooks is performed when the SIM card is removed and replaced with a different SIM card This affects the ME based part of the LD storage and storages MC and RC Storage ME is not affected Syntax Test Command AT SPBD Response s SPBD list of supported lt storage gt s OK CME ERROR Write Command AT SPBD lt storage gt Response s OK CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS o e e o e e Q Q9 Parameter Desc
152. selected storage the number of used entries and the lt total gt number of entries available for this storage The test command returns all supported lt storage gt s as compound value Syntax Test Command AT PBS Response s CPBS list of supported lt storage gt s OK CME ERROR Read Command AT CPBS Response s CPBS lt storage gt lt used gt lt total gt OK CME ERROR Write Command AT CPBS lt storage gt Response s OK CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSMO07 07 e e e e e e O Parameter Description storage FD Fixed dialing phonebook Capacity depending on SIM card Location SIM SM SIM phonebook Capacity depending on SIM card Location SIM ON MSISDN list Capacity depending on SIM card Location SIM ME Mobile Equipment Phonebook Capacity max 250 entries Location ME LD Last number dialed phonebook Stores all voice call numbers dialed with ATD but no data call numbers Capacity max 10 entries Location depending on SIM this phonebook may reside partly or completely in ME AT CPBW command is not applicable to this storage The LD list can be deleted with AT SDLD or with AT SPBD MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 385 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process MC Missed unanswered received calls list Capacity max 10 entries Location ME AT CPBW command is not applicable to this storage The MC list
153. set within address parameter HTTP Length 2 31 Password for the HTTP authentication mechanism Currently HTTP simple authentication is supported only SMTP Password to be used for SMTP authentication string Length 4 64 If SMTP authentication is disabled i e smAuth flag not set password parameter will be ignored POP3 Server mailbox specific password string Length 1 64 Used to perform authentication with a POP3 server Internet connection profile to be used for details refer AT SICS TCP Port Number 1 Socket Not applicable set within address parameter FTP Not applicable set within address parameter HTTP Not applicable set within address parameter If parameter is omitted the service connects to HTTP default port 80 SMTP SMTP server TCP port number numeric Length 0 218 1 If this parameter is not set SMTP default port number 25 is used POP3 POP3 server TCP port number numeric Length 0 218 1 If this parameter is not set POP3 default port number 110 is used String value depending on the service type either a URL in the case of Socket FTP and HTTP or an address in the case of SMTP and POP3 1 Socket Sockettype TCP client URL socktcp host remote tcpPort Socket type TCP server URL socktcp listener local tcpPort Socket type UDP client URL sockudp host remote udpPort size byte port word Parameter siz
154. simplifying process 128 number restricted 129 Otherwise lt CLI validity gt num 0 CLI valid 1 CLI has been withheld 2 CLI is not available Notes If the active call is a CSD call and a waiting call is received then the ME produces a BREAK while still in online mode and displays the CCWA URC as above when the ME goes back to command mode while the waiting call is still active and can be accepted or the SCWA URC as above when the ME goes back to command mode after the waiting call has ended With the AT CHLD command it is possible to establish a multiparty call or to set the active voice call on hold and then accept a waiting voice call not possible with fax and data call See also AT CHLD Users should be aware that if call waiting is activated lt mode gt 1 the presentation of URCs needs to be enabled too lt n gt 1 Otherwise on the one hand a waiting caller would be kept waiting due to lack of BUSY signals while on the other hand the waiting call would not be indicated to the called party The AT CCWA command offers a broad range of options according to the GSM specifications However when you attempt to enable call waiting for a lt class gt for which the service is not provisioned or not sup ported the setting will not take effect regardless of the response returned The responses in these cases vary with the network for example OK Operation not allowed Operation not supported e
155. simplifying process 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 20 4 Availability of AT Commands Depending on Operating Mode of ME O Command not supported Command supported Table 20 6 Availability of AT Commands Depending on Operating Mode of ME AT Command Normal Mode DS Charge Configuration Commands AT amp F e O O AT amp V e O O AT amp W e O O ATO e O O ATV e O O ATX o Q O ATZ O O AT CFUN e O O AT SMSO e e J AT GCAP e O O AT CMEE o O O AT CSCS e O O AT SCFG e O O AT SM20 e O O Status Control Commands AT CMER e O O AT CIND 9 O O AT SIND e O O AT CEER J O O ATS18 9 O O AT CPAS e O O AT WS46 o O O Serial Interface Control Commands AT Q e O O AT amp C e O O AT amp D e O O AT amp S e O O ATE e O O AT ILRR e O AT IPR e g O AT CMUX e O O Security Commands AT CPIN e e O MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 454 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released AT Command AT CPIN2 AT CP RO AT CLCK PATUIT S AT CPWD AT SPWD Identification Commands ATI AT CGMI AT GMI AT CGMM AT GMM AT CGMR AT GMR AT CGSN AT GSN AT CIMI Call related Commands ATA ATD ATD gt lt mem gt lt n gt ATD gt lt n gt ATD gt lt str gt ATDI ATDL ATH AT CHUP ATSO ATS6 ATS7 ATS8 ATS10 ATO AT CBST AT CRLP AT ChEGC AT SLCC AT CR AT CRC MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released Normal Mode Oo Page 455 of 475 ooooooBB O KO FO KO KS KO MC KS KO FO KO KO Kc KO KO FO KO KO
156. storing received CBMs depend on the relevant data coding method refer to GSM 03 38 the setting of Select CBM Types AT CSCB and this value 0 9 No CBM indications are routed to the TE 2 New CBMs are routed directly to the TE using unsolicited result code 3 Class 3 CBMs are routed directly to TE using unsolicited result codes defined in lt bm gt 2 dg gt um amp W amp V 0 9 No SMS STATUS REPORTS are routed to the TE 1 SMS STATUS REPORTS are routed to the TE using unsolicited result code 2 If SMS STATUS REPORT is routed into ME TA indication of the memory location is routed to the TE using unsolicited result code ep r ume aye TA buffer of unsolicited result codes defined within this command is cleared when lt mode gt changes from 0 to 1 3 index um Integer type value in the range of location numbers supported by the associated memory Notes Parameters mt gt 2 3 and lt ds gt 1 are only available with GSM phase 2 see AT CSMS 1 Incoming SMs or Status Reports have to be acknowledged with AT CNMA 0 when using these phase 2 parameters Requirements specific to Multiplex mode In multiplex mode AT CMUX 0 only one channel can use a phase 2 parameter The parameter for mt gt and ds on the other channels have to be set to zero If either a SM or a Status Report is not acknowledged all AT CNMI parameter in all channels will be set to zero Ifthe ME operates on different instanc
157. successful CLCK status class CLCK status lt classs xeneK m OK If error is related to ME functionality CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 GSM 02 04 GSM 02 88 e e e e o Oo Oo GSM 03 88 GSM 04 88 Parameter Description lt facility gt Phone security locks set by client or factory Primarily intended for the client to take safety precautions SC PS and FD can be configured individually PS may also be factory set Parameter class is not applicable to security locks See examples below for further details SC SIM lock SIM cards SIM requests password upon ME power up and when this lock command is issued password SIM PIN1 PS Phone locked to SIM card ME requests password when other than current SIM card is inserted PS lock is frequently referred to as phone lock or device lock Accord ingly the password may be called phone code or device code The PS password is not associated with the PUK of the SIM card If incorrectly entered three times the Master Phone Code is required to lift the lock This is an 8 digit device code associated to the IMEI number of the mobile which can only by obtained from the manufacturer of the module Once the Master Phone Code has been acctepted the mobile is operational and the PS lock is no longer active If needed it must be set once again MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 109
158. text mode using the AT CMGW write command vp field can be used for lt scts gt The command writes the parameters to the non volatile memory MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 357 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released 13 17 AT CSMS Select Message Service Syntax Test Command AT CSMS Response s CSMS list of supported lt servicess OK Read Command AT CSMS Response s CSMS service lt mt gt mo bm OK Write Command AT CSMS lt service gt Response s CSMS mt mo bm BRODERSEN simplifying process OK ERROR CMS ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 05 e e oO oO oO Q Q9 Parameter Description service m G Wy amp v oe GSM 03 40 and GSM 03 41 the syntax of SMS AT commands is compatible with GSM 07 05 Phase 2 version 4 7 0 Phase 2 features which do not require new command syntax may be supported e g correct routing of messages with new Phase 2 data coding schemes 1 GSM 03 40 and GSM 03 41 the syntax of SMS AT commands is compatible with GSM 07 05 Phase 2 version the requirement of service setting 1 is mentioned under corresponding command descriptions lt mt EU Mobile Terminated Messages 0 Type not supported 1 Type supported mo um Mobile Originated Messages 0 Type not supported 1 Type supported MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 358 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process
159. the ME indicates an Unsolicited Result Code which reads CALA A limited number of AT commands is available during Alarm mode for details see Section 20 4 Availability of AT Commands Depending on Operating Mode of ME The ME remains deregistered from the GSM network If you want the ME to return to full operation normal operating mode it is necessary to restart the ME by driving the ignition line IGT pin of application interface to ground If your ME is battery powered note that the battery can be charged while the ME stays in Alarm mode For details please refer to 2 The AT CALA test command returns the supported array index values lt n gt the supported alarm types lt type gt and the maximum length of the text lt t length gt to be output The AT CALA read command returns the current alarm settings in the ME Syntax Test Command AT CALA Response s CALA list of supported lt nss list of supported lt t ypess list of supported lt t lengthss OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Read Command AT CALA Response s CALA time lt n gt type lt text gt OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Write Command AT CALA lt times lt n gt lt type gt text Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 O e e e O O e o MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 427 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process
160. the Mobile Equipment physical storage ME orais am Sum of SM and ME indicated as MT Maximum number of all messages storable in the SIM memory and the Mobile Equipment memory used1 m Number of messages currently stored in the SMS memory of the SIM physical storage SM used2 gt M Number of messages currently stored in the SMS memory of the Mobile Equipment physical storage ME used3 Sum Concatenated logical SMS storages of SIM SM and Mobile Equipment ME Sum of all messages currently stored indicated as MT Note Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data may not yet be accessible resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned See Section 20 1 Restricted access to SIM data after SIM PIN authentication for further detail MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 360 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 13 19 AT SMGL List Short Messages from preferred store without set ting status to REC READ The write command allows to select a status type and lists from the message storage lt mem1 gt all messages that currently have the specified stat The major difference over the standard command AT CMGL is that the status of the listed messages remains u n ch a n g e d unread remains unread The execute command is the same as the write command but uses the given default of stat
161. the type of Internet service needs to be selected via lt srvParmTag gt value srvType This determines the applicability of all other lt srvParmTag gt values related to this srvType and sets their defaults Changing the lt srvParmTag gt srvType of an existing service profile will reset all lt srvParmTag gt default values to suit the new srvType An exception is the lt srvParmValue alphabet gt which can be set before or after selecting srvType and is not reset when srvType changes To change the settings the write command needs to be executed for each single lt srvParmTag gt All profile parameters set with AT SISS are volatile The list below shows which lt srvParmTag gt parameters apply to each Internet service and which of them are mandatory or optional Table 10 2 Applicability of AT SISS lt srvParmTag gt values lt srvParmTag gt Mandatory or optional Socket service srvType mandatory conld mandatory alphabet optional address mandatory tcpMR optional tcpOT optional FTP service srvType mandatory conld mandatory alphabet optional address mandatory tcoMR optional tcpOT optional HTTP service srvType mandatory conld mandatory alphabet optional address mandatory user optional password optional hcContent optional hcContLen optional MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 228 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process lt srvParmTag gt Mandatory
162. the used serial interface to indicate whether an Internet service is active For Socket HTTP SMTP and POP3 the states Up or Connecting are indicated for FTP only the state Up MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 221 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 10 1 ATASICS Internet Connection Setup Profile AT SICS serves to create and edit Internet connection profiles A connection profile can be assigned to one or more service profiles defined with AT SISS and thus determines which type of connection is to be established when opening a service profile with AT SISO The AT SICS read command requests the current settings of all Internet connection profiles One line is issued for every possible parameter of a given lt conParmTag gt conType value The AT SICS write command specifies all parameters of a connection profile identified by conProfileId At first the type of Internet connection needs to be selected via lt conParmTag gt value conType This deter mines the applicability of all other lt conParmTag gt values related to this conType and automatically sets their defaults An exception is the lt conParmValue alphabet gt which can be set before or after selecting con Type To change the settings the write command needs to be executed for each single lt conParmTag gt All profile parameters set with AT SICS are volatile MC55 supports the authentication methods PAP Password Authentication P
163. to identify a GSM mobile equipment to the GSM network 6 9 AT GSN Request International Mobile Equipment Identity IMEI AT GSN delivers the International Mobile Equipment Identity IMEI Command is identical with AT CGSN Syntax Test Command AT GSN Response s OK Exec Command AT GSN Response s lt sn gt OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last V 250 O e e O Oo Parameter Description gn 8 International Mobile Equipment Identity IMEI used to identify a GSM mobile equipment to the GSM network MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 124 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 6 10 AT CIMI Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity IMSI AT CIMI delivers the International Mobile Subscriber Identity IMSI The IMSI permits the TE to identify the indi vidual SIM attached to the ME Syntax Test Command AT CIMI Response s OK Exec Command AT CIMI Response s lt imsi gt OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 t e O O Parameter Description lt imsi gt International Mobile Subscriber Identity string without quotes MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 125 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 7 Call related Commands The AT Commands described in this chapter are related to Mobile Originated MOC i e outgoing Calls and Mobile
164. to select a specific service profile 0 9 srvParmTag Internet service profile parameter srvType Type of Internet service to be configured with consecutive usage of AT SISS For supported values of srvParmValues refer to lt srvParmValue srv Types alphabet Selects the character set for input and output of string parameters within a pro file The selected value is bound to the specific profile This means that different profiles may use different alphabets Unlike other parameters the alphabet can be changed no matter whether the lt srvParmTag gt value srvType has been set For supported values of srvParmValue refer to lt srvParmValue alphabet gt user User name string 1 Socket Not applicable 2 FTP Not applicable set within address parameter 3 HTTP Length 2 31 User name for the HTTP authentication mechanism Currently only HTTP simple authentication is supported MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 230 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released passwd conld tcpPort address MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released 4 BRODERSEN simplifying process SMTP User name to be used for SMTP authentication string Length 4 64 If SMTP authentication is disabled i e smAuth flag not set user name parameter will be ignored POP3 User name identifying a mailbox i e mailbox name string Length 1 64 Password string 1 Socket Not applicable FTP Not applicable
165. using one of the modulation schemes defined in Section 12 1 FAX parameters An ERROR response code results if the write command is issued while the modem is on hook The test com mand can be used in on hook or off hook mode to check the modulation schemes supported by MC55 Syntax Test Command AT FRM Response s list of lt modss OK Write Command AT FRM lt mod gt Response s CONNECT If error is related to ME functionality ERROR Reference s TIA EIA 578 Notes Used for Fax Class 1 only mod 3is not possible MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last e Page 325 of 475 O e O ME 3 17 06 12 24 AT FRS Receive Silence BRODERSEN simplifying process lt time gt n causes the TA to report an OK result code to the TE after the specified period of silence was detected on the line The command is aborted if any character is received by the TE The modem discards the aborting character and issues an OK result code An ERROR response code results if this command is issued while the mode is on hook Syntax Write Command AT FRS lt time gt Response s OK If error is related to ME functionality ERROR Reference s TIA EIA 578 Parameter Description lt time Sum Number of 10 millisecond intervals 0 255 Note Used for Fax Class 1 only MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released PIN ASCO ASC1
166. will present the undervoltage URC only once and will then switch off without sending any further messages Parameter Description bcs Sm Connection status of battery pack 0 No charging adapter is connected 1 Charging adapter is connected 2 Charging adapter is connected charging in progress 3 Charging adapter is connected charging has finished 4 Charging error charging is interrupted 5 False charging temperature charging is interrupted while temperature is beyond allowed range bc1 um Battery capacity 0 20 40 60 80 100 percent of remaining capacity 6 steps 0 indicates that either the battery is exhausted or the capacity value is not available While charging is in progress charging adapter connected the battery capacity is not available Consequently parameter lt bc1 gt 0 To query the battery capacity disconnect the charger mpc Sum Average current consumption Value 0 5000 of average current consumption mean value over a couple of seconds in mA lt mpc gt is obtained from the MC55 s current consumption plus the value you have specified for the application by using the write command AT SBC lt current gt Remember that the current consumption of MC55 varies with its operating mode IDLE TALK DATA GPRS DATA and the power level If current was not yet specified and no battery pack NTC is detected lt mpc gt returns only the module s present current consumption If current was no
167. write command If the operator is found MC55 reg isters to it immediately If the selected operator is forbidden the MC55 remains unregistered Manual automatic The ME first tries to find the operator determined via AT COPS write command If the ME fails to register to this operator then it starts to select another permitted operator automatically The AT COPS test command lists sets of four parameters each representing an operator present in the network A set consists of aninteger indicating the availability of the operator long alphanumeric format of the operator s name and numeric format representation of the operator Any of the parameters may be unavailable and will then be an empty field The list of operators comes in the following order Home network networks referenced in SIM and other networks The operator list is followed by a list of the supported mode s and lt formatss These lists are delimited from the operator list by two commas If the test command is used during an ongoing GPRS transfer traffic will be interrupted for up to one minute The AT COPS read command returns the current mode and the currently selected operator If no operator is selected format and oper are omitted The AT COPS write command forces an attempt to select and register to the GSM network operator see note below If the selected operator is not available no other operator will be selected except lt mode gt
168. 00 Page 116 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process IR BIC Roam Bar Incoming Calls when Roaming outside the home country AB All Barring services AG All outGoing barring services AC All inComing barring services password length 4 8 Length of password The range of permitted length for a password depends on the associated lt facility gt It is available from the test command response or in the description of parameter lt facility gt old password 6 Password specified for the facility Parameter lt old password can be ignored if no old password was allocated to the facility Take into account that a password may have already been set by factory or that the service is subject to a pass word issued by the provider See notes above or contact provider new password New password Mandatory if lt old password was an unblocking key such as the Master Phone Code Note When changing PIN2 lt facility gt P2 it is recommended to check the new state of PIN2 by using the AT CPIN2 command Examples EXAMPLE 1 To change PIN2 AT CPWD P2 0000 8888 where 0000 old PIN2 and 8888 new PIN2 OK PIN2 Password has been changed to 8888 EXAMPLE 2 To set password used to enable or disable barring of all outgoing calls AT CPWD AO 0000 3333 Requests the network to change the password for supplementary service call barring OK Usually thi
169. 01 8000 Notes Additional information for Socket service As stated above if a Socket connection request from a remote client is received see lt urcCause gt 1 the lt urcInfold gt equals the lt srvProfileId gt ofthe dynamically assigned free service profile MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 252 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process lt urcInfoText gt Information text related to lt urcCause gt See tables below for further detail 10 10 1 Information Elements Related to the Service Application The following table lists the informatiomation elements which may be returned by all supported services within the srs URC and the command response of AT SISE It should be noted that TCP IP socket problems may occur in all Internet service connections Socket FTP HTTP POP3 or SMTP Extra rar EG urcInfoText Description Information Elements Returned by the TCP IP socket 2 Invalid socket descriptor Socket error 3 Bad access specified Socket error 4 Invalid operation Socket error 5 No free socket descriptors Socket error 6 The operation would block Socket error 7 A previous attempt at this operation is still ongoing Socket error 8 Socket is not bound Socket error 9 The supplied buffer is too small large Socket error 10 Flags not supported Socket error 11 Operation not supported Socket error 12 The address is already in use Socket error 13 The network is unavailable Socket error 14 An establi
170. 0400 070 OK AT SISW 0 10 SISW 0 10 10 0123456789 OK AT SISW 0 10 1 SISW 0 0 10 OK AT SISW 0 10 1 SISW 0 10 20 0123456789 OK AT SISW 0 0 0 SISW 0 0 10 OK AT SISI 0 ESSE 05 70 20 10 L0 OK MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released The host opens service profile 0 Note URC SISW 0 1 does not appear The host must poll the service state by means of AT SISI until the service is in lt srvState gt Up The service is still in lt srvState gt Connecting The service is now in lt srvState gt Up and is ready to accept data The host requests to write 10 bytes Response that 10 bytes can be sent and are unac knowledged The host requests to write next 10 bytes and enables the end of data flag But the service refuses the request even the end of data flag remains without effect Next try polling Response that the service accepts 10 bytes and this data and the previously sent data are unacknowl edged Polling to request unacknowledged data There are 10 bytes still unacknowledged Polling for lt srvState gt change Closing gt Down 20 bytes are transfered via serial interface 10 bytes are acknowledged by remote peer 10 bytes are on the way Page 257 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process AT SISI 0 Polling for srvState change Closing gt Down SISI 0 6 0 20 20 0 The Service is in state Down and all data is con firmed by the rem
171. 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 1 5 Supported character sets The ME supports two character sets GSM 03 38 7 bit also referred to as GSM alphabet or SMS alphabet and UCS2 16 bit refer to ISO IEC 10646 See AT CSCS for information about selecting the character set Character tables can be found below Explanation of terms International Reference Alphabet IRA IRA means that one byte is displayed as two characters in hexadecimal format For example the byte 0x36 decimal 54 is displayed as 36 two characters IRA is used here for input 8 bit or 16 bit data via terminal devices using text mode This means only characters A F a f and 0 9 are valid Escape sequences The escape sequence used within a text coded in the GSM default alphabet 0x1B must be correctly inter preted by the TE both for character input and output To the module an escape sequence appears like any other byte received or sent Terminal Adapter TA TA is used equivalent to Mobile Equipment ME which stands for the GSM module described here It uses GSM default alphabet as its character set Terminal Equipment TE TE is the device connected to the TA via serial interface In most cases TE is an ANSI ASCII terminal that does not fully support the GSM default alphabet for example MS Hyperterminal TE Character Set The character set currently used by Terminal Equipment is selected with AT CSCS
172. 10 0 185 1024 STSO 1 SrSOg 2 Wu SGH 2 UU SISO 4 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released 0 Page 242 of 475 Host 1 opens the Socket service Query the current status of all services All service profiles are unused except for service profile 4 which is running in listener mode where lt srvState gt 3 listening and lt socketState gt 3 LISTENER The response also indicates the IP address dynamically assigned to the listener The lis tener s access data IP address and TCP port num ber shall be passed on to the client WGoekeice USSU MSU WO Mow TiO 10 0 ls7sososa 70 0 0 030 The URC indicates that the listener configured on service profile 4 is receiving a Socket connection request lt urcCause gt 1 from the remote client The last URC parameter lt urcInfold gt represents the ID of the dynamically assigned service profile here 0 Query the current status of services Indication on host 1 that the connection request from the remote client has been dynamically assigned to service profile 0 which is set to Server mode lt socketState gt 4 cdl 7 355534 VO 0 0 080 Host 1 accepts the connection request where 0 is the ID of the dynamically assigned service profile The URC indicates that data transmission to the remote client is possible If the remote client has already sent some data the additional URC SISR 0 1 is displayed Query the current status of services The
173. 10 min utes after the last character was sent or received ME exits SLEEP mode only if AT CFUN 1 is entered To ensure that power saving takes effect immediately the ME stays active for only 2 seconds after lt fun gt 8 was entered CYCLIC SLEEP mode In this mode the serial interface is shortly enabled while CTS is active If char acters are recognized on the serial interface the ME stays active after the last character was sent or received for at least the time which can be configured Page 38 of 475 3 17 06 SIE Th BRODERSEN simplifying process by AT SCFG PowerSaver Mode9 Timeout lt psm9to gt temporary wakeup In contrast to SLEEP modes 5 6 7 and 8 assertion of RTS can also be used to temporarily wake up the ME In this case too activity time is at least the time set with AT SCFG PowerSaver Mode9 Timeout lt psm9to gt RTS can be activated either from ASCO or ASC1 ME exits SLEEP mode only if AT CFUN 1 is entered num e parameter can only be used if the serial interface is enabled Due to the command syntax you need to enter parameter un followed by rst where un is only a placeholder and has no effect See examples below 0 1 Placeholder for lt fun gt as stated above ME resets and restarts to full functionality After reset and restart PIN 1 authentication is necessary AT CPIN If autobauding is enabled it is recom mended to wait 3 to 5 seconds before entering the
174. 17 06 Confidential Released 18 3 BRODERSEN simplifying process AT SBC Battery Charge Control The functions of the AT SBc differ depending on whether or not a battery is present General functions The AT SBC write command enables the presentation of URCs alerting the user of undervoltage conditions before the module switches off The automatic shutdown caused by undervoltage is equivalent to the power down initiated with the AT SMSO command i e ME logs off from the network and the software enters a secure state avoiding loss of data When the module is in IDLE mode it takes typically one minute to deregister from the network and to switch off For further details regarding automatic shutdown and voltage ratings please refer to the Hardware Interface Description 2 The AT SBC read command displays the average current consumption of the module and if specified of the external application Functions available with battery connected The AT SBC read command can be used to query the status of the battery and the charger The AT SBC write command is important for entering the current consumption of the external application via current It should be noted that the charge control supported by MC55 works only if the requirements described in the Hardware Interface Description 2 are met battery type Lithium lon or Lithium Polymer presence of an NTC and protection circuit etc and if current is correctly specified If the b
175. 2 at ccwa 1 4 OK EXAMPLE 3 Parameter lt class gt AT CCWA 0 1 OK MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process To enable the presentation of the URC To activate the supplementary service in the network for voice data and fax calls default classes Note that parameter lt n gt is left out In this case the current value of lt n gt will be retained To query the network status of call waiting for default classes Call Waiting is activated during voice calls Call Waiting is activated during data calls Call Waiting is activated during fax calls To deactivate call waiting for voice calls Page 205 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 9 8 AT CHLD Call Hold and Multiparty Syntax Test Command AT CHLD Response s CHLD list of supported lt n gt s OK Write Command AT CHLD lt n5 Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e O O Command Description TA controls the Supplementary Services Call Hold and Multiparty Calls can be put on hold recovered released and added to a conversation Like for all Supplementary Services the availability and detailed functionality of Call Hold and Multiparty services depends on the configuration of the GSM network The MC55 can only request the service but the network decides whether and how the request will be an
176. 2 page 378 Section 19 1 page 439 Section 4 2 page 86 Section 4 3 page 87 Section 2 1 page 29 Section 4 4 page 88 Section 2 2 page 30 Section 2 3 page 32 Section 9 1 page 191 Section 18 2 page 427 Section 9 3 page 194 Section 9 4 page 195 Section 7 18 page 145 Section 9 6 page 198 Section 18 1 page 426 Section 9 5 page 196 Section 9 7 page 202 Section 3 4 page 71 Section 2 8 page 37 Section 11 1 page 266 Section 11 2 page 268 Section 11 3 page 270 Section 11 4 page 271 Section 11 6 page 275 Section 11 7 page 277 Section 11 5 page 273 Section 6 2 page 121 Section 6 4 page 122 Section 6 6 page 123 Section 11 8 page 279 Section 11 9 page 280 Section 11 10 page 284 Section 11 11 page 288 Section 11 12 page 290 Section 6 8 page 124 Section 9 8 page 206 3 17 06 AT Command AT CHUP AT CIMI AT CIND Ar enee AT CLCK AT CLIP AT CLIR AT CLVL AT CMEE AT CMER AT CMGC AT CMGD AT CMGF AT CMGL AT CMGR AT CMGS AT CMGW AT CMSS AT CMUT AT CMUX AT CNMA AT CNMI AT CNUM AT COLP AT COPN AT COPS AT CPAS AT CPBR AT CPBS AT CPBW AT CPIN AT CPIN2 AT CPMS AT CPOL AT CPUC AT CPWD AT CR AT CRC AT CREG AT CRLP MC55_ATC_V04 00 Description Hang up call Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity IMSI Indicator control List current calls of ME Facility lock Calling Line Identification Presentation Calling line identification restriction Loudspeaker volume le
177. 2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e e e O O qQ Parameter Description en um Parameter shows the settings for outgoing calls o Presentation indicator is used according to the subscription of the CLIR service 1 CLIR invocation 2 CLIR suppression m um Parameter shows the subscriber CLIR service status in the network 0 CLIR not provisioned 1 CLIR provisioned in permanent mode 2 Unknown e g no network etc 3 CLIR temporary mode presentation restricted 4 CLIR temporary mode presentation allowed Note The settings made with AT CLIR 1 or AT CLIR 2 are used for all outgoing calls until the ME is switched off or AT CLIR 0 is used MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 210 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 9 11 AT COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation This command refers to the GSM supplementary service COLP Connected Line Identification Presentation that enables a calling subscriber to get the connected line identity COL of the called party after setting up a mobile originated call The command enables or disables the presentation of the COL at the TE It has no effect on the execution of the supplementary service COLR in the network Syntax Test Command AT OmP Response s COLP list of supported lt n gt s OK Read Command AT COLP Response s COLP lt n gt lt m gt OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Write Command AT COLP lt n gt
178. 2100 and the file name d elete clears given element name If mode is omitted replace mode is default setting 3 HTTP HTTP client URL Length 6 255 http server path tepPort server FQDN or IP address path path of file or directory tcpPort If parameter is omitted the service connects to HTTP default port 80 Refer to IETF RFC 2616 4 SMTP SMTP server address string Length 4 256 5 POP3 POP3 server address string Length 4 256 Optional parameter for HTTP method Post Length 0 127 Can be used to transfer a small amount of data The content of this string will only be sent if hcContLen 0 The maximum length of hcContent is 127 bytes To transmit a larger amount of data hcContLen must be set to a non zero value In this case the hcContent string will be ignored and data transmission from the client to the server is done with AT SISW Mandatory parameter for HTTP method Post Length O 231 1 The content length shall be set in the header of the HTTP Post request before the data part is transferred If hcContLen 0 then the data given in the hcContent string will be posted If hcContLen gt 0 then the AT SISW command will be used to send data from the client to the server In this case hcContLen specifies the total amount of data to be sent The data can be sent in one or several parts For each part the transmission is triggered by the URC SI
179. 22 Number changed MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 75 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released Number 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 BRODERSEN simplifying process Description Pre emption Non selected user clearing Destination out of order Invalid number format incomplete number Facility rejected Response to STATUS ENQUIRY Normal unspecified Resource unavailable class 34 38 41 42 43 44 47 No circuit channel available Network out of order Temporary failure Switching equipment congestion Access information discarded Requested circuit channel not available Resource unavailable unspecified Service or option not available class 49 50 55 57 58 63 Quality of service unavailable Requested facility not subscribed Incoming calls barred within the CUG Bearer capability not authorized Bearer capability not presently available Service or option not available unspecified Service or option not implemented 65 68 69 70 79 Bearer service not implemented ACM equal or greater than ACMmax Requested facility not implemented Only restricted digital information bearer capability is available service or option not implemented unspecified Invalid message e g parameter out of range class 81 87 88 91 95 Invalid transaction identifier value User not member of CUG Incompatible destination Invalid transit network selection Semantically incorrect message Protocol error e g unknown message class
180. 271 11 5 AT CGEREP GPRS event reporting eessen iseenese ian ENEN ETES 273 11 6 ATtCGDATA Enter data state t e ert een ida eel dea rede dn nents 275 11 6 1 Automatic deactivation of PDP context during dial up PPP sssseees 276 11 7 AT CGDCONT Define PDP Context ssssssssssssssssesesse eene nennen nennen 277 11 8 AT CGPADDR Show PDP address sse rennen nnns 279 11 9 AT CGQMIN Quality of Service Profile Minimum acceptable seeeeees 280 11 10 AT CGQREQ Quality of Service Profile Requested sssse 284 11 11 AT CGREG GPRS Network Registration Status sssssessee ee 288 11 12 AT CGSMS_ Select service for MO SMS messages ssssseeeenn 290 11 13 AT SGAUTH Set type of authentication for PPP connection sseee 291 11 14 AT SGCONF Configuration of GPRS related Parameters sss 292 11 15 ATA Manual response to a network request for PDP context activation suuussss 293 11 16 ATD 99 Request GPRS service sssssssssssssessseesee nennen eren nennen nennen 294 11 17 ATD 98 Request GPRS IP service sssssssssssssssssssseeennereeneeen nennen nne 295 11 18 ATH Manual rejection of a network request for PDP context activation ssssssss 296 11 19 ATSO Automatic response to a network request for PDP context activation
181. 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 8 13 AT SPLM Read the PLMN list The AT SPLM execute command returns the list of operators from the ME Each operator code numeric that has an alphanumeric equivalent lt alpha gt in the ME memory is returned The list is sorted by operator codes See also GSM 07 07 AT COPN AT COPS Syntax Test Command AT SPLM Response s OK If error is related to ME functionality ERROR CME ERROR err Exec Command AT SPLM Response s SPLM numeric long lt alpha gt SPLM OK If error is related to ME functionality ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e e e e e OQ Q Q Parameter Description numeric 6 Operator in numeric form GSM location area identification number alpha En Operator in long alphanumeric format can contain up to 16 characters MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 187 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 8 14 AT CPOL Preferred Operator List The AT CPOL read command returns the list of the preferred operators The AT CPOL write command allows to edit the list of the preferred operators If lt index gt is given but operator is left out the entry is deleted An operator can be only once in the list Syntax Test Command AT CPOL Response s CPOL list of supported lt indexss list of supported lt format gt s OK
182. 4 The selected operator name format will apply to further read commands too Command settings are effective over all serial interfaces of the MC55 Syntax Test Command AT COPS Response s COPS list of present operators opStatus long alphanumeric lt oper gt s numeric lt operss list of supported lt modess list of supported lt format gt s OK ERROR CME ERROR err Read Command AT COPS Response s COPS mode lt format gt lt oper gt OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 163 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Write Command AT4 COPS mode ormat oper Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR err Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 Q e e e oO O O Parameter Description lt opStatus gt u Status 0 Unknown 1 Operator available 2 Current operator 3 Operator forbidden lt oper gt Operator If test command Operator name in long alphanumeric format and numeric format If read command Operator name as per lt format gt If write command Operator name in numeric format lt mode uum Parameter values 0 and 1 are stored non volatile in the MC55 oP Automatic mode oper field is ignored 1 Manual operator selection Write command requires oper in numeric format i e lt format gt shall be 2 Read command returns the curren
183. 5678 If incorrectly input the Master Phone Code is governed by a specific timing algorithm n 1 256 seconds see table below The timing should be considered by system integrators when designing an individual MMI MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 101 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Number of failed attempts Time to wait before next input is allowed 1st failed attempt No time to wait 2nd failed attempt 4 seconds 3rd failed attempt 3 256 seconds 4th failed attempt 4 256 seconds 5th failed attempt 5 256 seconds 6th failed attempt and so forth 6 256 seconds and so forth SIM locks These are factory set locks such as PF PN PU PP PC An 8 digit unlocking code is required to operate the mobile with a different SIM card or to lift the lock The code can only be obtained from the provider Failure to enter the password is subject to the same timing algorithm as the Master Phone Code see Table above Call barring Supported modes are AO OI OX AI IR AB AG AC If the call barring password is entered incor rectly three times the client will need to contact the service provider to obtain a new one Related sections CME ERROR lt err gt values are specified at Section 2 11 1 CME CMS Error Code Overview For further instructions and examples see AT CLCK AT SLCK AT CPWD and AT SPWD For a complete list of Star Hash codes please refer Section 20 2 Star H
184. 5678 145 Charly ME ERROR 17 CPIN2 8888 El POPrt POP A Q T CPBW 2 493012345678 145 Charly MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released Page 104 of 475 where 0000 old PIN2 and 8888 new PIN2 PIN2 has been disabled PUK2 must be entered to define a new PIN2 where 12345678 is the PUK2 and 8888 the new PIN2 access denied due to missing PIN2 authentication 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 5 3 AT SPIC Display PIN counter The AT SPIC command can be used to find out whether the ME is waiting for a password and if so how many attempts are left to enter the password The execute command returns the number of attempts still available for entering the currently required password for example the PIN PUK PH SIM PUK etc The read command AT sPIC indicates which password the number of attempts stated by the execute com mand actually refers to Also the write command may be used to query the counter for a specific password It indicates the number of attempts still available for entering the password identified by lt facility gt for example the PIN PIN2 PH SIM PIN etc To check whether or not you need to enter a password use the read commands AT CPIN AT CPIN2 and AT SPIC If the response to AT CPIN is READY the counter of the execute command AT SPIC relates to PIN2 See last example If the responses to AT CPIN and AT CPIN2 both read READY no password is currently requ
185. 6 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process zerar UNEN 0 Not registered ME is currently not searching for new operator There is a technical problem User intervention is required Yet emergency calls can be made if any network is available Probable causes no SIM card available noPIN entered no valid Home PLMN entry found on the SIM Registered to home network 2 Not registered but ME is currently searching for a new operator The ME searches for an available network Failure to log in until after more than a minute may be due to one of the following reasons No network available or insufficient Rx level The ME has no access rights to the networks available Networks from the SIM list of allowed networks are around but login fails due to one of the following reasons 11 PLMN not allowed 12 Location area not allowed 13 Roaming not allowed in this location area After this the search will be resumed if automatic network search is enabled The Home PLMN or an allowed PLMN is available but login is rejected by the cell reasons Access Class or LAC If at least one network is available emergency calls can be made 3 Registration denied f automatic network search is enabled Authentication or registration fails after Location Update Reject due to one of the following reasons 2 IMSI unknown at HLR 3 Illegal MS 6 Illegal ME Either the SIM or the MS or the ME are una
186. 6 4800 bps V 32 7 6P 9600 bps V 32 14 14400 bps V 34 68 2400 bps V 110 70 4800 bps V 110 71 9600 bps V 110 75 14400 bps V 110 name m 8W pie Asynchronous modem Pop EY Transparent mode is not supported que Non transparent MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 145 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 7 19 AT CRLP Select radio link protocol parameters for originated non transparent data calls The AT CRLP write command sets radio link protocol RLP parameters used when non transparent data calls are originated The read command returns the current settings for the supported RLP version 0 Syntax Test Command AT CRUP Response s CRLP list of supported iws s list of supported lt mwsss list of supported T1 s list of supported lt N2 gt s OK Read Command PNAC lglg 6 Response s CRLP lt iws gt lt mws gt lt T1 gt lt N2 gt OK Write Command AT CRLP iws mws lt T1 gt lt N2 gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 O e O O Oo Parameter Description lt i ws CUMEWX amp V Interworking window size IWF to MS 0 616P mw gt m GW amp V Mobile window size MS to IWF 0 616 lt T1 num amp W amp V Acknowledgement timer T1 in 10 ms units 48 78 6P 255 lt N2 num amp W amp V Re tr
187. 7 e e e e e oO O O O Parameter Description facility Phone security locks set by client or factory Primarily intended for the client to take safety precautions passwords SC SIM PIN and P2 SIM PIN2 are usually predefined but can be configured individually The password for lock facility PS may also be factory set SC SIM PIN SIM requests password upon ME power up and when this lock com mand is issued If incorrectly entered three times the SIM PUK is required to perform authen tication Input of the SIM PUK password is possible only with AT command AT CPIN or ATD For further details please refer to Section 5 1 1 What to do if PIN or password authentication fails password length 4 to 8 digits MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 115 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process PS Phone locked to SIM card ME requests password when other than current SIM card is inserted PS lock is frequently referred to as phone lock or device lock Accord ingly the password may be called phone code or device code The PS password is not associated with the PUK of the SIM card It must be defined before the first use of lt facility gt PS with AT CLCK password lengths 4 digits If incorrectly entered three times the Master Phone Code is required to lift the lock This Unblocking procedure is performed with AT CPWD using the follow ing parameters lt facility gt PS old password g
188. 70 0 0p i 1234567 9 129 9 Caililecl Berty t t SLCC End of current list the B Party of the second call has not accepted the call in time the second call has ended NO CARRIER The second call has ended SLCC list is now empty B Party has ended the first call NO CARRIER The first call has ended EXAMPLE 2 SLCC3 1 i1 4 0 0 i1 131294897 V 3126 Incoming call is signalled Display is triggered by the incoming call but the cur rent status of the call at the time of display already comprises an active traffic channel SLCC End of current list RING Incoming call is signalled PLCC i IMTAPIOMOPSUPEEEIIDS Z5 GIERUPEIE2IO The incoming call had a traffic channel assigned from the start This second identical display is triggered by the traf fic channel assignment Since the traffic channel was already indicated in the previous URC both instances of the URC contain identical information MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 153 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process SLCC End of current list RING Incoming call is signalled ata Incoming call is accepted OK call is established BUCO 1 1 0 0 0 1 31294887 128 The call is now active SLCC End of current list ath Hang up the call OK hang up complete SLCC The list of current calls is empty again MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 154 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 7 22 AT CR Service r
189. 75 3 17 06 19 4 ATS5 Write command line editing character Syntax Read Command ATS5 Response s SIDES OK Write Command SS cm Response s OK ERROR Reference s V 250 Command Description PIN ASCO ASC1 O e BRODERSEN simplifying process MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last Oo Q 9 This parameter setting determines the character recognized by TA as a request to delete the immediately pre ceding character from the command line Parameter Description ens num amp W amp V command line editing character 000 8 8P 127 MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 442 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 20 Appendix 20 1 Restricted access to SIM data after SIM PIN authentication The following commands can be used only after data from the SIM have been read successfully for the first time Reading starts after successful SIM authentication has been performed and may take up to 30 seconds depend ing on the SIM used While the read process is in progress an attempt to use any of the following commands will result in CME Error 14 SIM busy AT Command not available O AT command accessible immediately after PIN entry has returned OK AT command fully accessible after SIM PIN authentication has been completed AT Command Exec Test Read Write AT CMGL O e AT SMGL e O e AT CMGR O e AT SMGR O e AT CSCA O e O AT SSTGI e e e AT SSTR
190. 75 3 17 06 Confidential Released 13 9 AT CMSS Send short messages from storage BRODERSEN simplifying process The write command sends message with location value lt index gt from message storage lt mem2 gt to the network SMS SUBMIT or SMS COMMAND If new recipient address da is given for SMS SUBMIT it shall be used instead of the one stored with the message Reference value mr is returned to the TE on successful message delivery Value can be used to identify message upon unsolicited delivery status report result code If the optional parameter da is given the old status of the short message at index remains unchanged see stat Syntax Test Command AT CMSS Response s OK Write Command If text mode AT CMGF 1 AT CMSS lt indexs gt da lt todas Response s CMSS mr lt scts gt OK If sending fails ERROR CMS ERROR Write Command If PDU mode AT CMGF 0 AT CMSS lt indexs da lt todas Response s CMSS mr lt ackpdus OK If sending fails ERROR CMS ERROR Reference s GSM 07 05 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released PIN ASCO ASC1 Page 346 of 475 MUX1 e MUX2 MUX3 Charge X O O Last 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 13 10 AT CNMA New Message Acknowledgement to ME TE only phase 2 The write execute command confirms successful receipt of a new message SMS DELIVER or SMS STATUS R
191. 75 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process local URC will be indicated by an activated RING line of the interface on which the URC appears asco URC is indicated by an activated RINGO line exul dt str CSCS URC Datamode RING line This parameter specifies whether RING or BREAK is used for the signaling of URCs when the TA TE link is reserved e g during circuit switched data calls fax connections in GPRS data mode or during the execution of an AT command Parameter is global for all interfaces volatile and will not be reset by AT amp F off URC will be indicated by BREAK on URC is indicated by an active RING line for a time which is configured by the parameter URC Ringline ActiveTime urat The RING line which will be used can be configured by the parameter URC Ringline lt uri gt usce Str CSCS URC RING line Active Time This parameter can be used to control how long the RING line is activated to indicate URCs both for idle inter faces and if configured by the parameter URC Datamode Ringline lt udris gt if link is reserved and if con figured by the parameter GPRS RingOnIncomingData to indicate incoming GPRS IP data packets groid Parameter is global for all interfaces volatile and will not be reset by AT amp F 0 RING line will be activated for a time between 4 6 and 9 2 ms 1 RING line will be activated for about 100ms 2 P RING lin
192. 8901234567890123456789012 User datais transferred 3456789012345678901234567890123456789012345 67890123456789 OK SISW 1 1 URC indicates that the FTP service is ready to trans fer more data Data of the last AT SISW command is transferred to the remote host at sisw 1 0 1 OK SISW 1 2 Ale siges il 10 11 8 No more data available The file example bin shall be closed on the FTP server Data transfer finished successfully The connection to the FTP server is closed Close the FTP service Configuring SMPT Service Profile First set up a connection profile as explained in Section 10 1 1 or Section 10 1 2 Enter at least all parameters which are mandatory for a CSD or GPRS profile The example uses the connection profile ID 1 and the service profile ID 9 at siss 9 srvType Smtp Select service type SMTP OK MC55_ATC_V04 00 3 17 06 Confidential Released Page 259 of 475 at siss 9 alphabet 1 OK at siss 9 conId 1 OK at siss 9 address 192 168 1 2 OK at siss 9 user subscriberl1 OK at siss 9 passwd subscrl OK at siss 9 smFrom subscriberl testdo main com OK at siss 9 smRcpt subscriber2 testdo main com BRODERSEN simplifying process Choose ASCII alphabet Select connection profile 1 Specify SMTP server address Specify sender s user name required for SMTP authentication Specify password used by the sender for SMTP authentication Sender s
193. 9 Section 10 7 page 245 Section 10 3 page 228 Section 10 8 page 248 Section 7 21 page 149 Section 7 26 page 159 Section 5 5 page 114 Section 13 18 page 360 Section 2 14 page 59 Section 13 19 page 361 3 17 06 AT Command AT SMGO AT SMGR AT SMONC AT SMOND AT SMONG AT SMSO AT SNFA AT SNFD AT SNFI AT SNFM AT SNFO AT SNFPT AT SNFS AT SNFTTY AT SNFV AT SNFW AT SOPS AT SPBC AT SPBD AT SPBG AT SPBS AT SPIC AT SPLM AT SPLR AT SPLW AT SPWD AT SRTC AT SSCONF AT SSDA AT SSMSS AIP SSTA AT SSTGI AT SSTR AT SSYNC Jap Sie AT SXSM ATA ATA ATD ATD 98 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Description Set or query SMS overflow presentation mode or query SMS overflow Read short message without setting status to REC READ Cell Monitoring Cell Monitoring GPRS Monitor Switch off mobile station Set or query of microphone attenuation Set audio parameters to manufacturer default values Set microphone path parameters Set microphone audio path and power supply Set audio output loudspeaker path parameter Set progress tones Select audio hardware set Signal TTY CTM audio mode capability Set loudspeaker volume Write audio setting in non volatile store Extended Operator Selection Find first matching entry in sorted phonebook Purge phonebook memory storage Display phonebook entries in alphabetical order Step through the selected phonebook alphabetically Display PIN counter Read the PLMN list Read entry from
194. 96 96 100 MCC MNC BCC C1 262 07 22 262 07 3 16 262 OF i iS 262 O07 3 ig 252 O07 i iO 252 07 7 6 Description MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released C2 22 16 45 10 10 6 BRODERSEN simplifying process ARFCN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number of the BCCH carrier RSSI value 0 63 RSSI Received signal strength indication Receiving level in dBm Mobile Country Code first part of the PLMN code Mobile Network Code second part of the PLMN code Base Station colour code cell selection criterion cell reselection criterion Page 181 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 8 10 AT SMONG GPRS Monitor The AT SMONG command supplies GPRS specific cell information There are two ways to retrieve the informa tion once on request by using the execute command or automatically every period seconds by using the write command To stop the periodic presentation type AT or at Syntax Test Command AT SMONG Response s SMONG list of supported lt tabless list of supported lt periodss OK ERROR CME ERROR Exec Command AT SMONG Response s GPRS Monitor Cell Info Table see Section 8 10 1 AT SMONG Cell Info Table OK ERROR CME ERROR Write Command AT SMONG lt tables lt periods Response s sMONG GPRS Monitor Cell Info Table see Section 8 10 1 AT SMONG Cell Info Table OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3
195. 99 GPRS compatibility commands without specifying a cid If an activated context will be deactivated without using the command AT CGACT then the result code NO CARRIER will be issued to indicate the context deactivation This happens for example if the context deac tivation is forced by the network or if deactivation results from a network deregistration with AT COPS 2 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 267 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 11 2 AT CGANS Manual response to a network request for PDP con text activation Syntax Test Command AT CGANS Response s CGANS list of supported lt responsess list of supported lt L2P gt s OK Write Command AT4 CGANS response lt L2P gt cid Response s CONNECT NO CARRIER ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 o e o e e e O O e Command Description The write command requests the MT to respond to a network request for GPRS PDP context activation which has been signaled to the TE by the RING or CRING unsolicited result code The lt response gt parameter allows the TE to accept or reject the request Parameter Description lt response gt 0 the request is rejected and the MT returns OK to the TE 1 accept and request that the PDP context be activated lt L2p gt a string parameter which indicates the layer 2 protocol to be used see AT CGDATA com
196. ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e e O O Parameter Description locationIp m Location ID as number code Location IDs are listed in Section 3 4 1 Cause Location ID for the extended error report Each ID is related with another table that contains a list of lt reason gt s or lt ssReleasess reason m Reason for last call release as number code The number codes are listed in several tables sorted by different categories in the following subclauses The tables can be found proceeding from the Location ID given in Sec tion 3 4 1 Cause Location ID for the extended error report lt ssRelease gt Release cause for last Supplementary Service call listed in Section 3 4 9 GSM Release cause for Supplemen tary Service Call or last call related use of a Supplementary Service listed in Section 3 4 10 SIEMENS release cause for Call related Supplementary Services CRSS MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 71 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Examples EXAMPLE 1 ATD 01751223344 A mobile originated call is rejected by the remote party NO CARRIER Call setup is terminated with NO CARRIER AT CEER To check the cause the caller enters AT CEER CEER 8 21 0 The Location ID 8 in Section 3 4 1 points to Section 3 4 6 where 21 OK Call rejected 0 No error refers to parameter lt ssRelease gt that is not applicable EXAMPLE 2 The user attempts to activate call
197. ATSO Automatic response to a network request for PDP context activation The V 250 ATSO lt n gt Automatic answer command may be used to turn off n 0 and on n gt 0 the automatic response to a network request for a PDP context activation See also 3GPP TS 27 007 GSM 07 07 AT com mand set for User Equipment UE When the ATSO lt n gt lt n gt gt 0 command is received the MT will attempt to perform a GPRS attach if not yet attached and if configured to do so see AT SCFG parameter 9s0aa Subsequently the MT will announce a network request for PDP context activation by issuing the URC RING or CRING to the TE followed by the inter mediate result code CONNECT The MT then enters V 250 online data state and follows the same procedure as it would after receiving a AT CGANS 1 command with no lt L2P gt or cid values specified ATSO 0 does not perform an automatic GPRS detach Syntax Read Command ATSO Response s iiss OK Write Command ATSO lt n gt Response s OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 9 e e e e OQ Q Q9 Parameter Description ens num amp W amp V 0006P Disables automatic answer mode 001 255 Enables automatic answering after specified number of rings Notes If different settings are used on each interface and a request for PDP context activation is received the inter face wins which is idle and uses the smallest ATSO value When a network
198. BRODERSEN simplifying process AT Command Manual for Brodersen Products with Siemens MC55 Modem Engine V 04 00 April 2006 Doc 40232 Brodersen Controls A S e Industrivej 3 e DK 4000 Roskilde e Tel 45 46 74 00 00 e Fax 45 46 75 73 36 E mail bc brodersencontrols com e Internet www brodersencontrols com BRODERSEN simplifying process Document Name MC55 AT Command Set Version 04 00 Date March 17 2006 Docld MC55_ATC_V04 00 Status Confidential Released General Notes Product is deemed accepted by recipient and is provided without interface to recipient s products The documen tation and or product are provided for testing evaluation integration and information purposes The documen tation and or product are provided on an as is basis only and may contain deficiencies or inadequacies The documentation and or product are provided without warranty of any kind express or implied To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law Siemens further disclaims all warranties including without limitation any im plied warranties of merchantability completeness fitness for a particular purpose and non infringement of third party rights The entire risk arising out of the use or performance of the product and documentation remains with recipient This product is not intended for use in life support appliances devices or systems where a malfunction of the product can reasonably be expected to result in perso
199. CRLP lt iws gt 61 lt mws gt 61 lt T1 gt 78 lt N2 gt 6 AT SLCC lt n gt 0 AT CR lt mode gt 0 AT CRC lt mode gt 0 Network Service Commands ATECOBS lt format gt 0 AT CREG lt n gt 0 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 464 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released AT Command AT SALS Supplementary Service Commands AT SACM AT CLIP AT CSSN AT CUSD GPRS Commands AT CGAUTO AT CGREG AT CGSMS AT SGAUTH ATSO FAX Commands AT FCLASS Factory Defaults lt view gt 0 lt line gt 1 lt n gt 0 lt n gt 0 lt n gt 0 lt m gt 0 lt n gt 0 lt n gt 3 lt n gt 0 lt service gt 3 lt auths 3 lt n gt 000 lt n gt 0 Short Message Service SMS Commands AT CMGF AT CNMI AT CSCB AT CSDH AT CSMP AT CSMS AT SMGO AT SSCONF AT SSDA AT SSMSS SIM related Commands AT SCKS Phonebook Commands AT CPBS AT SPBS Audio Commands AT VTD Hardware related Commands AT SCTM MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released lt mode gt 0 BRODERSEN simplifying process lt mode gt 0 lt mt gt 0 lt bm gt 0 lt ds gt 0 lt bfr gt 1 lt mode gt 0 lt show gt 0 lt fo gt 17 lt vp gt 167 lt dcs gt 0 lt pid gt 0 lt service gt 0 lt n gt 0 lt ra gt 0 lt da gt 0 lt seq gt 0 lt mode gt 0 lt storage gt SM lt internal counter gt 0 lt duration gt 1 lt n gt 0 Page 465 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process AT
200. Call Forwarding Get and set diverted call status Access specific Elementary AT CCFC AT CRSM File 6F13h from SIM Customer Service Profile Setting services and their menu entries depending on cus AT CRSM CSP tomer profiles Information numbers Hierarchically structured service numbers phonebook on AT CRSM SIM according to CPHS 4 2 mandatory MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 27 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 1 9 Errors and Messages The command result codes CME ERROR lt err gt and CMS ERROR lt err gt indicate errors related to mobile equipment or network functionality The format of err can be either numeric or verbose and is selectable via AT CMEE A result error code terminates the execution of the command and prevents the execution of all remaining com mands that may follow on the same command line If so neither ERROR nor OK result codes are returned for these commands A 30 seconds timeout will deliver ERROR when the input of a command is not complete Using the wrong command syntax may result in errors For example using the execute command syntax although the command has no execute format causes ERROR to be returned Likewise using the write com mand syntax although the command has no write format causes CME ERROR lt err gt to be returned See also Section 2 11 1 CME CMS Error Code Overview Section 2 5 1 Verbose and numeric result codes Sectio
201. Command Description TA returns a list of current calls of ME Parameter Description ig um call identification number as described in GSM 02 30 19 subclause 4 5 5 1 this number can be used in AT CHLD command operations 1 7 cs EDD Call status of respective call number first parameter 0 call hold 1 call in progress 2 waiting call number 8 string type phone number in format specified by type type um type of address octet in integer format 145 when dialling string includes international access code character otherwise 129 Note See also GSM 07 07 AT CLCC MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 158 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 7 26 AT SLCD Display Last Call Duration Syntax Test Command AT SLCD Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Exec Command AT SLCD Response s SLCD time OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s SIEMENS Command Description PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last TA returns last call duration or current call duration Parameter Description time SEH e e e Format is hh mm ss where characters indicate hours minutes seconds E g 22 10 00 22 10 00 Max value is 9999 59 59 Note The proper working of that command is network dependant MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 159 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 7 27 AT STCD Display Total Call Duration
202. Content Type multipart mixed SMTP authentication control flag numeric If disabled lt srvParmValue gt 0 by default MC55 performs action without SMTP authentication If enabled lt srvParmValue gt 1 authentication procedure with the SMTP server will be performed by means of supported authentication methods using Page 233 of 475 3 17 06 pCmd pNumber pLength pDelFlag tcoMR tcpOT lt srvParmValue Se BRODERSEN simplifying process values of user and passwd parameters If MC55 and SMTP server are not able to negotiate an authentication mechanism supported by both parties the MC55 continues action without authentication MC55 supports SMTP authentication POP3 user command to be executed by the POP3 service numeric For supported values of srvParmValues referto lt srvParmValue pCmds gt Optional message number argument used by the POP3 commands List 2 Retrieve 3 and Delete 4 For POP3 commands see lt srvParmTag gt value pCmd Length 0 232 1 If no specific value is set in the service profile the value 0 is assumed by default i e oNumber is disabled Maximum message length string optional Length 0 292 1 pLength can be used to specify the length of the message s to be retrieved from or deleted on the POP3 server If no specific value is set in the service profile the default value 0 is assumed which means that there is no limit on the messa
203. DATA The mobile supports Layer 2 Protocol L2P PPP only Remark If the mobile is NOT attached by AT CGATT 1 and the CID is NOT activated before connecting attaching and activating is automatically done by the AT CGDATA command Some providers e g Vodafone or E Plus require to use an APN to establish a GPRS connection So if you use the Microsoft Windows Dial Up Network and ATD 9 to connect to GPRS you must provide the context definition as part of the modem definition Modem properties Connection Advanced Extra settings As an alternative you can define and activate the context in a terminal program e g Microsoft Hyperterminal and then use the Dial Up Network to send only the ATD command MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 299 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 11 21 Using the GPRS dial command ATD Example In addition to the GPRS AT commands you can use the D command to dial into to the GPRS network There are two GPRS Service Codes for the ATD command Values 98 and 99 Examples ATD 99 CONNECT ATD 99 123 124 125 126 PPP 1H CONNECT ATD 99 PPP CONNECT ATD 99 1H CONNECT ATD 99 PPP 1 CONNECT ATD 98 CONNECT ATD 98 14 CONNECT MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Establish a connection by service code 99 Establish a connection by service code 99 IP address 123 and L2P PPP and using CID 1 The CID has to be defined by AT CGDCONT Establish a con
204. DSR depending on the communication state of the TA interfacing TE Syntax Exec Command AT amp S lt value gt Response s OK Reference s V 250 Parameter Description vede num amp W amp V fo 1 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released PIN ASCO ASC1 e O DSR line is always ON TA in command mode DSR is OFF TA in data mode DSR is ON Page 88 of 475 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last e e oO 3 17 06 4 5 ATE Enable command echo BRODERSEN simplifying process The ATE command determines whether or not the TA echoes characters received from TE during command state Syntax Exec Command ATE lt value gt Response s OK Reference s V 250 Parameter Description lt value gt CUm amp W amp v 0 Echo mode off 4 8F Echo mode on Note PIN ASCO ASC1 e n case of using the command without parameter value is set to 0 MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 89 of 475 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last e e e oO Q QOO QO 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 4 6 AT ILRR Set TE TA local rate reporting The command AT ILRR controls whether or not the intermediate result code I LRR is transmitted from the TA to the TE while a connection is being set up The result code indicates the local rate It is issued before the final result code of the connection e g CONNECT is transmitted to the TE Syntax Test Command AT ILRR
205. Description 0 ECT procedure failed timer expired 1 Call has been cleared without receiving an answer to ECT request 2 Initial conditions not fulfilled one active one held call 3 Received return error 4 Call has been cleared without receiving an answer to CCBS request 5 Initial conditions for CCBS not fulfilled Idle CRSS Causes related to nature of request 25 LLC or SNDCP failure 26 Insufficient resources 27 Unknown or missing access point name 28 Unknown PDP address or PDP type 29 User authentification failed 30 Activation rejected by GGSN 31 Activation rejected unspecified 32 Service option not supported 33 Requested service option not subscribed 34 Service option temporarily out of order 35 NSAPI already used 36 Regular PDP context deactivation 37 QoS not accepted 38 Network failure 39 Reactivation requested 40 Feature not supported Causes related to invalid messages 81 Invalid transaction identifier value 95 Semantically incorrect message 96 Invalid mandatory information 97 Message type non existant or not implemented 98 Message type not comaptible with protocol state 99 Information element non existent or not implemented 100 Conditional information element error 101 Message not compatible with protocol 111 Protocol error unspecified MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 79 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 3 4 11 SIEMENS release cause for Session Management SM Nu
206. Digital input and output 2 Analog input and output emic gt Qum SNFW Microphone selection 1 Microphone 1 2 Microphone 2 ep Um SNEW Select differential earpiece amplifier 1 Selects the earpiece amplifier 1 2 Selects the earpiece amplifier 2 3 Selects both amplifiers Note that both amplifiers are connected in parallel and therefore get the same output power if lt ep gt 3 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 407 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Notes The factory defaults of AT SAIC vary with the selected audio mode If AT SNFS 1 or 4 or 5 then AT SAIC 2 1 1 If AT SNFS 2 or 3 or 6 then AT SAIC 2 2 2 AT SNFD can be used to reset the factory defaults e For use after restart of the ME you are advised to store the settings of AT SAIC and AT SNFS to the audio profile saved with AT SNFW Otherwise audio mode 1 AT SNFS 1 and audio interface 2 AT SAIC 2 1 1 will be active each time the ME is powered up MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 408 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 17 9 AT SNFA Set or query of microphone attenuation AT SNFA specifies the large scale attenuation on the microphone path of the audio device currently selected with AT SNFS The write command is only available in audio modes 2 to 6 Syntax Test Command AT SNFA Response s SNFA list of supported lt attenss OK Read Command AT SNFA Response s SNFA atten OK Write
207. Down mode via AT SMSO Once saved it will be available upon next power up until you overwrite it by typing another text This eliminates the need to enter the full string when setting a fresh alarm text should not contain characters which are coded differently in ASCII and GSM e g umlauts see also Supported character sets and GSM alphabet tables num lt tlength gt Integer type value indicating the maximum length of lt text gt The maximum length is 16 Notes After the alarm was executed the parameter lt time gt of AT CALA will be reset to 00 01 01 00 00 00 but text will be preserved as described above If MC55 is totally disconnected from power supply the most recently saved configuration of CALA lt times lt n gt lt type gt lt texts will be presented when MC55 is powered up Each time MC55 is restarted with ignition it takes 2s to re initialize the RTC and to update the current time Therefore it is recommended to wait 2s before using the commands AT CCLK and AT CALA for example 2s after SYSSTART has been output MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 428 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Alarm settings on ASCO ASC1 and different Multiplexer channels see AT CMUX On each interface an individual lt text gt message can be stored but only one time setting applies This means an alarm lt time gt set on one of the interfaces overwrites the time setti
208. EG Response s CGREG list of supported n s OK Read Command AT CGREG Response s CGREG lt n gt lt stat gt OK Write Command AT CGREG lt n gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e e o e OOT Unsolicited Result Code CGREG lt stat gt Indicates a change in the ME s GPRS network registration status Parameter Description ep num pem Disable network registration unsolicited result code 1 Enable network registration URC CGREG lt stat gt lt stat pum 0 Not registered ME is not currently searching an operator to register to The ME is in GMM state GMM NULL or GMM DEREGISTERED INITIATED GPRS service is disabled the ME is allowed to attach to GPRS if requested by the user 1 Registered home network The ME is in GMM state GMM REGISTERED or GMM ROUTING AREA UPDATING INITIATED INITIATED on the home PLMN MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 288 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 2 Not registered but ME is currently trying to attach or searching an operator to register to The ME is in GMM state GMM DEREGISTERED or GMM REGIS TERED INITIATED The GPRS service is enabled but an allowable PLMN is currently not available The ME will start a GPRS attach as soon as an allow able PLMN is available 3 Registration denied The ME is in GMM state GMM NULL The GPRS service is disabled the ME is not al
209. EPORT routed directly to the TE TA shall not send another CMT or CDS result code to TE until previous one is acknowledged If ME does not receive acknowledgement within required time network time out ME sends RP ERROR to the network TA shall automatically disable routing to TE by setting both lt mt gt and ds values of AT4 CNMI to zero Syntax Test Command AT CNMA Response s CNMA list of supported lt n gt s OK Exec Command AT CNMA Response s OK ERROR CMS ERROR Write Command AT CNMA lt n gt Response s OK ERROR CMS ERROR Reference s GSM 07 05 Parameter Description lt n gt num Parameter required only for PDU mode PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last e e e e e Oo 0 Command operates similarly as in text mode Notes The execute write command shall only be used when AT CSMS parameter service equals 1 phase 24 The execute command can be used no matter whether text mode or PDU mode is activated The write com mand is designed for the PDU mode only If multiplex mode is activated AT CMUX 0 the AT CNMI parameter will be set to zero on all channels if one channel fails to acknowledge an incoming message within the required time MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 347 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 13 11 AT CNMI New short Message Indication The write command selects the procedure how the receipt of ne
210. ERROR CME ERROR Read Command AT CPOL Response s CPOL lt index gt lt format gt lt operator gt CPOL OK ERROR CME ERROR Write Command AT CPOL lt index gt format lt operator gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 o e e e e e Q Q Q Parameter Description index m The order number of the operator in the SIM preferred operator list format sum 2 Numeric format operator Operator in numeric format GSM Location Area Identification number which consists of a 3 digit country code plus a 2 or 3 digit network code MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 188 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 8 15 AT SPLR Read entry from the preferred operators list The AT SPLR write command returns used entries from the SIM list of preferred operators with lt indexa gt between lt index1 gt and lt index2 gt If lt index2 gt is not given only entry at lt index1 gt is returned The test com mand returns the whole index range supported by the SIM See also GSM 07 07 AT CPOL Syntax Test Command AT SPLR Response s SPLR list of supported lt indexa gt s OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Write Command AT SPLR lt index1 gt lt index2 gt Response s SPLR indexl oper SPLR index2 oper OK ERROR CME ERROR err Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MU
211. ERROR err Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS e e e e e O O O Parameter Description lt opStatus gt Status 0 unknown 1 operator available 2 current operator 3 operator forbidden lt eonsType gt Specification of the source of the operator name lt eonsOperator gt Details of EONS supplied operator name types are available at AT SIND MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 166 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process lt eonsOperator gt Operator name format depends on the source of the operator name specified by lt eonsType gt lt servProvider gt Service Provider Name according to setting of Service No 17 in the SIM Service Table EFss lt opName gt Operator Operator name in numerical presentation contains the GSM Location Area Identification LAI number which consists of the 3 digit Mobile Country Code MCC plus the 2 or 3 digit Mobile Network Code MNC Parameter is stored non volatile to the SIM mode m Parameter is not applicable format Um Parameter is not applicable Note The AT SOPS Test command is only accepted by the module after a valid pin has been entered MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 167 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 8 4 AT CREG Network registration The AT CREG command serves to verify the network registration status of the ME For this purpose two types of
212. Ee KO FO FS KO FO BIST e eococdcev VBR Vgevevw_ovnsvwoesvsvss Page 448 of 475 Read SU E ES ES TO iO KO SU ISI TST ES FS FSi ESI FO FS TS e ES FO FO TS ES FO FO FO FO FO CS ESO SSUES SESS ES BRODERSEN simplifying process Write e ee eoe od SSIES SUIS ES ES ES ES 5S e ES FO FO ES FS FS FO FO FO FO ES SES FS ES FS ESS FS 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process AT Command Exec Test Read Write AT CR e e e ARTERE O AT CSNS O O O AT SCNI e e AT SLED e e AUS STED 9 e ATP ArT O Network Service Commands AT COPN e AT COPS 9 9 AT SOPS D e AT CREG O O O AT CSQ O AT SMONC e e AT SMOND e e AT MONI O O AT MONP O O AT SMONG 9 e o AT SALS o o e AT SHOM O AT SPLM o AT CPOL o e AT SPLR e e AT SPLW e J Supplementary Service Commands AT CACM e o e AT SACM e e AT CAMM e e AT CAOC e AT CCUG o e e AT CCFC e e AT CCWA e o e AT CHLD e e AT CLIP O e O AT CLIR o e AT COLP o e e AT CPUC e o e AT CSSN O O AT CUSD e e MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 449 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released AT Command Internet Service Commands ICA GS Aaa ei AT SISS EEO CIR CTI AT SISO AT SISC AT SISR AT SISW AT SISE GPRS Commands AT CGACT AT CGANS AT CGA
213. F 2 IDLE 3 PAC 4 WAIT cmdType m Number related to Proactive Command or event type according to GSM 11 14 22 lt status gt u Command status return regarding the type of action that has taken place e g action performed by the user Values are in accordance with GSM 11 14 22 lt inputNumber gt U Response number entered by user lt input String gt Response string entered by user MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 380 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 16 Phonebook Commands The AT commands described in this chapter allow the external application to access the phonebooks located in the MC55 s memory or on the attached Subscriber Identity Module SIM 16 1 Sort Order for Phonebooks Due to the support of UCS2 for the lt text gt part of phonebook entries the sort order for phonebook records fol lows the algorithm published as Unicode Technical Standard 10 Unicode Collation Algorithm A memory optimized version of the proposed collation tables AllKeys from Unicode Technical Standard 10 is used in order to determine collation weights for Code points between 0000 and O6FF and composed keys are used for Code points from ranges 0700 to 33FF A000 to D7FF and E000 to FFFD Code Points not referenced in these tables will be assigned a default collation weight with their unicode value as level 1 weight Decomposi tion is not supported Phonebook entries whose names c
214. GCONF llc pdu length U GPRS msclass gt OK Write Command AT SGCONF 11c pdu length U GPRS msclass Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS e e e e e O Parameter Description num lt llc_pdu_length_U gt The maximum number of octets in an information field of Unnumbered U frames 0 No negotiation with network 500 will be used 140 1520 P Lower values diminish performance lt GPRS msclass gt GPRS Multislot Class The value can be one of the classes indicated with the Test command The value set is volatile and powerup value is the maximum allowed Notes CME ERROR invalid index Parameter is out of range e CME ERROR operation temporary not allowed The command is blocked as long as GPRS is already in use as long as mobile is GPRS attached e Writing to user profile with A T amp W and restoring with AT amp F are not supported MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 292 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 11 15 ATA Manual response to a network request for PDP context acti vation The V 250 ATA command may be used to accept a network request for a PDP context activation announced by the unsolicited result codes RING or CRING GPRS The MT responds with CONNECT enters V 250 online data state and follows the same procedure as it would after having received a AT CGANS 1 with no lt L2P gt or
215. IND Query the current status of indicators CIND 5 99 1 0 1 0 0 0 4 OK AT CIND 0 To deactivate indicator sounder fourth item in list of indicators OK EXAMPLE 3 Deactivation of indicator sounder via AT SIND AT SIND sounder 0 To deactivate indicator sounder SIND sounder 0 0 OK MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 64 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 3 3 AT SIND Extended Indicator Control Designed for extended event indicator control AT SIND offers greater flexibility than the standard command AT CIND offers several extra indicators can show the current status of all indicators supported by AT CIND and AT SIND can be used to register or deregister the indicators of both commands displays all indicator event reports via CTEV URCs Presentation mode of the generated URCs is controlled via AT CMER The AT SIND read command provides a list of all indicators supported by AT CIND and AT SIND Each indica tor is represented with its registration mode and current value The AT SIND write command can be used to select a single indicator in order to modify its registration and to view the current value Syntax Test Command AT SIND Response s SIND lt indDescrs list of supported indValuess lt indDescrs list of supported lt indValuess list of supported lt mode gt s OK Read Command AT SIND Response s SIND indDescr modes
216. IRA characters Maximum text length is 280 IRA characters which will be convertedinto 70 UCS2 characters 16 bit each Number of IRA characters must be a multiple of four because always 4 half bytes are needed for a 16 bit value Example D2C8 typed is sent as 44 H 32 H 43 H 38 H stored as D2C8 H Case 4 Every GSM character is sent as 4 IRA characters representing one UCS2 character Example To store text ABC using UCS2 character set you have to type 004100420043 This is sent as 30 H 30 H 34 H 31 H 30 H 30 H 34 H 32 H 30 H 30 H 34 H 33 H detected as IRA representa tion of 3 UCS2 characters converted to GSM character set and stored as 41 H 42 H 43H Maximum input is 640 IRA characters repesenting 160 UCS2 characters when compression is active These are converted to 160 GSM 7 bit characters Without compression only 140 GSM characters can be stored which are put in as 560 IRA characters Values of UCS2 characters must be smaller than 80 H 128 decimal to be valid GSM characters Number of IRA characters must be a multiple of four Problems 41 Error there are four IRA characters two bytes needed 0000 Error not an UCS2 character 4142 Error value of UCS2 character gt 7F H 008B Error value of UCS2 character gt 7F H This affects the maximum input length of a string Case 5 Every UCS2 character is sent as 4 IRA characters and is converted into two 8 bit values This means that the first t
217. L Z6 e1 114 3 Status RO Hallo Tom Bye Bye Tom Dot indicates end of mail according to RFC 2821 OK at sisr 1 1000 Try to read 1000 bytes once again SISR 1 2 No more data available to read i e the service has finished OK at sisi 1 Check the connection state of service profile 1 SISI 1 6 578 0 0 0 The command response indicates that the POP3 OK service is in state 6 Down and that 578 bytes have been retrieved at sise 1 Check error status of service profile 1 SISE 1 0 The command response confirms that no error occurred OK at sisc 1 Close the service OK 10 11 14 HTTP POST Polling Mode at siss 1 srvType Http Select service type HTTP OK at siss 1 conId 1 Select connection profile 1 OK at siss 1 hcMethod 1 Select Post method OK at siss 1 address http 192 168 1 3 datafiles dummy dummy txt OK at siss 1 hcContLen 180 Try to upload 180 bytes OK at siso 1 Open the service OK at sisw 1 100 Send the first 100 bytes SISW 1 100 0 OK at sisw 1 100 Try to send again 100 bytes SISW 1 80 0 80 bytes are sent OK at sisw 1 40 Try to write data once again SISW 1 0 0 No further data available i e the service has fin ished OK MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 264 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released ale sigi SISI 1 6 0 80 0 OK at sise 1 SISE 1 0 OK at sisc 1 OK 10 11 15 HTTP GET Polling Mode at siss 0 srvType Http OK at siss 0 conId 1 OK at s
218. LocReq gt AT SPBG SPBG 1 33 20 17 AT SPBG 1 33 1 SPBG 1 999999 145 Arthur 27 SPBG 2 777777 145 Bill 6 SPBG 3 888888 145 Charlie 15 First run the AT SPBG test command to find out the range of entries stored in the current phonebook TA returns the range where 33 is the number of entries stored in the current phonebook Now enter the write command including parameter lt RealLocReq gt 1 to get the actual location num bers The numbers at the end of each line are the memory locations in the phonebook and can be used for dialing or editing phonebook entries AT CPBR 27 T ODBRCEE2VPENEUOIS9SSOU EIU Atty MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Read out phonebook location 27 This entry can be edited with AT CPBW or used for dialing with ATD mem n Page 394 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 16 8 AT SPBS Step through the selected phonebook alphabetically AT SPBS can be used to scroll sequentially through the active phonebook records in alphabetical order by name Three entries will be displayed at a time Every time the write command is executed 3 rows of phonebook records are returned Each triplet overlaps with the next one The actual index depends on parameter value This parameter determines whether the index will be increased or decreased If the index in one output line reaches the last index in the alphabetical list the next output line will di
219. M 11 11 If this feature is not disabled by the SIM then whenever a connection is in place which is or becomes unenciphered an indication shall be given to the user This enables the user s decision how to proceed Read command returns valid ciphering status only if a call is in progress or active If EFAp setting disables the ciphering indicator feature read command always indicates a ciphered link and no URC presentaion will take place The following restrictions apply if the same serial channel is used for AT SIND ciphcall indication and for the action triggering this URC In general the rec ommended solution is to use a dedicated channel for all status signalling via URCs If an unciphered mobile originated SMS is performed AT SIND ciphcall URCs on the same serial channel will be issued after the related OK and indicate the ciphering state at this time Because the SMS is already sent at this time two URCs will be issued on this channel but both are indicating that ciphering is enabled f an unciphered mobile originated data call is performed AT SIND ciph call URCs on the same serial channel will be issued after the interface is not longer blocked by the call call is released or temporarily stopped and indicate the ciphering state at this time Enhanced Operator Name String EONS Indication The Enhanced Operator Name String indicator feature allows the MC55 to out put various operator names for different PLMN i
220. M Message Identifier in integer format mn um Message Number GSM 03 40 TP Message Number in integer format MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 332 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process emr um Message Reference GSM 03 40 TP Message Reference in integer format Gs num CSCS Originating Address GSM 03 40 TP Originating Address Address Value field in string format BCD numbers or GSM default alpha bet characters are converted into characters type of address given by lt tooa gt page m Page Parameter GSM 03 41 CBM Page Parameter bits 4 7 in integer format pages m Page Parameter GSM 03 41 CBM Page Parameter bits 0 3 in integer format pdu m In the case of SMS GSM 04 11 SC address followed by GSM 03 40 TPDU in hexadecimal format ME TA con verts each octet of TP data unit into hexadecimal numbers containing two IRA characters e g octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A IRA 50 and 65 In the case of CBS ra GSM 03 40 TP Recipient Address Ad dress Value field in string format BCD numbers or GSM default alphabet characters are converted into characters type of address given by tora cra gt num CSCs Recipient Address GSM 03 40 TP Recipient Address Address Value field in string format BCD numbers or GSM default alphabet characters are converted to characters of the currently selected TE character set refer to command AT CSCS
221. ME functionality ERROR Reference s TIA EIA 578 Notes Used for Fax Class 1 only e lt mod gt 3is not possible MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last e Page 328 of 475 O e O 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 12 27 AT FTS Stop Transmission and Wait This command causes the TA to terminate a transmission and wait for lt time gt 10 millisecond intervals before sending the OK result code to the TE Syntax Write Command AT FTS lt time gt Response s OK In on hook mode ERROR PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last e O Oo Q Reference s TIA EIA 578 e O Parameter Description lt time Eicon no of 10 millisecond intervals 0 85 Note Used for Fax Class 1 only MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 329 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 12 28 AT FVRFC Vertical Resolution Format Conversion This command determines the DCE response to a mismatch between the vertical resolution negotiated for the facsimile session and the Phase C data desired by the DTE Syntax Test Command AT FVRFC Response s list of supported lt vrfc gt s OK Read Command AT FVRFC Response s Vre OK Write Command AT FVRFC lt vrfic gt Response s OK Reference s EIA PN 2388 Parameter Description lt vrfc sum 0 2 Note Used for Fax Class 2 only MC55_ATC
222. N ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O O e O O OQ Q Reference s SIEMENS Note Used for Fax Class 2 only MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 320 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released 12 19 AT FOPT Set bit Order independently BRODERSEN simplifying process Model specific command to set bit order independently of the understanding which is mirrored and which is direct Syntax Write Command AT FOPT lt opt gt Response s OK Reference s SIEMENS Parameter Description opt m 0 Non standard 1 Standard Note Used for Fax Class 2 only MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released PIN ASCO ASC1 e O Page 321 of 475 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last e O Oo 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 12 20 AT FPHCTO DTE Phase C Response Timeout The timeout value tout determines how long the DCE will wait for a command after reaching the end of data when transmitting in Phase C When timeout is reached the DCE assumes that there are no more pages or doc uments to send Syntax Read Command AT FPHCTO Response s lt i OL ee OK Write Command AT FPHETO lt touts gt Response s OK If error is related to ME functionality ERROR Reference s EIA PN 2388 Parameter Description lt tout Suum Timeout Value in 100ms units 0 30 255 Note Used for Fax Class 2 only MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge
223. NC pin to drive a status LED installed in your application according to the specifications provided in 2 The coding of the LED is described in Section 18 6 1 ME status indicated by status LED patterns MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released Page 437 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 18 6 1 ME status indicated by status LED patterns The following table lists the possible patterns of status LED behavior and describes the ME operating status indi cated by each pattern if AT SSYNC parameter lt mode gt 1 During the transition from one LED pattern to another the on and or off periods of the LED may vary in length This is because an event that triggers the change may occur any time and thus truncate the current LED pattern at any point Table 18 1 Modes of the LED and indicated ME functions LED behavior Permanently off 600 ms on 600ms off 75 ms on 3 s off 75 ms on 75 ms off 75 ms on 3 s off 500 ms on 25 ms off Permanently on ME operating status if AT SSYNC 1 ME is in one of the following modes POWER DOWN mode ALARM mode CHARGE ONLY mode NON CYCLIC SLEEP mode CYCLIC SLEEP mode with no temporary wake up event in progress 2 Limited Network Service No SIM card inserted or no PIN entered or network search in progress or ongoing user authentication or network login in progress IDLE mode The mobile is registered to the GSM network monitoring control
224. OK MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 261 of 475 Open the service i e start to send the email Try to write 10 bytes The service response indicates that 10 bytes can be written Write 10 bytes Try to write 10 bytes The service response indicates that the service refuses to accept any data at the moment Try to write 12 bytes The service response indicates that 12 bytes can be written Write 12 bytes Set the eodFlag to mark the end of the email body The lt eodFlag gt is accepted by the service Check the connection state of service profile 9 The command response confirms that the SMTP service is in state 5 Closing and that 22 bytes have been written Check the connection state of service profile 9 The command response confirms that the SMTP service is in state 6 Down and that 22 bytes have been written Check error status of service profile 9 The command response confirms that no error occurred 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process at sisc 9 Close the service OK 10 11 11 Configuring POP3 Service Profile First set up a connection profile as explained in Section 10 1 1 or Section 10 1 2 Enter at least all parameters which are mandatory for a GPRS profile The example uses the connection profile ID 1 and the service profile ID 1 The service profile is set up to retrieve a specific email email number 2 at siss 1 srvType Pop3 Select service typ
225. OR CME ERROR lt err gt Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS e e e e oO O O Q Unsolicited Result Code CCCM com When activated an unsolicited result code is sent when the CCM value changes but not more often than every 10 seconds Command Description The execute command can be used to query the current mode of the Advice of Charge supplementary service the SIM values of the accumulated call meter ACM and accumulated call meter maximum ACMmax The write command enables or disables the presentation of unsolicited result codes to report the call charges Parameter Description ens num amp W amp V 0 6 P suppress unsolicited result code 1 display unsolicited result code cacm gt G8 Three bytes of the current ACM value in hexadecimal format e g 00001E indicates decimal value 30 000000 FFFFFF c acmMax gt St amp V Three bytes of the max ACM value in hexadecimal format e g 00001E indicates decimal value 30 000000 disable ACMmax feature 000001 FFFFFF MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 192 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process cem 89 Three bytes of the current CCM value in hexadecimal format e g 00001E indicates decimal value 30 bytes are coded in the same way as ACMmax value in the SIM 000000 FFFFFF Notes When you power down or reset the ME with AT CFUN 1 1 the URC presentation mode will be reset to its default To be
226. PH SIM PUK PH NET PUK Notes ME is waiting for SIM PIN1 ME is waiting for SIM PUK1 if PIN1 was disabled after three failed attempts to enter PIN1 ME is waiting for PIN2 when the attempt to access PIN2 requiring features was acknowledged with CME ERROR 17 e g if the user attempts to edit the FD phonebook ME is waiting for PUK2 to unblock a disabled PIN2 Necessary if preceding command was acknowledged with CME ERROR 18 ME is waiting for phone to SIM card password if PS lock is active and user inserts other SIM card than the one used for the lock PS lock is also referred to as phone or antitheft lock ME is waiting for Master Phone Code if the above PS lock password was incorrectly entered three times ME is waiting for network personalisation unblocking password Whenever the required password changes counter changes to reflect that change Please refer to the examples below For passwords associated to the phone lock PS lock set by user or factory or other factory set locks such as PF PN PU PP PC the number of attempts is subject to a timing algorithm explained in AT CPIN If these passwords are incorrectly entered the counter first returns 3 2 and 1 remaining attempt s but then gives the total number of attempts which amounts to 63 see example below See also Chapters AT CLCK AT CPIN AT CPIN2 AT CPWD AT SLCK for further information on locks and passwords Example
227. PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 O e e e O OQ Parameter Description duration Um Duration of the DTMF signal in 1 10 seconds with tolerance The minimum duration of DTMF signals is 300ms DTMF tones below 300ms cannot be generated 1 amp PXP 255 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 405 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 17 7 AT VTS DTMF and tone generation AT VTS is intended to send ASCII characters or strings which cause the Mobile Switching Center MSC to trans mit DTMF tones to a remote subscriber The command can only be used during active voice calls and offers the following variants AT VTS lt dtmfString gt allows to send a sequence of DTMF tones with a duration defined with AT VTD AT VTS lt dtmf gt lt durations allows to send a single DTMF tone In this case the duration can be ind vidually determined during the call Syntax Test Command JAMAIS P Response s VTS list of supported atmf gt s list of supported lt durationss OK Write Command AT VTS lt dtmfString gt Response s OK Write Command AT VTS lt dtmf gt lt duration gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e e OQ Parameter Description lt dtm String gt String of ASCII characters in the set 0 9 A B C D Maximal length of the string is 29 The string must be e
228. ParmTag gt value srvType of AT SISS The service is not opened but ready for configuration 3 Connecting State after opening a service with AT SISO where the connection is being established If connection setup is successful the service proceeds to the state 4 Up and one of the URCs srsw and srsR may follow If connection setup is not successful the srs URC may appear and the service enters lt srvState gt 6 Down In the case of FTP lt srvState gt 3 means that the command channel is being established If the service profile is configured as Socket listener then the listener always stays at srvState 3 and socketState 3 LISTENER while the lt srvState gt and socketState of the dynamically assigned service pro file may change See examples in Section 10 5 1 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 240 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 4 Up The service performs its purpose The data transfer process is the major func tion at this state FTP Data channel is up SMTP The SMTP service will not enter lt srvState gt 4 until the host has writ ten the first data packet with AT SISW 5 Closing Internet Service is closing the network connection FTP Command channel is released 6 Down This state is entered if the service has successfully finished its session see note on Socket the remote peer has reset the connection or the IP connection has been closed because of a
229. Password for GPRS services provided by the Ger man operator T D1 APN to access the GPRS services provided by the German operator T D1 Page 225 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 10 2 ATASICI Internet Connection Information The AT SICI read command requests the current status of the Internet connection profiles currently defined with AT SICS The AT SICI write command displays the status of the specified Internet connection profile If the connection profile is not defined yet the command returns a CME ERROR response Syntax Test Command AT SICI Response s SICI list of defined lt conProfileId gt s OK Read Command AT SICT Response s SICI conProfileId conState lt numServices gt lt conAddr gt Pemex 3 OK Write Command AT SICI conProfileId Response s SICI conProfileId conState lt numServices gt lt conAddr gt OK ERROR CME ERROR err PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O e e e e OQ Parameter Description lt conProfilerds Internet connection profile identifier as defined by AT SICS conProfileId 0 5 lt conState gt State of the Internet connection profile 0 Down Internet connection is defined but not connected 1 Connecting A service has been opened and so the Internet connection is ini tated Up Internet connection is established and usable by one or more services Lim
230. ROR lt err gt Write Command AT CMUX lt mode gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 GSM 07 10 O e O O O O O O e Parameter Description lt mode Um Multiplexer transparency mechanism 0 Basic option subset gt m Subparameters defined in GSMO07 07 are adjusted for control and logical channels as follows 0 UIH frames used only control channel MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 95 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Notes The write command is used to enter the multiplex mode The setup of the logical channels is initiated by the TE i e the TE acts as initiator This means that the TE shall ensure that logical channels are established before any further actions on the channels can be started There is a timeout of five seconds if the multiplexer protocol is enabled and no multiplexer control channel is established The GSM engine returns to AT command mode The parameter maximum frame size N1 of AT CMUX in GSM 07 10 is fixed to 98 bytes and cannot be changed All other parameters are not available 4 8 1 Restrictions on Multiplex mode When the serial interface ASCO is in multiplex mode data and fax calls can only be set up on logical channel 1 Due to this restriction AT commands have a different behavior on channels 2 3 compared to channel 1 Several commands are not available others return different
231. S mes sages to generate DCS messages Syntax Test Command AT FDIS Response s list of lt vr gt s list of lt br gt s list of lt wdss list of 1n s list of lt df gt s list of ec s list of lt b gt s list of lt st gt s OK Read Command AT FDIS Response s Wes Slog ce eleg gllns lt Ches cele colts esis OK Write Command AT FDIS lt vr gt lt br gt lt wd gt ln df ec bf st Response s OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last EIA PN 2388 O e O e O O O O Note Used for Fax Class 2 only MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 313 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 12 12 AT FDR Begin or continue phase C Data Reception The command initiates transition to Phase C data reception Syntax Exec Command AT FDR Response s CONNECT or OK If error related to ME functionality ERROR PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last e O O OQ QO Reference s EIA PN 2388 O e O Note Used for Fax Class 2 only MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 314 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released 12 13 AT FDT Data Transmission BRODERSEN simplifying process This command requests the ME to transmit a Phase C page When the ME is ready to accept Phase C data it issues the negotiation responses and the CONNECT result code to the application In Phase B the AT FDT command releases the ME to proceed with negotiati
232. SNFO Set audio output loudspeaker path parameter sssssssssssssssss 415 17 314 AT SNFPT Setprogress tones ide eere eite ie baa ei eere rota de desean eu teu 417 17 15 AT SNFS Select audio hardware set sssssssssssssssssseeeeemee eene 418 17 16 AT SNFTTY Signal TTY CTM audio mode capability se 421 17 17 AT SNFV Set loudspeaker volume sssssssssssesssseene ener nnns nnns 422 17 18 AT SNFW Write audio setting in non volatile store sssss etteeeeeeetaeeeeeeees 423 17 19 AT SRIC Ring tone configuration iine reb tried ttbi ae d E e a d De ebd za 424 18 Hardware related Commands ccccccecceeeeeseeeeeee eee eeee eee eeee ene eeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeseeeeeaaeeaeeeseseeeeseeeeeeeeeenaeenees 426 18 1 AT CCLK Real Time CIOCK sssssssssessseseeenene eee enne nennen nennen nnn 426 18 2 ATTGALA Set alamni Me citet etr Ex a e AER tad Gee RU Cd Y Rd ANB E KR nnd 427 18 3 AT SBC Battery Charge Control sse eene nennen nnne nenne enne 430 18 3 1 Responses returned by read command sse een 432 18 4 AT SBV Battery Supply Voltage sssseessseeeneneene nennen nennen ener nennen 433 18 5 AT SCTM Set critical operating temperature presentation mode or query temperature 434 18 6 AT SSYNC Configure SYNC Pih iiti atta ders dH edu ea e A RR ea daa 437 18 6 1 ME status indicate
233. Second serial interface ASC1 The second serial interface ASC1 is intended as an auxiliary interface for applications which need multiple par allel access to the module e g to query status information during a data call but cannot use the GSM 07 10 multiplexing protocol Therefore this interface offers limited functionality only e No DTR DSR DCD RING signals These hardware lines do not exist As a result AT commands controlling the behavior of these lines AT amp D AT amp C AT amp S are not allowed and return ERROR No presentation of SYSSTART URCs on ASC1 After restart or reset of the ME either check that the URC has been sent on ASCO or wait approximately 3 seconds before entering the first AT command on ASC1 No Autobauding The hardware is not capable of automatically detecting the baudrate on this interface so the AT command which selects autobauding AT IPR 0 is not allowed and returns ERROR No CSD calls so all related AT commands cannot be used and return ERROR No fax calls so all AT F commands cannot be used and return ERROR e No GSM 07 10 Multiplexer If issued on the second interface AT CMUX 0 returns ERROR ASC is disabled when the multiplexer is enabled on the first serial interface ASCO Yet both ASC1 and the mul tiplexer channel 2 are using the same parameters and thus the same user defined profile if any As a result a user profile stored on multiplexer channel 2 takes effect on ASC1 after closing
234. Sw x 1 then the AT SISW write command can be executed After the exact number of bytes are transferred via Page 232 of 475 3 17 06 hcUsrAgent hcMethod hcProp hcRedir hcAuth smFrom smRcpt smCC smSubj smHdr smAuth MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process the serial interface the HTTP client will go from service state Up to service state Closing see parameters lt srvState gt and lt srvState gt for detail Finally the URC STSw x 2 indicates that all data have been transferred and the service can be closed with AT SISC The user agent string must be set by the application to identify the mobile Usu ally operation system and software version info is set with this browser identi fier Length 0 63 HTTP method specification O GET 1 POST 2 HEAD Parameter for several HTTP settings Length 0 127 The general format is key space value Od 0a Multiple settings can be given separated by Od 0a sequences within the string Possible key values are defined at HTTP 1 1 Standard RFC 2616 This flag controls the redirection mechanism of the MC55 acting as HTTP client numeric If hcRedir 0 No redirection If hcRedir 1 The client automatically sends a new HTTP request if the server answers with a redirect code range 30x Default is 1 If set hcAuth 1 this flag determines that the HTTP client will automaticall
235. T command too MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 295 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 11 18 ATH Manual rejection of a network request for PDP context acti vation The V 250 ATH command may be used to deactivate all PDP contexts which are active or online on the same interface This command should not be used to deactivate PDP contexts during the implicit PDP context deacti vation procedure which is started automatically after LCP termination or by dropping the DTR line if AT amp D2 is configured For details refer to Section 11 6 1 Automatic deactivation of PDP context during dial up PPP The ATH command may also be used to reject a network request for PDP context activation announced by the unsolicited result codes RING GPRS or CRING GPRS Syntax Exec Command ATH Response s OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e Q e Q 9 Oo Notes n contrast to GSM 07 07 it is possible to cancel a connection with ATH after a break This is done for com patibility reasons due to the dial up network drivers of Microsoft Windows ATHis used as a standard V 250 AT command too f ATH is used to reject a network request for PDP context activation then other PDP contexts on the same interface which are active or online will not be deactivated MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 296 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 11 19
236. TE character set according to rules of GSM 07 05 Annex A Otherwise in case of invalid or omitted lt dcs gt conversion of str urc is not possible dcs sut GSM 03 38 Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format default 15 In case of an invalid or omitted dcs from the network side MT lt dcs gt will not be given out num m 0 No further user action required network initiated USSD Notify or no further information needed after mobile initiated operation 1 Further user action required network initiated USSD Request or further infor mation needed after mobile initiated operation If lt m gt 1 then the URC ends with gt to prompt the user for input The user action is finished with cTRL z or aborted with Esc 2 USSD terminated by network Notes When a USSD string is sent via ATD a AT CUSD 1 is executed implicitly It is recommended to finalize or escape a pending USSD user interaction before further actions are done to prevent blocking situations Ifa network initiated operation is left unanswered several error codes may be output The first error code is given when the AT command is timed out Other network indications may follow depending on the network MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 218 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 10 Internet Service Commands MC55 has an embedded TCP IP stack that is driven by AT commands and enables the host ap
237. TT AT CGAUTO AT CGEREP AT CGDATA AT CGDCONT AT CGPADDR AT CGQMIN AT CGQREQ AT CGREG AT CGSMS AT SGAUTH AT SGCONF ATA ATD 99 ATD 98 ATH ATSO FAX Commands AT FBADLIN AT FBADMUL AT FBOR AT FCIG AT FCLASS AT FCQ AT FCR AT FDCC AT FDFFC MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released Exec Ve eee oo o0o000o000000808087080500n ESTES KOS TS RSS cS SUES TSI RSS RSIS KS KS Test Baa ng4 ocoooc eeeoeeewee 6 eee KO KO FO KO KO FC 9 9 FO TS FS FO FO FO ea Page 450 of 475 Read OOM mCmOmOnm Te Tt Te ict Tact Tt Tx Bice SH ES ES KS KO KO TO FO FO O O FSI FS SO KO FS OO BRODERSEN simplifying process Write esavnvnodoceeoeeeeeese e O ee e0O00D FO KO FC KO KO FO KO KO 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process AT Command Exec Test Read Write AT FDIS O AT FDR AT FDT O D O AT FET D O AT FK O AT FLID O O AT FMDL O AT FMFR O AT FOPT O AT FPHCTO O O AT FREV D O AT FRH O O AT FRM O O AT FRS D O AT FTH O O AT FTM O O AT FTS D O AT FVRFC O O O Short Message Service SMS Commands AT CMGC AT CMGD AT CMGF AT CMGL AT CMGR AT CMGS AT CMGW AT CMSS AT CNMA AT CNMI AT CPMS AT CSCA AT CSCB AT CSDH AT CSMP AT CSMS AT SLMS AT SMGL AT SMGO AT SMGR AT SSCONF AT SSDA Wea uve SNS S SS SSS OMOLE IE IE EE JE Tx EE Ia I E
238. The MS is camping on a cell and registered to the network The service state is idle i e there is no connection established or a dedicated channel in use Cell Reselection The MS has not yet lost coverage but is searching for a better cell since the cell reselec tion criterion is fulfilled Limited Service The MS is camping on a cell but not registered to the network Only emergency calls are allowed The MS enters this state for example when no SIM card is inserted or PIN has not been given neither Home PLMN nor any other allowed PLMN are found registration request was not answered or denied by the network use command AT CREG to query the registration status authentication failed MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 179 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 8 9 AT MONP Monitor neighbour cells The AT MONP supplies information of up to six neighbour cells There are two ways to retrieve the information once on request by using the execute command or automatically every period seconds by using the write command To stop the periodic presentation type AT or at Syntax Test Command AT MONP Response s MONP list of supported lt periodss OK Exec Command AT MONP Response s See Section 8 9 1 AT MONP responses OK Write Command AT MONP period Response s See Section 8 9 1 AT MONP responses OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s SIEMENS Parameter Descri
239. Tt 3 Sa Et Se Se Tt oO Tat OOR BoRS E E E E E E Buun OCOCeeesneeeeeeeeeeee ec MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 451 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process AT Command Exec Test Read Write AT SSMSS O O SIM related Commands AT CRSM o e AT SXSM e TOSS O O AE SCID AT CxxCID O SIM Application Toolkit SAT Commands AT SSTA O SSTN AS ST O O AT SSTR O Phonebook Commands AT CPBR oO e AT CPBS e e Oo AT CPBW S e AT SPBC e AT SPBD LJ e AT SPBG e e AT SPBS e e AT CNUM e e AT SDLD e Audio Commands ATD O ATM O D AT CLVL O O O AT CMUT O O AT VTD O O AT VTS O AT SAIC O O AT SNFA e O O AT SNFD O AT SNFI O O AT SNFM O O O AT SNFO O O AT SNFPT O O O AT SNFS O O AT SNFTTY e e AT SNFV O O MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 452 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released AT Command AT SNFW AT SRTC Hardware related Commands AT CCLK AT CALA AT SBC AT SBV AT SCTM AT SSYNC Miscellaneous Commands A ATS3 ATS4 ATS5 MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Exec ST ES TO S D EST SNES TSI oO Test KS K FO KS F QL Sy a Page 453 of 475 Read KS FO KO KS OLOO FS Write E KS TO KO OLO FO ES BRODERSEN
240. URC Mode This example uses the service profile described in Section 10 11 8 at siso 9 Open the service i e start to send the email OK MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 260 of 475 3 17 06 SISW 9 1 at sisw 9 87 SISW 9 87 87 Good Morning everyone we are delighted to announce our next meeting on Sunday morning OK at sisw 9 0 1 SISW 9 0 0 SISW 9 2 at sisi 9 SISI 9 6 0 87 0 0 at sisc 9 OK BRODERSEN simplifying process The srsw URC indicates that email data can be transferred The email to be sent has 87 bytes The write command response confirms that 87 bytes are available for transmission Write the message text Set the eodFlag to mark the end of the email body The lt eodFlag gt is accepted by the service The srisw URC confirms that all data is sent suc cessfully Check the connection state of the service profile 9 The command response confirms that the SMTP service is in state 6 Down and that 87 bytes have been transferred Close the service 10 11 10 Sending Email Polling Mode This example uses the service profile described in Section 10 11 8 at siso 9 OK at sisw 9 10 SISW 9 10 0 Hallo Tom OK at sisw 9 10 SISW 9 0 0 OK at sisw0 9 12 SISW 9 12 0 Bye Bye Tom OK at sisw 9 0 1 SISW OK at sisi 9 SSS 9 5 0 22 9 0 OK 95 0 y at sisi 9 SISI 9 6 0 22 0 0 OK at sise 9 SISE 9 0
241. USSD string is stored in the fixed dialling number phone book and used with ATD AT commands for USSD are barred while FD lock is active Indication is CME Error 257 Call barred SMS can be sent only to phone numbers which are stored in the fixed dial ling numbers phonebook FD Indication is CMS Error 302 operation not allowed GPRS commands can be used only if the fixed dialling numbers phone book FD contains an entry with phone number 99 This single entry enables all GPRS commands including AT commands and modem com patibility commands like ATD 99 1 or ATD 98 12 Indication is CME Error 257 Call barred Typical examples of factory set SIM locks are prepaid phones or network locks used to restrict the operation of a mobile to a specific provider or operator The client should be aware that each of these lock types can only be unlocked if the associated password is available For example a mobile can be locked to accept only SIM cards from the respective provider or even one single SIM card Once a different SIM card is inserted the ME will prompt the client to enter a specific code This is not the PUK of the SIM card but usually an 8 digit code which needs to be requested from the provider The locks can only be set by the manufacturer and need to be agreed upon between the parties concerned e g provider operator distributor etc on the one side and the manufacturer on the other side For detail
242. WriteLength gt must be set to any value greater than 0 but not necessarily the precise number of bytes If set to 0 in interactive text mode lt reqWriteLength gt would be interpreted as query for unacknowledged data and thus prevent data transfer MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 248 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process If Socket service is selected with UDP protocol lt reqWriteLength gt 0 can be used to send an empty UDP packet the maximum requestable write size specified via lt reqWriteLengths is limited to 1460 bytes Any attempt to write more bytes will be denied and causes the following URC to appear SIS id 0 9 The supplied buffer was too small large eodFlag m End of data indication flag Parameter is ignored for HTTP 0 1 mode Som No end of data Other data may follow to be transmitted via the Internet service End of data is signalled to the Internet Service Further AT SISW write com mands return an error response However reading data may be possible The lt eodFlag gt is effective only if the lt reqWriteLength gt equals lt cnfWrite Lengths in particular if the lt reqWriteLength gt equals 0 If mode equals 1 the lt eodFlag gt is effective only if the write operation has been finished with CTRL Z Control how the application provides the data bytes to be sent 0 cnfWriteLength m 0 1500 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential R
243. XI MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS e e oO e J O O Parameter Description index um Location number to start reading from index2 SU Location number where to stop reading lt indexa gt Index range supported by the SIM card between lt index1 gt and lt index2 gt oper 6 Operator in numeric form GSM location area identification number MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 189 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN 8 16 AT SPLW Write an entry to the preferred operators list simplifying process The AT SPLW write command writes an entry to the SIM list of preferred operators at location number index If index is given but oper is left out the entry is deleted An operator can be only once in the list Test command returns the whole index range supported by the SIM See also GSM 07 07 AT CPOL Syntax Test Command AT SPLW Response s SPLW list of supported lt index gt s OK ERROR CME ERROR Write Command AT SPLW index lt oper gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Reference s SIEMENS Parameter Description index um location number oper gt t PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X O O Last O Operator in numeric format GSM Location Area Identification number which consists of a 3 digit country code plus a 2 or 3 digit network code MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released Page 190 of 475
244. XON XOFF software flow control 2 Only CTS by DCE TA 3 RTS CTS hardware flow control Recommended for the following procedures incoming or outgoing data calls fax calls MUX mode Often the initialization routine of Fax programs includes enabling RTS CTS handshake eliminating the need to issue AT Q3 once again Notes When using XON XOFF flow control AT Q1 in online mode should not be used while the data trans mission is paused with XOFF Before entering the command mode with the paused transmission should be resumed using the XON character For compatibility reasons the AT Q command can be used in Multiplex mode though the settings will not take effect However be aware that whenever you use the AT Q write command in Multiplex mode and then save the current configuration to the user profile with AT amp w the changed AT Q setting will become active after restart MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 85 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 4 2 AT amp C Set Data Carrier Detect DCD Line mode The AT amp C command determines how the state of the DCD line circuit 109 reflects the MC55 s internal activity Syntax Exec Command AT amp C lt value gt Response s OK Reference s V 250 SIEMENS Parameter Description evel num amp W amp V 0 4 8F 2 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O e O e e OQ DCD
245. _V04 00 Confidential Released PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O O O O OQ QO Q Disable mismatch checking Enable mismatch checking with resolution conversion of 1 D data in the DCE and an implied AT FK command executed on 2 D mismatch detection Page 330 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 13 Short Message Service SMS Commands The AT Commands described in this chapter allow an external application to use the Short Message Service with the MC55 13 1 SMS parameters Parameter Description ackpdu m Format is same for pdu in case of SMS but without GSM 24 11 SC address field and parameter shall be bounded by double quote characters like a normal string type rarameter alpha str CSCS String type alphanumeric representation of da or oa corresponding to the entry found in phonebook imple mentation of this feature is manufacturer specific cdata um Command Data GSM 03 40 TP Command Data in text mode responses ME TA converts each 8 bit octet into two IRA character long hexadecimal numbers e g octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A IRA 50 and 65 EU Command Type GSM 03 40 TP Command Type in integer format 0 255 m num CSCS Destination Address GSM 03 40 TP Destination Address Address Value field in string format BCD numbers or GSM default alpha bet characters are converted into characters type of address
246. a call the CONNECT response does not belong to this data call but to the GPRS This can be detected if ATX is not set to 0 CS data call will issue CONNECT text GPRS will issue CONNECT only MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 272 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 11 5 AT CGEREP GPRS event reporting The write command enables or disables sending of unsolicited result codes CGEV from MT to TE in the case of certain events occurring in the GPRS MT or the network mode controls the processing of unsolicited result codes specified within this command b r controls the effect on buffered codes when mode 1 or 2 is entered If a setting is not supported by the MT ERROR or CME ERROR is returned Read command returns the current mode and buffer settings Test command returns the modes and buffer settings supported by the MT as compound values Syntax Test Command AT CGEREP Response s CGEREP list of supported lt modess list of supported lt bfr gt s OK Read Command AT CGEREP Response s CGEREP lt mode gt lt bfr gt OK Write Command AT CGEREP lt modes gt lt bfr gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e e e e OQ Q9 Unsolicited Result Codes URC 1 CGEV REJECT PDP type lt PDP_addr gt A network request for PDP context activation occurred when the MT was unable to re
247. ached Sub sequently when the MT announces a network request for PDP context activation by issuing the URC RING or CRING the TE may manually accept or reject the request by issuing the AT CGANS command or may sim ply ignore the network request MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 271 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process When the AT CGAUTO 1 command is received the MT will attempt to perform a GPRS attach if it is not yet attached Failure will result in ERROR or if enabled CME ERROR being returned to the TE Subsequently the MT announces a network request for PDP context activation by issuing the URC RING to the TE followed by the intermediate result code CONNECT The MT then enters V 250 online data state and follows the same procedure as it would after having received a CGANS 1 with no lt L2P gt or cid values specified If a GPRS attach will be initiated by this command and the MT is not able to attach for more than 385 seconds timer T3310 expired command returns with ERROR or CME ERROR unknown but MT is still trying to attach and the requested automatic mode n is in use If a network request for PDP context activation is answered automatically and if another AT command is issued at the same time on the same interface then this AT command is not executed Any response belongs to the automatic context activation procedure If the AT command which caused the collision was a circuit Switched dat
248. active held etc but rather serves to trigger the application to retrieve the new call status from the list of cur rent calls with the AT commands AT SLCC AT CLCC or AT SCNI If AT SCFG setting lt succ gt verbose indicator call will be issued also when a traffic channel is estab lished or when a call enters states terminating or dropped see Call Status Information In these cases the relevant information about the cause of the display is available only from AT command AT SLCC Examples EXAMPLE 1 SYSSTART AT CPIN 9999 OK AT CIND GUND 57199 MOROMONA The battery is either full or no battery is connected to the ME The bit error rate of the signal quality is not available since there is no call in progress The ME is registered to its home network OK AT CMER 2 0 0 2 Now activate the Indicator Event Report with AT CMER OK CIEV battchg 5 CIEV signal 99 CIEV service 1 CIEV sounder 0 CIEV message 0 CIEV call 0 CIEV roam 0 CIEV smsfull O CIEV rssi 5 Full receive signal strength ATD0123456 Make a call OK CIEV sounder 1 A set of CI EV URCs is received CIEV call 1 CIEV sounder 0 CIEV call 0 Called party hangs up NO CARRIER AT CIND 0 0 Deregister the indicators sounder and call OK ATD0123456 Dial the same call OK This time no URCs are displayed NO CARRIER Called party hangs up EXAMPLE 2 Deactivation of indicator sounder via AT CIND AT C
249. ailable 111 Protocol error unspecified 3 4 3 SIEMENS release cause for L3 Radio Resource RR Number Description 1 Racchs not answered 2 Racchs rejected MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 73 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Number Description Access class of the SIM is barred by the network provider SABM failure Radio link counter expiry or PerformAbnormalRelease Confirm ABORT of the MM Respond to DEACT REQ Loss of coverage o o 100 A O Reestablishment not possible 3 4 4 GSM release cause for Mobility Management MM or Session Management SM Number Description Causes related to MS identification 2 IMSI unknown in HLR 3 Illegal MS 4 IMSI unknown in VLR 5 IMEI not accepted 6 Illegal ME Cause related to subscription options 11 PLMN not allowed 12 Location Area not allowed 13 Roaming not allowed in this location area Causes related to PLMN specific network failures and congestion 17 Network failure 22 Congestion Causes related to nature of request 25 PDP context is deactivated because of a LLC or SNDCP failure 32 Service option not supported 33 Requested service option not subscribed 34 Service option temporarily out of order 36 Regular PDP context deactivation 38 Call cannot be identified Causes related to invalid messages 95 Semantically incorrect message 96 Invalid mandatory information 97 Message type non existent or not implemented 98 Message not compatib
250. alidated due to too many failed attempts CME ERROR If error is related to ME functionality CME ERROR PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last e e e e OQ Note When changing the PIN2 lt facility gt P2 it is recommended to check the new state of PIN2 using the AT CPIN2 command MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 119 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released 6 Identification Commands BRODERSEN simplifying process The AT Commands described in this chapter allow the external application to obtain various identification infor mation related to the MC55 and linked entities 6 1 ATI The ATI execute command delivers a product information text The Revision information consists of the following parts Version xx and variant yy of software release Syntax Exec Command ATI Response s SIEMENS MC55 REVISION xx yy OK Exec Command ATI lt values Response s SIEMENS Gipsy Soft Protocolstack V2 550 OK Display product identification information Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last V 250 O e e e o e OQ Parameter Description value Um 9 SIEMENS Gipsy Soft Protocolstack V2 550 This information is delivered if ATI is used with the optional parameter lt value gt 9 i e if ATI9 is entered Other values are not supported and only return OK MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 120 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 6 2 AT CGMI
251. allowed e g if the service is not configured Syntax Test Command AT SISW Response s OK Write Command AT SISW srvProfileId reqWriteLength eodFlag lt modes Response s SISW srvProfileId cnfWriteLength lt unackData gt Number of data bytes as specified by lt cnfWriteLength gt OK ERROR CME ERROR err PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last Q e e e O O e Unsolicited Result Code SISW srvProfileId urcCauseId Data availability status of the Internet service configured with AT SISS has changed The URC is issued when the service is ready to accept new user data The URC is disabled in polling mode See AT SCFG parameter Tcp WithURCs tcpWithUrcs Parameter Description srvProfilerd m srvProfileId O 9 specified with AT SISS reqWriteLength m 0 1500 Specifies the number of bytes to be sent with AT SISW or if set to 0 requests the amount of data already sent with AT SISW but not yet acknowledged Parameter lt reqWriteLength gt may be 1 1500 bytes to specify the amount of data to be sent with AT SISW If parameter lt reqWriteLength gt equals 0 AT SISW does not expect any data but a normal query is per fomed This allows the application to explictly request in particular at the end of an upload job the amount of unacknowledged data at the TCP layer indicated by lt unackData gt In interactive text mode lt req
252. ameters to manufacturer defaults sssssssssssssss 29 2 2 AT amp V Display current configuration essen eene nenne nnne nnn a 30 2 2 1 ATAV feSpOLiSes nete RR I NRBAGEE ERISQUE NN IN IRR UD ERIBAGE S qe idees 31 2 3 AT amp W Stores current configuration to user defined profile eseeeee 32 2 4 ATQ Set result code presentation mode sss eene 33 2 5 ATV Setresult code format mode ssssssssssssssssssssseneee eene 34 2 5 1 Verbose and numeric result codes sssssssssssseeeeemeeeennenen enne 34 2 6 ATX Set CONNECT result code format and call monitoring sne 35 2 7 ATZ Setall current parameters to user defined profile ssssssssssssssse 36 2 8 AT CFUN Set phone functionality eesssessseeennn enne nnns 37 2 8 1 Wake up the ME from SLEEP mode ccceceeeeeeeeeneeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeaesaeeeeeeeeeneneneees 40 2 9 AT SMSO Switch off mobile station sssssssssssssseeeeeme nennen 42 2 10 AT GCAP Request complete TA capabilities list 43 2 41 AT CMEE Mobile Equipment Error Message Format sssssssssssseeemem 44 2 11 1 CME CMS Error Code Overview ccceceeeceecaeceeeeeeeeeeeeeecaeaaeaaeeeeeeeeeeseesenesnnieeaeeees 45 2 12 AT CSCS Select TE character set essent ennemis 49 2 13 AT SCFG Extended Configurat
253. and AT CPAS Response s CPAS list of supported lt pas gt s OK Exec Command AT CPAS Response s CPAS lt pas gt OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 o e e o e Oo OW Parameter Description lt pas s Un 0 Ready 3 Incoming call ringing 4 Call in progress or call hold MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 83 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 3 7 AT WS46 Select wireless network Syntax Test Command AT WS46 Response s WS46 list of supported lt n gt s OK Read Command AT WS46 Response s lt n gt OK Write Command AT WS46 lt n gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 O e e e oO O O Parameter Description num lt n gt 12 GSM digital cellular MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 84 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 4 Serial Interface Control Commands The AT Commands described in this chapter allow the external application to determine various settings related to the MC55 s serial interface 4 1 AT Q Flow control Syntax Exec Command AT Q lt n gt Response s OK If RTS CTS flow control is not supported by interface and n is 2 or 3 ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS O e e Q Q Q Oo Parameter Description ens num amp W amp V 0 8 Disable flow control 1
254. and polling mode the operation of services after opening with AT SISO is explained in separate examples for either mode 10 11 1 Selecting URC Mode or Polling Mode To enable or disable the presentation of URCs for the Internet services use the AT SCFG command type Tcplp WithURCs and select on or off for parameter lt tcpWithUrc gt at scfg tcp withurcs Query the current setting SCFG Tcp WithURCs on URC mode is enabled delivery detault OK at scfg tcp withurcs off Select polling mode by switching off URC mode SCFG Tcp WithURCs off Polling mode is accepted OK 10 11 2 Configuring Socket Listener The example assumes that a connection profile has been created as explained in Section 10 1 1 or Section 10 1 2 Keep in mind that if the host is configured as listener another service profile must be left free to be dynam ically assigned as Server when the listener receives a connection request from a remote client Configure the service profile 4 for use as Socket listener at siss 4 srvType socket Select service type Socket OK at siss 4 conId 0 Select connection profile 0 OK at siss 4 address socktcp lis The host specifies its local port 65534 to be used for tener 65534 the Socket listener service The local IP address will be dynamically assigned when the service is opened with AT SISO OK Open the Socket service and query the IP address dynamically assigned to the Socket listener at siso
255. and type selected before the firmware update will be preserved The test ringing signal cannot be activated while an MTC is ringing ERROR f an MTC arrives during test playback test ringing will be deactivated and normal ringing reactivated RING Likewise an MOC will also stop test ringing f no optional parameter is entered the old value will be kept MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 425 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 18 Hardware related Commands The AT Commands described in this chapter are related to the MC55 s hardware interface More information regarding this interface is available with the MC55 Hardware Interface Description 2 18 1 AT CCLK Real Time Clock Syntax Test Command AT CCLK Response s OK Read Command AT CCLK Response s CCLK lt time gt OK Write Command AT CCLK lt time gt Response s CME ERROR lt err gt ERROR OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 O e e e o e e O Parameter Description lt time 251 Format is yy mm dd hh mm ss where the characters indicate the two last digits of the year followed by month day hour minutes seconds for example 6th of July 2005 22 10 00 hours equals to 05 07 06 22 10 00 Factory default is 02 01 01 00 00 00 Notes e lt time gt is retained if the device enters the Power Down mode via AT SMSO time Will be reset to its factory default if p
256. ansition between lt stat gt unknown dialing and alerting for a call to a reachable subscriber within the registered network may lead to quasi simultaneous changes to the states of one or several calls in the list possibly leading to multiple displays of identical list configurations f multiple displays of identical list configurations occur this happens because of intermediate states of the list that have already been overridden by new transitions and states Thus it is guaranteed that the configu ration displayed in such cases is the current configuration at the time of the last display e Itis adviseable to receive URC srcc on an interface that is not used for call initiation if verbose output is configured If only voice calls are expected a setting of AT SM20 7 0 may be used alternatively in order to keep the call from blocking the interface Examples EXAMPLE 1 SYSSTART at cpin 9999 OK CREG 2 AGREE di aA UU ung We are now registered at sm20 0 command ATD for an outgoing voice call will termi nate immediately with response OK OK atd 1234567 We start a voice call OK OK response is issued immediately because of set ting SM20 0 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 152 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process SLCC MO call starts paging B party 11 0 2 0 0 9 9 1234567 9 129 1 Callec Berty v SLCC End of current list SLCC Traffic channel establi
257. ansmission attempts N2 1 68 255 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 146 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 7 20 AT CLCC List current calls of ME The execute command returns a list of current calls of ME If command is successful but no calls are available no information response is sent to TE Syntax Test Command A Clee Response s OK Exec Command AT CLEE Response s CLCC lt idx gt lt dir gt stat mode mpty number type alpha CLCC lt idx gt dir stat mode mpty number type lt alphas gt Erce eus OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e e S e Q X 9 Parameter Description idx num Call identification number as described in GSM02 30 subclause 4 5 5 1 this number can be used in AT CHLD command operations num dir 0 Mobile originated call MOC 1 Mobile terminated call MTC stat snum State of the call 0 Active 1 Held 2 Dialing MOC 3 Alerting MOC 4 Incoming MTC 5 Waiting MTC mode m Bearer teleservice 0 Voice 1 Data 2 Fax MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 147 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 3 Voice followed by data voice mode only in connection with single numbering scheme AT CSNS 4 Alternating voice data voice mode only in connection with single num
258. ansmitted via the Internet ser vice configured in srzvProfileId n binary mode see lt mode gt this num ber may be less or equal to the value requested with lt reqWriteLength gt The application has to deliver exactly the number of bytes indicated by lt cn WriteLength A 0 value means that no data can be written at this time i e it serves as a flow control mechanism In interactive text mode cnfWriteLength indicates the maximum number of bytes it can process Characters above the indicated number are ignored Page 249 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process unackData m Number of data bytes already sent but not yet acknowledged at the TCP layer The value is constantly changing until the entire upload job has completed If the value equals 0 all data sent so far is acknowledged In binary mode unackData includes the cnfWriteLength value of the pending write operation There fore the very first write operation of an upload job returns identical values for lt cnfWriteLength gt and lt unackData gt This mechanism allows the host application to easily verify whether or not the remote host has successfully received the data Parameter is not applicable to HTTP POP3 SMTP and Socket UDP client For these services the counter is always set to 0 num lt urcCauseld gt 1 The service is ready to accept new user data 2 Data transfer has been finished successfully and Internet service may
259. are necessary to establish communication between the TE and the network using one or more GPRS PDP types This may include performing a GPRS attach and one or more PDP context activations Commands following the AT CGDATA command in the AT com mand line will not be processed by the MT If no cid is given or if there is no matching context definition the MT will attempt to activate the context with PDP type IP and all other context parameters set to their default values see AT CGDCONT AT CGQREQ AT4CGOMIN If the lt L2P gt parameter is omitted the layer 2 protocol is unspecified and PPP will be used If the write command is successful the MT issues the intermediate result code CONNECT and enters V 250 online data state After data transfer is complete and the layer 2 protocol termination procedure has completed successfully the command state is reentered and the MT returns the final result code OK If the lt L2P gt parameter value is unacceptable to the MT the MT returns ERROR or CME ERROR In the event of erroneous termination or a failure to start up the command state is reentered and the MT returns NO CARRIER or if enabled CME ERROR Parameter Description ieee ou Layer 2 protocol to be used between the TE and MT PPP layer 2 protocol PPP cid um Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition The parameter is local to the TE MT interface and is used in other PDP context related commands 1 2
260. as a standalone command If nethertheless combinations with other com mands on the same command line cannot be avoided there are several constraints to be considered Avoid combinations with the AT commands listed in Section 1 4 2 Combining AT commands on the same command line Take into account that a pause of 100ms is required between the response to the last command e g OK and the next command When you enter AT IPR 0 autobauding will be activated after the response to the last command is received When local echo is active ATE1 and you enter AT IPR x with other commands you may encounter the following problem if switching to the new bit rate takes effect while a response is being transmitted the last bytes may be sent with the new bit rate and thus not properly transmitted The following commands will be correctly sent at the new bit rate In order to account for greater amounts of data it is recommended to choose a minimum bit rate of 2400 bps If the ME shall be operated in Multiplex mode we suggest a minimum bit rate of 4800bps In Multiplex mode the write command AT IPR lt rate gt will not change the bit rate currently used but the new bit rate will be stored and becomes active when the module is restarted A selected bit rate takes effect after the write commands returns OK 4 7 1 Autobauding To take advantage of autobaud mode specific attention must be paid to the following requirements Synchronization b
261. ase the ME will automat ically send a message to the application whenever the value of an indicator changes The application should be designed to react adequately when receiving a URC The presentation of these URCs depends on two settings The indicators must be registered with the write command AT CIND 7 mode mode When the ME is switched on all of them are in registered mode Any indicator can be excluded if deregistered with mode 70 To register or deregister an indicator the AT CIND write command requires to type the value mode 71 or 0 exactly at the position where the indicator is located in the list This is not necessary with AT SIND which allows to specify indicators by name See examples below The presentation of the registered indicators must be enabled with AT CMER Syntax Test Command ZUI EGTNID Response s CIND lt indDescrs list of supported indvalues s lt indDescrs list of supported indvalues s J OK Read Command AT CIND Response s CIND indValue lt indValue gt OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Write Command AT CIND lt mode gt lt mode gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 O e O Parameter Description lt indValue 2nd Integer type value which shall be in range of corresponding lt indDescr gt MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 62
262. ash Network Commands MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 102 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 5 2 AT CPIN2 PIN2 Authentication AT CPIN2 controls network authentication of the MC55 The read command returns an alphanumeric string indicating whether or not network authentication is required The write command allows the MC55 to store the entered password This may be for example the SIM PIN2 to benefit from the features listed below or the SIM PUK2 to replace a disabled PIN2 with a new one Note that PIN2 can only be entered if PIN1 authentication was done If the MC55 is requesting SIM PUK2 use pin to enter the PUK2 followed by new pin to specify the new PIN2 Syntax Test Command AT CPIN2 Response s OK Read Command AT CPIN2 Response s CPIN2 lt code gt OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Write Command AT CPIN2 lt pins new pins Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 oO e e O Parameter Description pin 69 Password string type usually SIM PIN2 or if requested SIM PUK2 new pin 69 If the requested code was SIM PUK2 new password PIN2 See Section 5 1 1 What to do if PIN or password authentication fails for more information about when you may need to enter the PUK text lt code gt READY ME is not pending for any password SIM PIN2 ME is waiting
263. ated As a result the MT is in a PDP context activated state within the PLMN the PPP link is established on the mobile side and the mobile is ready for IP data transfer If the TE wants to close the LCP link the MT may perform an LCP termination request procedure on PPP level After this LCP termination procedure the MT deactivates the PDP context automatically and the MT returns to V 250 command mode and issues the final result code NO CARRIER During the implicit PDP context deactivation procedure after LCP termination the TE may change into V 250 command state e g by using or by toggling DTR if AT amp D is set to 1 before the result NO CARRIER occurs In this case the application should not try to deactivate the PDP context by using the commands AT CGACT or ATH If DTR is configured to disconnect data connections AT amp D2 then the application should not toggle DTR during the implicit PDP context deactivation and before NO CARRIER is received MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 276 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 11 7 AT CGDCONT Define PDP Context Syntax Test Command AT CGDCONT Response s CGDCONT range of supported cid s lt PDP_ types list of supported lt d_compss list of supported lt h_compss OK ERROR CME ERROR Read Command AT CGDCONT Response s CGDCONT cid PDP type lt APN gt PDP addr gt lt d_comp gt lt h_comp gt CGDCONT
264. ath muted not muted or to con trol the power supply of the MICP2 line microphone input of the second analog audio interface The microphone can be muted or activated by changing lt MicSwitchs in all audio modes 1 to 6 and during a voice call only As an alternative you can use the AT CMUT command to mute the microphone Syntax Test Command AT SNFM Response s SNFM list of supported lt MicSwitchss list of supported MicvccCtlss OK Read Command AT SNFM Response s SNFM MicSwitch MicVccState OK Write Command AT SNFM lt MicSwitchs lt MicVecCt1s Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS O e e oO J O Q Parameter Description MicSwitch m Microphone mute control parameter Evaluated only during voice calls and if lt MicVccCt1 gt is omitted e g AT SNFM 1 Command does not depend on audio mode 0 Mutes the microphone 1P Activates the microphone MicVccCtl SU Microphone supply voltage control parameter Setting applies to microphone input 2 only CME error is given if MicSwitch is not omitted Enter for example AT SNFM 1 or AT SNFM 2 0 Supply voltage is always switched off 1 Supply voltage is always switched on 2 Supply voltage state during voice calls is controlled by the ME Actual value is determined by parameter data set of the selected audio mode MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 413 of
265. ational now To deactivate the Phone Lock AT CLCK PS 0 3333 Phone Lock password has to be provided again OK Now the mobile can be used with any SIM card without the need of the phone lock password MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 113 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 5 5 AT SLCK Facility lock AT SLCK provides the Facility lock function as defined for the GSM 07 07 command AT CLCK The command can be used to lock unlock or interrogate a network or ME lt facility gt AT SLCK is in every respect identical with AT CLCK except that the command syntax and response prefix is SLCK instead of CLCK For further details please refer to AT CLCK The command can be aborted when network facilities are being set or interrogated Syntax Test Command AT SLCK Response s SLCK list of supported lt facility gt s OK Write Command AT SLCK lt facility gt mode lt passwords lt class gt Response s if mode is not equal 2 and command successful OK if lt mode gt 2 and command successful SLCK lt status gt lt class gt SLCK status lt class gt SLCK OK If error is related to ME functionality CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS GSM 07 07 GSM 02 04 e e e o e e GSM 02 88 GSM 03 88 GSM 04 88 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 114 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simpl
266. attery does not incorporate an NTC or the battery and the NTC are not compliant with the specified requirements the battery cannot be detected by MC55 Syntax Test Command AT SBC Response s SBC list of supported lt bcsss list of supported lt bc1ss list of supported mpc s OK Read Command AT SBC Response s SBC OK ERROR CME ERROR bes lt b Cle mper lt err gt Write Command AT SBC lt current gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Reference s PIN SIEMENS Unsolicited Result Code MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released Page 430 of 475 ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X e e e e o e Oo Last 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process SBC Undervoltage The message will be reported for example when the user attempts to set up a call while the voltage is close to the critical limit and further power loss is caused during the transmit burst When the external charging circuit includes an NTC connected to the BATT_TEMP pin the URC appears several times before the module switches off The undervoltage protection is also efficient in applications which are not battery operated i e where no NTC is connected to the BATT TEMP pin To use this feature it is sufficient to issue the write command which automat ically enables the presentation of URCs You do not need to specify current Please note that in contrast to applications with an NTC MC55
267. aving and takes the ME back to full func tionality level lt fun gt 1 Full functionality If the ME is in one of the CYCLIC SLEEP modes you can issue AT CFUN 1 to stop power saving and return to full functionality Keep in mind that unlike the reset command described below this action does not restart the ME but only changes the level of functionality See parameter lt rst gt for details on the reset CYCLIC SLEEP mode In this mode the serial interface is shortly enabled while CTS is active If char acters are recognized on the serial interface the ME stays active for 2 seconds after the last character was sent or received CYCLIC SLEEP mode In this mode the serial interface is shortly enabled while CTS is active If char acters are recognized on the serial interface the ME stays active for 10 min utes after the last character was sent or received To ensure that power saving takes effect immediately the ME stays active for only 2 seconds after lt fun gt 6 was entered CYCLIC SLEEP mode In this mode the serial interface is shortly enabled while CTS is active If char acters are recognized on the serial interface the ME stays active for 2 seconds after the last character was sent or received ME exits SLEEP mode only if AT CFUN 1 is entered CYCLIC SLEEP mode In this mode the serial interface is shortly enabled while CTS is active If char acters are recognized on the serial interface the ME stays active for
268. bal value set with AT ScFG Existing service profiles are not affected when you change the global value via AT SCFG Parameter is non volatile Use of default value is recommended tcpWithUrc 0 C9C5 URC mode or polling mode for Internet service commands This parameter enables or disables the presentation of the following URCs related to Internet service com mands srsR URC srsw URC and srs URC for parameter lt urcCause gt 0 Internet service events gIS URCs with lt urcCause gt 1 or 2 used to indicate incoming Socket connections are always enabled Parameter is global for the ME and non volatile on FD Enable URCs related to Internet service commands Throughout the Chapter Internet Service AT Commands the mode is also referred to as URC mode off Disable URCs related to Internet service commands This requires the host application to employ polling techniques when using the Internet service AT commands The host application is responsible to retrieve all status information needed to control an Internet session The method is referred to as polling mode esuce str CSCS CIEV Call Status Indication This parameter can be used to control the behaviour of URC CIEV call See also AT CIND AT CMER and Section 7 1 Call Status Information Parameter is global for all interfaces and will not be reset by AT amp F restricted URC CIEV call will be issued only when a Call Status transition ends in sta
269. be output even though the factory setting AT SCTM 0 was never changed Ifthe temperature limit is exceeded while an emergency call is in progress the engine continues to measure the temperature and to deliver alert messages but deactivates the shutdown functionality Once the call is terminated full temperature control will be resumed If the temperature is still out of range ME switches off immediately Examples EXAMPLE 1 URCs issued when the operating temperature is out of range SCTM A 1 Caution Battery close to overtemperature limit SCTM A 2 Alert Battery above overtemperature limit Engine switches off SCTM B 1 Caution Engine close to overtemperature limit SCTM B 2 Alert Engine is above overtemperature limit and switches off SCTM A 1 Caution Battery close to undertemperature limit SCTM A 2 Alert Battery below undertemperature limit Engine switches off SCTM B 1 Caution Engine close to undertemperature limit SCTM B 2 Alert Engine is below undertemperature limit and switches off MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 435 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process EXAMPLE 2 URCs issued when the temperature is back to normal URC is output once SCTM_A 0 Battery temperature back to normal temperature SCTM_B 0 Engine back to normal temperature MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 436 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released 18 6 AT SSYNC Configure SYNC Pin BRODERSEN simplifying pr
270. bering scheme AT CSNS 5 Alternating voice fax voice mode only in connection with single numbering scheme AT CSNS 6 Voice followed by data data mode only in connection with single numbering scheme AT CSNS 7 Alternating voice data data mode only in connection with single numbering scheme AT CSNS 8 Alternating voice fax fax mode only in connection with single numbering scheme AT CSNS 9 Unknown num lt mpty gt 0 Call is not one of multiparty conference call parties 1 Call is one of multiparty conference call parties number 6 Phone number in format specified by lt t ype gt num type Type of address octect 1 Dialing string number includes international access code character 129 Otherwise alpha escs Alphanumeric representation of number corresponding to the entry found in phonebook used character set should be the one selected with command AT CSCS Select TE Character Set The maximum displayed length of alpha is 16 characters If alpha has more than 16 characters only the first 15 characters are displayed To indicate an overflow a special character will be used as the 16th character This is a space if the character set selected with AT CSCS is GSM or E400 if the character set is UCS2 Due to time constraints on the necessary evaluation of the phonebook this parameter may show a default value in early call phases e g for stat gt dialing incoming or ale
271. ble to log into any network User intervention is required Emergency calls can be made if any network is available Only if manual network search is enabled Manual registration fails after Location Update Reject due to the following reasons 2 IMSI unknown at HLR 3 Illegal MS 6 Illegal ME 11 PLMN not allowed 12 Location area not allowed 13 Roaming not allowed in this location area No further attempt is made to search or log into a network Emergency calls can be made if any network is available Unknown not used 5 Registered roaming The ME is registered at a foreign network national or international network MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 169 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process lt lac gt Two byte location area code in hexadecimal format e g 00C3 equals 193 in decimal ci s60 Two byte cell ID in hexadecimal format Example AT CREG 2 Activates extended URC mode E Forces ME to automatically search network operator p 2 URC reports that ME is currently searching CREG 1 0145 29 A URC reports that operator has been found MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 170 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 8 5 AT CSQ Signal quality The AT CSQ execute command indicates the received signal strength lt rssi gt and the channel bit error rate lt ber Syntax Test Command Alt SO 2 Response s CSQ li
272. bound lt maxloc gt as indicated by the test command command will respond with CME ERROR invalid index location2 m The last highest location number within phonebook memory where to stop reading The maximum range sup ported by the current phonebook is given in the test command response If both 1ocationi and lt location2 gt are in the range indicated by the test command parameter max loc the list of entries will be output and terminated with OK If lt location2 gt exceeds the range indicated by the test command parameter lt maxlocs the list of entries will be output but terminated with CME ERROR invalid index number GY Phone number in format specified by type it may be an empty string MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 382 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process type Um Type of address octet which defines the used type of number ton and the numbering plan identification npi Please consider that for types other than 129 or 145 dialing from phonebook with ATD mem n is depending on the network not always possible refer to GSM 04 08 subclause 10 5 4 7 for details See also type of AT CPBW Possible values are 145 Dialing string number includes international access code character 161 National number Network support of this type is optional 209 Dialing string number has been saved as ASCII string and includes non digit charac
273. can be deleted with AT SPBD RC Received calls list Capacity max 10 entries Location ME AT CPBW command is not applicable to this storage The RC list can be deleted with AT SPBD used um Value indicating the number of used locations in selected memory storage total Uum Value indicating the maximum number of locations allowed in the selected memory storage Notes Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data may not yet be accessible resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned See Section 20 1 Restricted access to SIM data after SIM PIN authentication for further detail If the SIM card is changed all records of the MC RC and LD phonebooks stored on the ME will be deleted automatically If the same SIM is removed and reinserted no automatic deletion is performed Calls made after last switch on will be lost from MC RC and LD phonebook if the SIM is removed and rein serted during normal operation MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 386 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 16 4 AT CPBW Write into Phonebook The AT CPBW write command can be used to create edit and delete a phonebook entry at a lt location gt of the active storage selected with AT CPBS If lt storage gt FD SIM fixed dialing numbers is selected PIN2 authentication has to be performed prior to any write acces
274. ce No effect Event is not relevant in the selected SLEEP mode The ME does not wake up Table 2 3 Wake up events in NON CYCLIC and CYCLIC SLEEP modes Event Selected mode Selected mode Selected mode lt fun gt 0 lt fun gt 5 or6 lt fun gt or 8 or 9 Ignition line No effect No effect No effect RTSO or RTS1 activation Quit No effect RTS is only Mode 7 and 8 No effect used for flow control RTS is only used for flow control Mode 9 Temporary Unsolicited Result Code Quit Quit Temporary URC Incoming voice or data Quit Quit Temporary call MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 40 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released Event Any AT command incl outgoing SMS voice or data call Incoming SMS AT CNMI is set to 0 0 this is the default setting Incoming SMS AT CNMI is set to 1 1 GPRS data transfer RTC alarm line AT CFUN 1 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released Selected mode lt fun gt 0 Not possible UART dis abled No effect Quit Not possible UART dis abled Quit Not possible UART dis abled Selected mode lt fun gt 5 or6 Temporary No effect Quit Temporary Quit Quit Page 41 of 475 BRODERSEN simplifying process Selected mode fun 7 or 8 or 9 Temporary No effect Temporary Temporary Temporary Quit 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 2 9 AT SMSO Switch off mobile station AT sSMSO initiates the power off procedure Low level of
275. ce commitments shall be maintained ahead of precedence class 3 Low priority Service commitments shall be maintained The delay parameter defines the end to end transfer delay incurred in the transmission of SDUs through the GPRS network s 0 1 4 reliability Reliability class 0 1 2 peak um network subscribed value SDU size 128 octets Delay Class Mean Transfer Delay 95 percentile 1 Predictive 0 5 1 5 2 Predictive 5 25 3 Predictive 50 250 4 Best Effort Unspecified SDU size 1024 octets Delay Class Mean Transfer Delay 95 percentile 1 Predictive 0 5 1 5 2 Predictive lt 5 lt 25 3 Predictive lt 50 lt 250 4 Best Effort Unspecified network subscribed value Non real time traffic error sensitive application that cannot cope with data loss Non real time traffic error sensitive application that can cope with infrequent data loss Non real time traffic error sensitive application that can cope with data loss GMM SM and SMS Real time traffic error sensitive application that can cope with data loss Real time traffic error non sensitive application that can cope with data loss Peak throughput class in octets per second 0 MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released network subscribed value Page 281 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process Up to 1 000 8 kbit s Up to 2 000 16 kbit s Up to 4 000 32 kbit s Up to 8 000 64 kbit s
276. ception 314 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 7 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 12 13 AT FDT Data Transmission sse eene nennen nnne nennen nennen nnns 315 12 14 AT FET End a page or document sssssssssssseeeneen eee nnne nennen nene 316 12 15 AT FK Kill operation orderly FAX abort sssssssssssssssssseereeeerenn nennen 317 12 16 AT FLID Query or set the Local Id setting capabilities sseeene 318 12 17 AT FMDL Identify Product Model ssssssssen enne nenne nennen nennen nnns 319 12 18 AT FMFR Request Manufacturer Identification ssssssssssseeeeneee 320 12 19 AT FOPT Set bit Order independently senem 321 12 20 AT FPHCTO DTE Phase C Response Timeout cccccecceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeseeeseaeens 322 12 21 AT FREV Identify Product Revision sssssesseeenneenenneneeenennne nennen 323 12 22 AT FRH Receive Data Using HDLC Framing sesse een 324 12 23 AT FRM Receive Data ssssssssssseene eene nennen enne ener nnrnn nennen nnne enne nnns 325 12 24 AT FRS Receive SIlerteo e ee doe ees had roe LER D eaa uei a Ra eee ated eaten 326 12 25 AT FTH Transmit Data Using HDLC Framing sse eee 327 12 26 AT F TM Tonm Data rore n t e D nt i de a et ten E ree dE VR 328 12 27 AT FTS Stop Transmission and Wait nennen
277. chan nels and user interactions No call is in progress One or more GPRS PDP contexts activated Packet switched data transfer is in progress Depending on type of call Voice call Connected to remote party Data call Connected to remote party or exchange of parameters while setting up or disconnecting a call 1 When a temporary wake up event for example a call a URC a packet switched transfer occurs in CYCLIC SLEEP mode the LED flashes according to the patterns listed above See Section 2 8 1 Wake up the ME from SLEEP mode for details on the various SLEEP modes and wake up events MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 438 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 19 Miscellaneous Commands The AT Commands described in this chapter are related to various areas 19 1 A Repeat previous command line Syntax Exec Command A Response s Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last V 250 O e QO OQ Q9 Command Description Repeat previous command line Notes Line does not need to end with terminating character After beginning with the character a or A a second character t T or has to follow In case of using a wrong second character it is necessary to start again with character a or A If autobauding is active the command A cannot be used see AT IPR MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 439 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released 19 2 ATS3 Set command
278. channels 1 2 3 or ASCO ASC1 avoid different settings for routing and indicating SMS For example if messages shall be routed directly to one instance of the TE set with AT CNMI AT SSDA it is not possible to activate the presentation of URCs with AT CMER or AT CNMI on another instance Any attempt to activate settings that conflict with existing settings on another interface will result in CME ERROR or accordingly CMS ERROR MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 61 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 3 2 AT CIND Indicator control The AT CIND command controls the presentation of Indicator Event Reports related to various functions such as battery charge level signal quality service availability sound generation indication of unread short mes sages full SMS storage call in progress or roaming activities Use of AT CIND has become outdated Rather we recommend the more powerful AT SIND command which is easier to use and provides additional indicators All indicators provided by AT CIND can be handled with AT SIND as well AT CIND supports two ways to get the values related to indicators One approach is to query the current status of each indicator by using the read command AT CIND It returns the status no matter whether the indicator has been registered with the write command AT CIND mode mode The other way is an event driven notification based on the cr EV URCs In this c
279. character set is the one selected with AT CSCS CLI validity gt u 0 CLI valid 1 CLI has been withheld by the originator 2 CLI is not available due to interworking problems or limitations of originating network number shall be an empty string and type value will not be significant When CLI is not available lt CLI validity gt 2 number shall be an empty string and type value will not be significant Nevertheless TA shall return the recommended value 128 for type TON NPI unknown in accordance with GSM 04 08 subclause 10 5 4 7 When CLI has been withheld by the originator CLI validity gt 1 and the CLIP is provisioned with the override category option refer GSM 02 81 and GSM 03 81 number and type is provided Otherwise TA shall return the same setting for number and type as if the CLI was not available MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 209 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 9 10 AT CLIR Calling line identification restriction The AT CLIR command refers to the GSM supplementary service CLIR Calling Line Identification Restriction Syntax Test Command AT CLIR Response s CLIR list of supported lt n gt s OK Read Command AT CLIR Response s CLIR lt n gt m OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Write Command AT CLIR lt n gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX
280. cket Data Protocol address Identifies the MT in the address space applicable to PDP e g IP V4 address for PDP type IP If the value is null or omitted then a value may be provided by the TE during the PDP startup procedure or failing that a dynamic address will be requested The read command will continue to return the null string even if an address has been allocated during the PDP startup procedure The allocated address may be read using AT CGPADDR lt d_comp SUID Data Compression Controls the PDP data compression applicable for Subnetwork Dependent Convergence Protocol SNDCP only 3GPP TS 44 065 0 off h comp m Header Compression Controls the PDP header compression 3GPP TS 44 065 3GPP TS 25 323 0 off Notes The MT supports PDP type IP only AT amp F and ATZ will undefine every context which is not active or not online MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 278 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 11 8 AT CGPADDR Show PDP address Syntax Test Command AT CGPADDR Response s CGPADDR list of defined lt cid gt s OK Write Command AT CGPADDR lt cid gt lt cids Response s CGPADDR cid lt PDP_address gt CGPADDR cid lt PDP_address gt OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 oO e e J O O Q Command Description The test command returns a list of defined lt cidss The write command
281. codes and information responses Possible responses are described in Section 2 5 1 Verbose and numeric result codes Syntax Exec Command ATV lt value gt Response s OK ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last V 250 O e oO e O OQ Parameter Description lt value EU EMI 0 Information response text CR LF Short result code format numeric code CR qe Information response lt CR gt lt LF gt lt text gt lt CR gt lt LF gt Long result code format lt CR gt lt LF gt lt verbose code gt lt CR gt 2 5 1 Verbose and numeric result codes Verbose format Numeric format Meaning OK 0 Command executed no errors CONNECT 1 Link established RING 2 Ring detected NO CARRIER 3 Link not established or disconnected ERROR 4 Invalid command or command line too long NO DIALTONE 6 No dial tone dialling impossible wrong mode BUSY 7 Remote station busy CONNECT 2400 RLP 47 Link with 2400 bps and Radio Link Protocol CONNECT 4800 RLP 48 Link with 4800 bps and Radio Link Protocol CONNECT 9600 RLP 49 Link with 9600 bps and Radio Link Protocol CONNECT 14400 RLP 50 Link with 14400 bps and Radio Link Protocol ALERTING DIALING MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released Alerting at called phone Mobile phone is dialing Page 34 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 2 6 ATX Set CONNECT result code format and call monitoring ATX determines whether or not the TA detects the
282. comma dialing modifier Select tone dialing Set result code format mode Set CONNECT result code format and call monitoring Set all current parameters to user defined profile Page 475 of 475 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Section and Page Section 11 16 page 294 Section 7 4 page 130 Section 7 5 page 132 Section 7 6 page 133 Section 7 7 page 134 Section 7 8 page 135 Section 4 5 page 89 Section 7 9 page 136 Section 11 18 page 296 Section 6 1 page 120 Section 17 2 page 402 Section 17 3 page 402 Section 7 16 page 143 Section 7 28 page 161 Section 2 4 page 33 Section 7 11 page 138 Section 11 19 page 297 Section 7 15 page 142 Section 3 5 page 81 Section 19 2 page 440 Section 19 3 page 441 Section 19 4 page 442 Section 7 12 page 139 Section 7 13 page 140 Section 7 14 page 141 Section 7 29 page 161 Section 2 5 page 34 Section 2 6 page 35 Section 2 7 page 36 3 17 06
283. cpin 4713 CME ERROR incorrect password at spic SPIC 63 OK at spic SPIC PH SIM PUK OK MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released ME is waiting for the phone lock password 3 attempts left 2 attempts left 1 attempt left Displayed counter refers to phone lock password Displayed counter refers to master phone code Page 107 of 475 3 17 06 at cpin 4714 CME ERROR incorrect password at spic SPIC 63 OK EXAMPLE 3 BRODERSEN simplifying process This example shows that after successful SIM PIN1 authentication the counter of the AT SPIC execute and read command refers to SIM PIN2 i e it does not reflect the status of SIM PIN1 This may be a problem if the user enters a wrong PIN1 and is not aware that the number of attempts left to enter SIM PIN1 is counted down CREG 0 at cpin 1234 OK CREG 2 CREG 1 at cpin CPIN READY at spic SPIC 3 OK AT SPIC SPIC SIM PIN2 OK artele ECY 0 456 73S CME ERROR incorrect password at spic SPIC 3 at clck SC 0 456789 CME ERROR incorrect password at spic SPIC 3 at clck SC 0 456789 CME ERROR incorrect password CREG 0 at spic Spies LO The mobile ist properly registered to the network The AT CPIN read command confirms that SIM PIN1 authentication was successful As SIM PIN1 authentication was successful the counter relates to SIM PIN2 and correctly indicates that the user has 3 attempts t
284. d 255 Dialing string lt number gt is a command to control a Supplementary Service i e codes are contained Network support of this type is optional 129 Unknown number If type is unknown and the number contains a lead ing then this sign is removed etext CSCS Text assigned to the phone number The maximum length of this parameter is given in the test command response t length When using an ASCII terminal characters which are coded differently in ASCII and GSM have to be entered via escape sequences as described in Section 1 5 Supported character sets maxloc um Maximum number of locations supported by the currently selected storage For phonebooks located on SIM this value varies depending on the SIM card See AT CPBS for typical values nlength m Maximum length of phone number for normal locations Depending on the storage a limited number of loca tions with extended memory is available per phonebook These locations allow storing numbers with twice the standard length which is 2 lt nlength gt digits for normal numbers but only lt nlength gt digits for numbers saved with parameter type 209 If all extended locations of the selected phonebook are used up then any attempt to write a number which requires extended memory will be denied with CME ERROR 260 INVALID DIAL STRING tlength Uum Maximum length of lt text gt assigned to the telephone number The value indicated by the tes
285. d To query the status of the SIM card lock AT CLCK SC 2 Query the status of SIM card lock CICS di SIM card is locked SIM PIN1 must be entered to enable ME to register to the GSM network OK MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 112 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process EXAMPLE 2 Phone lock lt facility gt PS AT CPIN Make sure that PIN1 authentication is valid OK To lock the ME to the currently inserted SIM card first specify a password for lt facility gt PS AT CPWD PS 1234 If PS lock has not been set before enter new password OK Optionally if PS password was defined before change existing password AT CPWD PS 1234 3333 To replace existing PS password Enter old and new password OK Then activate the Phone Lock INR HI GIC MIST T TIBIA Locks the mobile to the current SIM card OK To operate the mobile with the SIM card for which PS lock was activated AT CPIN CPIN SIM PIN OK AT CPIN 9999 OK No additional password is required for operation SIM recognized by mobile To operate the mobile with other SIM card than the one used for the PS lock Enter SIM PIN of present card followed by PS lock password AT CPIN CPIN SIM PIN OK AT CPIN 1111 OK PIN authentication accepted AT CPIN CPIN PH SIM PIN PS lock password is required OK AT CPIN 3333 OK PS Lock password has been accepted ME is fully oper
286. d during a call the value of lt out Step gt does not change This is also true for mute operation which can be set with AT SNFM or AT CMUT If the microphone is muted and the user selects another audio mode during the call then the microphone remains muted until explicitly changed Exception In audio mode 1 out Step 4 is fix Foruse after restart of the module you are advised to store the selected mode to the audio profile saved with AT SNFW Otherwise audio mode 1 will be active each time the module is powered up Examples EXAMPLE 1 Suppose a user wishes to use alternatively a handsfree device speakerphone and a handset The handset can be connected to the first analog interface and adjusted to audio mode 4 The handsfree device can be attached to the second analog interface and adjusted to audio mode 2 The factory defaults of AT SAIC need not be changed Settings for the handset AT SNFS 4 OK AT SAIC Factory default of AT SAIC assigned to audio mode 4 e 2 1 iL OK Settings for the handsfree device AT SNFS 2 OK AT SAIC Factory default of AT SAIC assigned to audio mode 2 gancs 2 9 9 OK To store the configuration to the user defined audio profile AT SNFW Stores the audio mode and the interface OK To switch back and forth AT SNFS 4 Switches to the handset connected to analog interface 1 OK AT SNFS 2 Switches to the handsfree device at analog interface 2 OK EXAMPLE 2 The following example
287. d lt n gt s OK Read Command AT CGAUTO Response s CGAUTO lt n gt OK Write Command AT CGAUTO lt n gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e B J O O Command Description The test command returns the values of lt n gt supported by the MT as a compound value The write command disables or enables an automatic positive response auto answer to the receipt of a Request PDP Context Activation message from the network It also provides control over the use of the V 250 basic commands ATSO ATA and ATH for handling network requests for PDP context activation Parameter Description en gt num 0 Disable automatic response for network requests for GPRS PDP context acti vation GPRS network requests are manually accepted or rejected by the AT CGANS command 1 Enable automatic response for network requests for GPRS PDP context acti vation GPRS requests are automatically accepted according to the description below 3 PP Modem compatibility mode The automatic acceptance of both GPRS and incoming CSD calls is controlled by the ATSO command Manual control uses the ATA and ATH commands respectively to accept or reject GPRS network requests or incoming CSD calls Notes Itis allowed to have different AT CGAUTO settings on different interfaces When the AT CGAUTO 0 command is received the MT will not perform a GPRS detach if it is att
288. d Command ATSO Response s lt n gt OK ERROR Write Command ATS0 lt n gt Response s OK ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last V 250 Q9 e e e e o OQ Parameter Description ens num amp W amp V 0006P Automatic answer mode is disabled 001 255 Enable automatic answering after specified number of rings Notes This command works for MT data and fax calls e Autoanswering of CSD data and fax calls is supported on ASCO Mux1 only A CSD call will not be automatically answered when the module is in GPRS online mode but it is possible in GPRS command mode The application can detect a call by evaluating the RING line and determine whether to change into GPRS command mode or stay in GPRS online mode until GPRS is available again To answer to reject or to wait for automatically answering the incoming call the application has to switch into GPRS com mand mode e f n is set to higher values the calling party may hang up before the call is automatically answered The correlation between ATS7 and ATSO is important Example Call setup may fail if ATS7 30 and ATSO 20 Setting is local to the interface It is allowed to have different settings on different interfaces In such cases the interface wins which is idle and uses the smallest lt n gt value The ATSO write command is PIN protected According to SGPP TS 27 007 GSM 07 07 AT command set for User Equipment
289. d bit rate after restart The most recently detected bit rate is stored when the ME is powered down with AT SMSO Therefore each time the module is restarted the correct bit rate must be found as described above Unless the bit rate is deter mined the following constraints apply An incoming CSD call or a network initiated GPRS request cannot be accepted This must be taken into account when autobauding and autoanswer mode ATSO z 0 are enabled at the same time escpecially if SIM PIN 1 authentication is done automatically and the setting ATSO 0 is stored to the user profile with AT amp W Until the bit rate is found URCs generated after restart will be output at 57600 bps This applies only to user defined URCs such as CREG CCWA SCKS etc The URCs 4SYSSTART SYSSTART CHARGE ONLY MODE and SYSSTART ALARM MODE will not be indicated when autobauding is enabled Note To avoid any problems caused by undetermined bit rates in the direction from TA to TE we strongly recommend to configure a fixed bit rate rather than autobauding e Autobauding and multiplex mode If autobauding is active you cannot switch to multiplex mode see AT CMUX MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 94 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 4 8 AT CMUX Enter multiplex mode All information provided in this section applies to the ASCO interface only The second interface ASC1 has no support of Multiplex mode Multiplex
290. d by status LED patterns sssss 438 19 Miscellaneous ComnmiandQs erre ne hin erre ee tno eux ER FR R3nRERMR aaa anria RS nNEEE NER ER aaka annaa Saanaa 439 19 1 A Repeat previous command line sssssssssessssee nenne eene nnn nnns 439 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 9 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 19 2 ATS3 Set command line termination character sssssssen 440 19 3 ATS4 Set response formatting character ssssssssssssseeeene eene 441 19 4 ATS5 Write command line editing character ssssssseennm emen 442 ANNE CODIDSD4E 443 20 1 Restricted access to SIM data after SIM PIN authentication ssee 443 20 2 Star Hash Network Commands sse eene nnne en nnne nnns 444 20 3 Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN ssseenm mem 447 20 4 Availability of AT Commands Depending on Operating Mode of ME seeseeess 454 20 5 AT Command Settings storable with AT amp W ssssssseeeneeenn eem 461 20 6 Factory Default Settings Restorable with AT amp F sssseseseeene enne 464 20 7 Summary of Unsolicited Result Codes URC ssssssee enm eene enn 467 20 8 Alphabetical List of AT Commands 0 ccceceeeececenee cee ee eee eeeeeeeeeecaacaaeaeeeeeeeeeeeeees
291. d is finished with OK or ERROR the TE shall always wait at least 100 milliseconds before sending the next one This gives the MC55 the opportunity to transmit pending URCs and get necessary service Note that some AT commands may require more delay after OK or ERROR response refer to the following command specifications for details The TE shall communicate with the MC55 using activated echo ATE1 i e the MC55 echoes characters received from the TE Hence when the TE receives the echo of the first character A of the AT command just sent by itself it has control both over the receive and the transmit paths MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 26 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 1 8 Common PCN Handset Specification CPHS The ME provides features to implement a device following the prerequisites of the Common PCN Handset Spec ification CPHS Phase 2 CPHS Feature Description Remarks AT command Alternate Line Service Using two phone numbers with one SIM card AT SALS Voice Message Waiting Indicate the receipt of a short message coded as Voice Mes AT SIND Indication sage Waiting Indicator as defined by the CPHS Phase 2 AT CMER indicators standard vmwait1 and vmwait2 Operator Service pro Read specific Elementary Files GF14h 6F18h from SIM AT CRSM vider name from SIM Network and Service Pro Lock Unlock an ME to specific HPLMN and service provider AT CLCK vider Lock AT CPIN
292. de for Windows 2000 and Windows XP Multiplex Driver Installation Guide for Windows 2000 and Windows XP Application Note 02 Audio Interface Design Application Note 16 Updating MC55 Firmware Application Note 24 Application Developer s Guide Application Note 22 Using TTY CTM equipment with MC55 ISO IEC 10646 Universal Multiple Octet Coded Character Set UCS UCS2 16 bit coding ITU T Recommendation V 24 List of definitions for interchange circuits between data terminal equipment DTE and data circuit terminating equipment DCE ITU T Recommendation V 250 Serial asynchronous automatic dialling and control 3GPP TS 100 918 EN 300 918 GSM 02 04 General on supplementary services 3GPP TS 100 907 GSM 02 30 Man Machine Interface MMI of the Mobile Station MS 3GPP TS 23 038 GSM 03 38 Alphabets and language specific information 3GPP TS 27 005 GSM 07 05 Use of Data Terminal Equipment Data Circuit terminating Equipment DTE DCE interface for Short Message Service SMS and Cell Broadcast Service CBS 3GPP TS 27 007 GSM 07 07 AT command set for User Equipment UE 3GPP TS 27 060 GSM 07 60 Mobile Station MS supporting Packet Switched Services 3GPP TS 51 011 GSM 11 11 Specification of the Subscriber Identity Module Mobile Equipment SIM ME interface 3GPP TS 11 14 GSM 11 14 Specification of the SIM Application Toolkit for the Subscriber Identity Module Mobile Equipment SIM ME interface 3GPP TS 22
293. dentities via URC It also allows the output of a different operator name based on a subset of the registered net work by using a range of Location Area Codes LACs or a single LAC The presentation of the eons indicator is determined by network activity For example the indicator appears every time a location update occurs or a NITZ information is sent no matter whether or not the status of the EONS informa tion has changed This means that the same EONS information may be reported several times The EONS tables are stored in the SIM card and will be read at power up Following are the SIM Elementary Files that are affected by the introduction of EONS feature in the SIM card EF ssr SIM Service Table describes which features are active EFop Operator PLMN List contains the PLMN identification and location ID together with the index of the corresponding PNN record EFpyn PLMN Network Name contains the full and short form version of the network name for the registered PLMN If the Operator Name Source is CPHS Operator Name String long and short form refer to indValue the following two SIM Elementary Files will be used Page 67 of 475 3 17 06 nitz lt indValue Sm BRODERSEN simplifying process EF onstring Operator Name String contains the name of the PLMN operator who issued the SIM EFopshort Operator Name Short form contains a short form of the name of the PLMN operator who issued the SIM Ne
294. dified directly The internal counter will be reset to index 0 after a call to ATZ or AT amp F Notes The complete list of sorted entries can be retrieved using AT command AT SPBG The command can be used for the phonebooks SM FD ME cf AT CPBS Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data may not yet be accessible resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned See Section 20 1 Restricted access to SIM data after SIM PIN authentication for further detail Examples EXAMPLE 1 This example illustrates how to search down and up again using AT SPBS 1 and 2 at amp f First AT amp F is issued to make sure that AT SPBS 1 OK starts from the first character in alphabetical order at spbs 1 SPBS 1 999999 145 Arthur SPBS 2 777777 IAS Bill SPBS 3 888888 145 Charlie OK at spbs 1 SPBS 2 4 777777 145 Bill SPBS 3 888888 145 Charlie SPBS 4 0304444444 129 Esther OK at spbs 1 SPBS 3 888888 145 Charlie SPBS 4 0304444444 129 Esther SPBS 5 03033333333 129 Harry OK at spbs 2 SPBS 2 777777 145 Bill SPBS 3 888888 145 Charlie SPBS 4 0304444444 129 Esther OK EXAMPLE 2 This example shows that when the last index in the sorted list has been reached the internal counter over flows to the first index at amp f Reset int
295. dle parameter OK AT CCUG Query new setting CCUG 1 9 1 OK Example 2 Using default parameter values for optional parameters AT CFUN 5 Activate CYCLIC SLEEP mode don t reset ME OK AT CFUN Query ME mode CFUN 5 OK AT CFUN Set ME back to normal default parameters 1 0 OK CFUN 1 OK MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 17 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 1 4 2 Combining AT commands on the same command line You may enter several AT commands on the same line This eliminates the need to type the AT or at prefix before each command Instead it is only needed once at the beginning of the command line Use a semicolon as command delimiter The table below lists the AT commands you cannot enter together with other commands on the same line Oth erwise the responses may not be in the expected order AT command type Comment V 250 commands with FAX commands Prefix AT F GSM 7 07 commands with Siemens commands Prefix AT S GSM 7 05 commands SMS To be used standalone Commands starting with AT amp To be used standalone AT IPR To be used standalone Note When concatenating AT commands please keep in mind that the sequence of processing may be different from the sequential order of command input Therefore if the consecutive order of the issued commands and the associated responses is your concern avoid concatenating commands on the same line MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 18 of 475 3 17
296. ds 8 1 AT COPN Read operator names The AT COPN command returns the list of operator names from the ME Each operator code lt numericn gt that has an alphanumeric equivalent lt alphan gt in the ME memory is returned See also AT SPLM Syntax Test Command AT COPN Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Exec Command AT COPN Response s COPN lt numericns gt lt alphan gt COPN OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e oO e e e OQ Q 9 Parameter Description numericn 69 Operator in numeric format GSM location area identification number alphans 69 Operator in long alphanumeric format can contain up to 16 characters MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 162 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 8 2 AT COPS Operator Selection AT COPS queries the present status of the MC55 s network registration and allows to determine whether auto matic or manual network selection shall be used Additional service is available with AT SOPS Three operator selection modes are available Automatic MC55 searches for the home operator automatically If successful the MC55 registers to the home network If the home network is not found MC55 goes on searching If a permitted operator is found MC55 registers to this operator If no operator is found the MC55 remains unregistered e Manual Desired operator can be determined using the AT COPS
297. e Syntax Test Command AT CGACT Response s CGACT list of supported lt state gt s OK Read Command AT CGACT Response s CGACT lt cid gt lt state gt CGACT cid lt state gt OK Write Command AT CGACT lt states cid lt cids Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e e e e e O Q Command Description The test command is used for requesting information on the supported PDP context activation states The read command returns the current activation states for all the defined PDP contexts The write command is used to activate or deactivate the specified PDP context s After the command has com pleted the MT remains in V 250 command state If any PDP context is already in the requested state the state for that context remains unchanged If the MT is not GPRS attached when the activation form of the command is executed the MT first performs a GPRS attach and then attempts to activate the specified contexts If no cid s are specified the activation deactivation form of the command activates deactivates all defined contexts If the MT is not able to activate a context because of a failed attach the command returns ERROR or CME ERROR unknown after 385 seconds timer T3310 expired If the MT is attached but is not able to activate a context for more than 160 seconds timer T3380 expired com mand returns ERROR or
298. e optional 0 PDU size is variable default 1 1460 Fixed PDU size in bytes Page 231 of 475 3 17 06 hcContent hcContLen MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Parameter port optional 0 Port number will be assigned from service default 1 218 1 defines the local port number for the UDP client 2 FTP FTP client URL get ftp user password host tcpPort url path type alild Refer IETF RFC 1738 FTP client URL put ftpput user password host tcpPort url path element name type a i mode uJa d Used parameters host is mandatory all other parameters are optional If password is set then user must be set as well If user is omitted the string anonymous is selected for user and pass word If password is omitted the password request is served by an empty string If tcpPort is omitted the service connects to the FTP default port 21 If url path contains only the IP address a directory listing is requested If url path contains the IP address and has a slash appended a detailed directory listing is requested type a scii i mage d irectory mode u nique a ppend d elete u nique selects the FTP Store Unique command to create a file name unique to the current directory If the file name is assigned by the server then the srs URC will appear indicating uxcinford
299. e POP3 OK at Sisssil conid 1 Select connection profile 1 OK at siss 1 address 192 168 1 2 Specify POP3 server address OK at siss l user subscriberl Specify recipient s mailbox name OK at siss 1 passwd subscrl Password used by recipient for authentication to OK POP3 server at siss 1 pCmd 3 Command used to retrieve emails OK at siss 1 pNumber 2 Email message number 2 shall be retrieved OK at siss To check the profile enter the AT SISS read com pnus O Uwe UU mand The response includes the values of all 10 SISS 1 srvType Pop3 connection profiles Service profile 1 contains the SISS 1 conId 1 values specified above and the values automatically assumed by default SISS 1 alphabet 0 Default Character set enabled with AT cscs shall be used SISS l Taclkesst 192 1681 27 SISS 1 user subscriberl SISS 1 passwd x 1 SISS i Ups 130 SrSS3 1 Meekowe TIO Default TCP port number commonly used for POP3 SISS 1 pNumber 2 SISS 1 pLength 0 Default Message size shall not be limited SISS 1 pDelFlag 0 Default Retrieved message shall not be deleted on POPS server amp hnsSs 1 topuk Tig Default Number of retransmission attempts for TCP packets is 10 default of AT SCFG SISS l eeu 160007 Default Timeout before closing outstanding TCP connection is 6000 sec default of AT SCFG SISS 2 srvType
300. e Proactive Command type value specifies to which ssTN the command is related Syntax Test Command AT SSTGI Response s SSTGI list of supported lt statess list of supported cmdType s OK Read Command AT SSTGI Response s SSTGI state lt cmdType gt OK Write Command AT SSTGI lt cmdType gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS O e e oO J O Q Parameter Description state um MC55 Remote SAT interface states 0 RESET OFF IDLE PAC WAIT A OU N num lt cmdType gt Related Proactive Command MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 379 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 15 4 AT SSTR SAT Response The TA is expected to acknowledge the AT SSTGI response with AT SSTR to confirm that the Proactive Com mand has been executed AT SSTR will also provide any user information e g a selected menu item Syntax Test Command AT SSTR Response s SSTR list of supported lt statess list of supported cmdType s OK Read Command AT SSTR Response s SSTR state lt cmdType gt OK Write Command AT SSTR lt cmdType gt status lt inputNumbers lt inputString gt Response s OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS Oo o o e Oo Parameter Description lt state gt um MC55 Remote SAT interface states 0 RESET 1 OF
301. e e e AT CPBR e e AT CPBW e e AT CPBS e e e AT SDLD e e AT SPBC e e AT SPBD e e AT SPBG e e AT SPBS e e ATD gt lt mem gt lt n gt e MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 443 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 20 2 Star Hash Network Commands The following command strings can be sent to the network via ATD and have to be terminated with a semicolon The command strings are defined with GSM 2 30 16 Table 20 1 Star Hash Command Overview Star Hash Code Phone Security 06 04 2 oldPin 2 newPin 2 new Pin 2 05 2 unblKey 2 newPin 2 new Pin 2 0003 MasterPhoneCode 03 ZZ oldPw newPw newPwH Phone number presentation 30 H 31 31 lt Phonenumber gt 31 lt Phonenumber gt 76 HIT Call forwarding choice of 21 DN BS choice of 67 DN BS choice of H H H 61 DN BS T choice of 62 DN BS choice of HH 002 DN BS T choice of HH H 004 DN BS T Call waiting choice of 43 BS MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released Functionality Query IMEI Change SIM pwd Change Unblocking SIM pwd Unlock PS lock with Master Phone Code Registration of net password Check status of CLIP Calling Line Identification Presentation Check status of CLIR Calling Line Identification Restriction
302. e filled with dummy records New incoming short messages may now be written to the ME storage if SM is already full To avoid this repeat the AT CPMS command as Soon as possible to switch lt mem3 gt back to MT As an alternative you can manually delete the dummy records and issue AT CPMS MT MT MT Multiplexer In Multiplex mode or when the two physical serial interfaces are connected the parameter mem3 gt Will be the same on all instances but the settings of lt mem1 gt and lt mem2 gt may vary on each channel interface As a result changes on parameter lt mem1 gt and or lt mem2 gt befor activating the multiplexer or dif ferences values for other instanes can result in not desired behaviours like different outputs for AT CMGL and so On While lt mem3 gt equals SM and lt mem1 gt equals ME it is possible that after deleting short messages from ME the freed space on ME is reclaimed for new incoming short messages when there is no space left on the SM storage As it is often the clients concern to have received short messages stored only to the SIM card inconsistent settings should be generally avoided This can be achieved simply by using the same parameter for all memory indices Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data may not yet be accessible resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned See Section 20 1
303. e invalid 4 PDP type or address is unknown 5 FDN Check was not successful GPRS Attach and PDP Context Activation blocked 255 Undefined 3 4 14 SIEMENS release cause for PPP IP Stack Number Description 0 Regular call deactivation 1 LCP stopped 255 Undefined MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 80 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 3 5 ATS18 Extended call release report ATS18 controls the presentation of extended call release reports for circuit switched fax and data calls Extended call release reports related to voice calls are controlled via AT CEER The call release report is presented in numeric format and shows as follows CAUSE lt locationID gt lt reason gt If enabled the message will be reported every time a fax or data call is released or fails to be established Syntax Read Command ATS18 Response s EIS OK Write Command ATSILESNS Response s OK ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last V 250 O e e O oO Q Parameter Description ens num amp W amp V An odd number enables the presentation of the extended call release report Any even number disables this feature Q 6P 255 locationID Um Location ID as number code see also 1ocationID of AT CEER Location IDs are listed in Section 3 4 1 Cause Location ID for the extended error report Each ID is related to another table that contains a list of lt reasonss reason
304. e profile is stated To free a service profile for use on another interface use the AT SISS command and select service type none This action deletes the entire profile and restores all parameters of the profile to their initial power up state all values are empty For example to remove the service profile 3 set AT SISS 3 srv Type none After this a new profile 3 can be created on any other interface MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 220 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Address notation Server addresses must be provided as IP addresses in standard dot format e g 192 168 1 2 or as server address names resolvable by a DNS server e g smtp myserver de or pop3 myserver de Timeouts Timeouts are not part of the Internet AT command functionality implemented in MC55 and if desired are the responsibility of the host application It is recommended that the host application validates URCs and AT com mand responses and reacts adequately for example by sending a close message or starting a timer Socket UDP client The significant differences between the TCP and UDP protocols imply that UDP sometimes requires particular procedures or even specific parameters Details on how to handle UDP services can be found in extra notes or are included in the general parameter descriptions Using the DCD line to detect the connection status of Internet services With AT amp C you can configure the DCD line of
305. e read command AT SICS Select connection type CSD identified by con at sics 1 conType CSD ProfileId 1 OK at sics SICS 0 conType Query current profiles Profile with conProfilerd 0 is still empty MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 224 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released TES al TSS ges S9 E qo ES qe 10 1 2 at sics 0 OK K K Oo K pi OK AT SICS 0 O AT SICS 0 0 A T SICS 0 T SICS 0 conType CSD alphabet wou Tyger m Monsen Meita loract ros 1207 E cassiredNumi 1 iatatyost Wu conu c conu c OM icona c conn c M BRODERSEN simplifying process The new CSD profile just created is indicated with all related parameters set to their default Character set determined with AT CSCS applies when string parameters are input with AT SICS No user name set Password masked with asteriks Inactivity timeout 20s No destination set Remote device is analog e g an analog modem Profile with conProfileId 2 is still empty Profile with conProfileId 3 is still empty Profile with conProfileId 4 is still empty Profile with conProfileId 5 is still empty Example GPRS connection profile conType GPRSO inactTO 20 dns1 193 254 160 1 passwd t d1 apn internet t d1l de MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released Select connection type GPRSO Inactivity timeout 20s IP address of Primary DNS server
306. e reporting eene nennen 90 4 ATt IPR Se tfixed local rate ted ter ette teet i e a Eg ek qe a bd inan 92 4 7 1 Autoba ding tact e adve Eos p Ue bn ede edo EAE xU nd dde bun 93 4 8 AT CMUX Enter multiplex mode sssssssssssseemeneenenenn enne nee ern enn sn nn enne nen 95 4 8 1 Restrictions on Multiplex mode ssssssssssssssseenen enne neneermermrrnnnnnn 96 4 8 2 Second serial interface ASC1 seesssssssssssssssssssssseeneereee eren enne 98 5 Security COMMANAS rm 99 5 1 AT CPIN PIN Authentication sssssssssssssssssneneneneeen enne nmn nennen nnn nnne rrerrs nnns 99 5 1 1 What to do if PIN or password authentication fails sssssssssss 101 5 2 AT CPIN2 PIN2 Authentication oscinina a enne nennen nnns 103 5 3 AT SPIC Display PIN counter ecce trennen trina te io daa tre La guai te Dukan dtes 105 54 JATt CLOK Facility lock ta dct o c iade atl ed dad re adea eaa da dre etd 109 5 5 AT SLCK Facility lOCKk sssesesessseeeeseneneeneen nnne nnnm nennen nennen nennen nnns 114 5 6 AT CPWD Change Password eese innin dene dere osa e aua E ERR dira 115 5 AT SPWD Change Password ssssssssseseeeeeneeeene nennen ener nne nennen nennen 119 6 Identification Commands ettet nee p iine cue tata ha nn aun naro cde EE PURn S ER RR ARR XEAE ABER ERR FEE XXX A RAE RRRERERR 120 6 1 ATI Display product ident
307. e restored To benefit from the URCs lt n gt 1 needs to be selected every time you reboot the GSM engine Parameter Description p Qum Q amp PXP Presentation of URCs is disabled except for m equal to 2 or 2 1 Presentation of URCs is enabled m Cum 2 Below lowest temperature limit causes immediate switch off 1 Below low temperature alert limit 0 Normal operating temperature Above upper temperature alert limit 2 Above uppermost temperature limit causes immediate switch off Notes Please refer to the Hardware Interface Description for specifications on critical temperature ranges To avoid damage the module will shut down once the critical temperature is exceeded The procedure is equivalent to the power down initiated with AT SMSO URCs indicating the alert level 1 or 1 are intended to enable the user to take appropriate precautions Such as protect the module and the battery from exposure to extreme conditions or save or back up data etc The presentation of 1 or 1 URCs depends on the settings selected with the write command If lt n gt 0 Presentation is enabled for 15 s time after the module was switched on After 15 s operation the presentation will be disabled i e no URCs will be generated If lt n gt 1 Presentation of 1 or 1 URCs is always enabled Level 2 or 2 URCs are followed by immediate shutdown The presentation of these URCs is always enabled i e they will
308. e states lt srvState gt 2 4 and 6 with an error being returned no earlier than after sending the first AT STSR or AT SISW command In URC mode an error URC such as Host not found would be received in this situation but in polling mode the only way to detect the state is using AT SISI or alternatively AT SISO MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 241 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released 10 5 1 from Remote Client BRODERSEN simplifying process Example Accepting Rejecting Socket Connection Request Host 1 configured as Socket listener with IP address 10 10 0 187 at port 65534 is receiving a connection request from the remote client 10 10 0 185 at port 1024 The example assumes that connection and service profiles have been created as stated earlier Start the Socket service in listener mode then query the IP address dynamically assigned to the Socket listener at siso 4 at siso SISO SISO 1 acuco m SISO 3 SISO 4 SISO 6 SS TSOR 8 9 SISO SISO OK Indication of incoming Socket connection request Sise 4 1 at siso SISO 0 Socket 2 4 gn gr 10 10 0 187 0 10 10 0 185 1024 SISO 1 SrSOg DU STSO 3 SISO 4 Socket 3 3 0 0 10 10 SISO 6 Scuco ME STSO 8 SISO 9 OK Host 1 accepts the Socket connection request at siso 0 OK SISW 0 1 at siso SISO 0 Socket 4 4 gn Qr 10 10 0 187 65534 10
309. e to the High Watermark and resumed when it drops below the Low Watermark The time required to cause stop and go results in a hysteresis between the High and Low Watermarks During Multiplex mode AT CMUX it is recommended to use hardware flow control 1 6 1 Software Flow Control XON OFF Handshake Software flow control sends different characters to stop XOFF decimal 19 and resume XON decimal 17 data flow The only advantage of software flow control is that three wires would be sufficient on the serial interface 1 6 2 Hardware Flow Control RTS CTS Handshake Hardware flow control sets or resets the RTS CTS wires This approach is faster and more reliable and there fore the better choice When the High Watermark is reached CTS is set inactive until the transfer from the buffer has completed When the Low Watermark is passed CTS goes active again To achieve smooth data flow ensure that the RTS CTS lines are present on your application platform The appli cation should include options to enable RTS CTS handshake with the GSM engine This needs to be done with the AT command AT Q3 it is not sufficient to set RTS CTS handshake in the used Terminal program only The default setting of the GSM engine is ATXOO no flow control which must be altered to AT Q3 RTS CTS hardware handshake on The setting is stored volatile and must be restored each time after the GSM engine was switched off AT Q has no read command To verify the curren
310. e used for the alpha field of the SIM according to GSM 11 11 Annex B 21 In the worst case the number of UCS2 char acters is at least one less than half the number of GSM characters MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 393 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released Notes BRODERSEN simplifying process The command can be used for the phonebooks SM FD ME cf AT CPBS Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data may not yet be accessible resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned See Section 20 1 Restricted access to SIM data after SIM PIN authentication for further detail Examples EXAMPLE 1 Using AT SPBG without RealLocReq AT SPBG SPBG 1 33 20 17 AT SPBG 1 33 SPBG 1 999999 145 Arthur SPBG 2 777777 145 Bill SPBG 3 888888 145 Charlie First run the AT SPBG test command to find out the range of entries stored in the current phonebook TA returns the range where 33 is the number of entries stored in the current phonebook Now enter the write command To obtain best results it is recommended to query the full range of entries TA returns phonebook entries in alphabetical order The numbers at the beginning of each line are not the memory locations in the phonebook but only serial numbers assigned to the entries positions in the alphabetical list EXAMPLE 2 Using AT SPBG with lt Real
311. e values of the supported automatically detectable bit rates and the values of the supported fixed bit rates The read command returns the current bit rate of the interface The write command specifies the bit rate to be used for the interface When you set a fixed rate make sure that both TE DTE and TA DCE are configured to the same rate When you select autobauding the TA will auto matically recognize the bit rate currently used by the TE The setting is stored in the non volatile memory and will be used whenever the engine is powered up again How ever in case of autobaud mode AT 1 PR 0 the detected TA bit rate will not be saved and therefore needs to be resynchronized after restarting the GSM engine see Section 4 7 1 Autobauding Parameter Description rate S Um bit rate per second bps 0 Activates autobauding Not supported on ASC1 See Section 4 7 1 Autobaud ing for further details 300 600 1200 2400 4800 9600 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 92 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 14400 19200 28800 38400 57600 115200 230400 Notes Delivery value for rate is autobauding enabled AT IPR 0 on ASCO and 57600bps on ASC1 It will not be restored with AT amp F The current setting of AT IPR will be preserved when you download firmware i e a firmware update does not restore the factory setting or in the event of power failure Generally AT IPR should be used
312. e will be activated for about 1s Note Parameters GPRS ATSO withAttach lt gs0aa gt and GPRS RingOnIncomingData lt groid gt are avail able only for modules supporting GPRS Examples EXAMPLE 1 Usage of Audio AMR AT CSCS UCS2 Switch to UCS2 character set OK AT SCFG Query all parameters SCFG Audio AMR 0065006E00610062006C00650064 OK AT CSCS GSM OK AT SCFG SCFG Audio AMR enabled AMR will be used for any operator OK AT SCFG Audio AMR disabled SCFG Audio AMR disabled AMR is disabled for any operator OK AT SCFG Audio AMR 23405 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 57 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released SCFG Audio AMR 23405 OK AT SCFG Audio AMR 23203 SCFG Audio AMR 23405 23203 OK AT SCFG Audio AMR SCFG Audio AMR 23405 23203 OK EXAMPLE 2 BRODERSEN simplifying process AMR is disabled for any operator but enabled for operator 23405 AMR is disabled for any operator but enabled for operators 23405 and 23203 Query parameter Audio AMR Usage of URC Ringline and URC Datamode Ringline AT CSCS GSM OK AT SCFG SCFG URC Datamode Ringline off SCFG URC Ringline local OK AT SCFG URC Datamode Ringline on SCFG URC Datamode Ringline on OK AT SCFG URC Ringline asco SCFG URC Ringline asco OK AT SCFG URC Datamode Ringline off SCFG URC Datamode Rin
313. eceensiesaesaeeeeeess 470 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 10 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process List of Tables Table 1 1 Symbols used to mark the type of parameters 20 cccecececeeeecee cee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeceaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeteeed 16 Table 1 2 Symbols used to indicate the correlations with other commands ssssssssssss 16 Table 1 3 Symbols used to mark different types of default values of parameters ssuuuse 16 Table 1 4 Types of AT commands and responses sse een enne 17 Table 1 5 Examples for character definitions depending on alphabet sssssssssssssss 20 Table 2 1 Current configuration on ASCO MUX channel 1 example sseee 31 Table 2 2 Current configuration on ASC1 and MUX channels 2 and 3 example sssssss 31 Table 2 3 Wake up events in NON CYCLIC and CYCLIC SLEEP modes cccccccssssseseeseseseeeeeeeeeeenes 40 Table 2 4 General CME ERROR Codes GSM 07 07 sssssesssssseeeeeeeen nennen nnns 45 Table 2 5 General CME ERROR Codes SIEMENS sse nennen enne nnns 46 Table 2 6 GPRS related CME ERROR Codes GSM 07 07 ssssssseseeeneeennen nnns 46 Table 2 7 SMS related CMS ERROR Codes GSM 07 05 sssssssseseeeneeeneen nennen 46 Table 4 1 Availability of AT Commands on Virtual Channels
314. ected in parameter traffic channel assigned of AT command AT SLCC and the corresponding URC Depending on the value of AT SCFG setting succ Indicator CIEV will be issued if configured with AT CIND and AT CMER when a state transition ends in state active or in state unknown if AT SCFG setting lt succ gt restricted when any state transition including transitions beginning or ending in state unknown occurs in the list of active calls or when a traffic channel is established if AT SCFG setting lt succ gt verbose The indicator value for indicator CIEV call will be 1 if at least one call is in states held or active and 0 otherwise Depending on the value of AT SCFG setting sucs Indicator SLcc will be issued if configured with write command AT SLCC and AT CMER when a state transition ends in state active or in state unknown if AT SCFG setting lt sucs gt restricted when any state transition including transitions beginning or ending in state unknown occurs in the list of active calls or when a voice channel is established if AT SCFG setting lt sucs gt verbose Due to compatibility considerations the powerup default for AT SCFG setting succ is restricted offering compatibility to the standard behaviour of indicator CIEV call while the default for setting lt sucs gt is ver bose In order to see the URCs event reporting for both indicators must be explicit
315. ection 13 9 page 346 Section 17 5 page 404 Section 4 8 page 95 Section 13 10 page 347 Section 13 11 page 348 Section 16 9 page 399 Section 9 11 page 211 Section 8 1 page 162 Section 8 2 page 163 Section 3 6 page 83 Section 16 2 page 382 Section 16 3 page 385 Section 16 4 page 387 Section 5 1 page 99 Section 5 2 page 103 Section 13 12 page 351 Section 8 14 page 188 Section 9 12 page 213 Section 5 6 page 115 Section 7 22 page 155 Section 7 23 page 156 Section 8 4 page 168 Section 7 19 page 146 3 17 06 AT Command AT CRSM ATECSEN AT CSCB AT CSCS AT CSDH AT CSMP AT CSMS AT CSNS AT CSQ AT CSSN AT CUSD INTERCOM CAND AT FBADLIN AT FBADMUL AT FBOR AT FCIG AT FCLASS AT FCQ AT FCR AT FDCC AT FDFFC AT FDIS AT FDR AT FDT AT FET AT FK AT FLID AT FMDL AT FMFR AT FOPT AT FPHCTO AT FREV AT FRH AT FRM AT FRS AT FTH AT FTM AT FTS AT FVRFC AT GCAP AT GMI AT GMM MC55_ATC_V04 00 Description Restricted SIM Access SMS Service Center Address Select Cell Broadcast Message Indication Select TE character set Show SMS text mode parameters Set SMS text Mode Parameters Select Message Service Single Numbering Scheme Signal quality Supplementary service notifications Supplementary service notifications Display card ID Bad Line Threshold Error Threshold Multiplier Query data Bit Order Query or set the Local Polling ID Fax Select read or test service class Copy Quality Checking
316. ed Page 445 of 475 T has no default value If T is not specified an operator defined default or the last known value may be used depending on the network operator 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process Abbreviation Meaning Value PW Password C Character of TE character set e g asterics hash or digit in case of USSD or digits in case of held calls or multiparty calls Table 20 3 Star Hash Command Response Parameters Parameter Meaning m Mode 0 not active 1 active n Unsolicited result code 0 presentation disabled 1 presentation enabled status Status 0 not active 1 active class Represents BS basic service refer to AT CCFC AT CLCK lt fac gt Facility lock refer to AT CLCK lt reason gt Call forwarding reason For exact specification of format and parameters for Star Hash commands refer to GSM 02 04 Table 3 2 15 and GSM 02 30 Annex C 16 Table 20 4 Star Hash Commands for Supplementary Services Star Hash Code Abbreviations in Table 20 1 Functionality i act Activate except for CLIR see list above E reg Register and activate int Check status interrogate deact Deactivate except for CLIR see list above THE eras Unregister and deactivate MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 446 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 20 3 Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN Command not available Command does not r
317. ed lt udriss scrG URC Ringline list of supported lt uri gt s scrG URC Ringline ActiveTime list of supported lt urat gt s OK Read Command AT SCFG Response s SCFG Audio AMR amr 4 lt amr gt lt amr gt 3 lt amr gt 9 scrG Call SpeechVersion1 lt csv1 gt scFG GPRS ATSO withAttach lt gsd0aa gt SCFG GPRS RingOnIncomingData lt groid gt SCFG PowerSaver Mode9 Timeout lt psm9to gt SCFG Radio Band HandOver lt HandOverStatus gt SCFG TCp IRT lt tcpiIrt gt SCFG Tcp MR lt tcpMr gt SCFG Tcp OT lt tcpot gt MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 50 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released Read Command AT SCFG Response s sCFG Tcp WithURCs lt tcpWithUrc gt scrG URC CallStatus CIEV lt succ gt scFG URC CallStatus SLCC lt sucs gt scFG URC Datamode Ringline lt udri gt scrG URC Ringline lt uri gt scrG URC Ringline ActiveTime lt urat gt OK Write Command Adaptive Multi Rate AMR AT SCFG Audio AMR lt amr gt Response s SCFG Audio AMR lt amr gt lt amr gt amr amr gl OK ERROR CME ERROR Write Command Query Configure SpeechVersion1 AT SCFG Call SpeechVersion1 lt csv1 gt Response s scrFG Call SpeechVersion1 lt csv1 gt OK ERROR CME ERROR Write Command GPRS ATS0 with automatic attach AT SCFG GPRS ATSO withAttach lt gs0aas Response s
318. ed for readability in print AGA OL JOOS DIDL 35 92 SQ AOA OL BOOS 7 SL 26 83 AGA OL JUOS HN 35 27 7 36 2627 OM SOO Shy S24 8 eich 262 01 3008 BB44 32 90 89 262r WL SOS IS07 Bi 22 793 D7 AS SY MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 176 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 8 8 AT MONI Monitor idle mode and dedicated mode The AT MONI command supplies information of the serving dedicated cell There are two ways to retrieve the information once on request by using the execute command or automatically every period seconds by using the write command To stop the periodic presentation type AT or at Syntax Test Command AT MONI Response s MONT list of supported lt periodss OK Exec Command AT MONI Response s See Section 8 8 1 AT MONI responses OK Write Command AT MONI period Response s See Section 8 8 1 AT MONI responses OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS O t e oO e e O O Parameter Description lt period gt num Display period in seconds 1 254 Notes The two header lines see Section 8 8 1 AT MONI responses are output after every ten data lines The length of following output lines exceeds 80 characters Therefore a terminal program may draw a carriage return on a screen However this is not part of the response The parameters LAC and cell are presented as h
319. ed for speech calls gs0aa S0 C8C8 GPRS ATSO with Attach This parameter can be used to control the behaviour of ATSO Parameter is global for all interfaces volatile and will not be reset by AT amp F on When the ATSO lt n gt lt n gt gt 0 command is received the MT will attempt to per form a GPRS attach off When the ATSO lt n gt lt n gt gt 0 command is received the MT will not attempt to perform a GPRS attach groid 8 0C8C8 Ring on incoming GPRS IP data packets This parameter can be used to control the behaviour of the RING line for incoming IP packets in GPRS online mode Parameter is local for the interface volatile and will not be reset by AT amp F on If the ME is in power saving mode 7 or 8 or 9 see AT CFUN and hardware flow control is in use ATXV O3 and the RTS line is inactive and there are incom ing IP packets for a GPRS context which is online then the RING line will be activated once for a time which is configured by the parameter URC Ringline ActiveTime urat The RING line to be used can be configured with the parameter URC Ringline lt uri gt off RING line is not activated for incoming IP packets MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 54 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process lt psm9to str CSCS Power saving mode 9 timeout This parameter can be used to query or configure the wake up time for power saving mode 9 see AT CFUN with
320. ed or enabled depending on whether polling mode or URC mode is preferred To do so use the AT SCFG command parameter Tcp WithURCs refer to lt tcpWithUrc gt However if related to lt urcCause gt 1 or 2 the srs URC will always be delivered regardless of the setting made with AT SCFG Unsolicited Result Code Indicates an event an error or an information element The same information can be obtained via AT SISE SIS srvProfileId urcCause urcInfoId lt urcInfoTexts The URC may appear if an event or an error occurs for example after opening an Internet service with AT STSO or any time during operation The URC also indicates a request for a mobile terminated Internet service client connection or a failure if a mobile terminated request is rejected Furthermore the URC may deliver an informa tion element resulting from a specific command given in the service profile A list of possible causes can be found in the tables below The tables contain the lt urcInfold gt and if applica ble a specific lt urcInfoText gt If marked with the precise text related to a urcInfoId varies greatly depending on the scenario and the implementation of the remote server In these cases only a brief explanation of the scenario can be found in the table column Description Parameter Description urcCause Um URC cause identifier 0 An event has occurred after opening or while using an Internet service The eve
321. ed to the operator name Refer to lt indValue gt lt servProvider gt Service Provider Name according to the status settings SIM Service No 17 in the SIM Service Table SST of the SIM nitzUT Universal Time delivered as part of the nitz Indicator Refer to lt indDescr gt lt nitzTZ gt Time Zone delivered as part of the nitz Indicator Refer to lt indDescr gt lt nitzDST gt Adjustment for Daylight Saving Time as part of the nitz Indicator Refer to lt indDescr gt Example Activation and use of indicator audio AT SIND audio 1 You register the indicator audio SIND audio 1 0 OK AT CMER 2 2 You activate the Indicator Event Report with AT CMER OK A set of all registered URCs is presented Please note that the example includes the indicators registered due to the power up default settings of AT CIND CIEV battchg 5 CIEV signal 99 CIEV service 1 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 69 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process CIEV sounder 0 CIEV message 1 CIEV call 0 CIEV roam 0 CIEV smsfull 0 CIEV rssi 4 CIEV audio 0 ATD030123456 You make a call OK CIEV audio 1 CIEV sounder 1 CIEV call 1 CIEV signal 0 CIEV sounder 0 ATH You hang up OK CIEV call 0 CMW S SS 3 CIEV audio 0 CIEV signal 99 CIEV rssi 4 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 70 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simpli
322. ed with AT SISS An incoming socket connection request will be indi cated by the srs URC with the next free lt srvProfileId gt shown inside the URC as parameter lt urcInfolId gt The connection request can be accepted or rejected by using the commands AT SISO or AT SISC and the ID retrieved from the srs Ftp MC55 acting as FTP client Http MC55 acting as HTTP client Smtp MC55 acting as SMTP client Pop3 MC55 acting as POP3 client none Reset Internet service profile settings Operation is not allowed if profile is in use i e it was activated via AT SISO lt srvParmValue alphabet gt Supported string parameter character set selections in lt srvParmValue gt for lt srvParmTag gt value alphabet 0 Applicable character set is determined by current setting of AT CSCS 1 International Reference Alphabet IRA seven bit ASCII srvParmValue pCmd Supported POP3 user command values in lt srvParmValue gt for lt srvParmTag gt value pCmd 1 Status command This command retrieves the drop listing of a POP3 server A drop listing consists of a single line containing the number of messages in the maildrop list followed by the total size of the maildrop list in bytes Each drop listing will be finished by a so called dotline i e a new line with just a single dot 2 List command If lt srvParmTag gt value pNumber is set to a non zero value the List com mand returns the scan listing
323. efined thus it is not possible to define a context on channel 2 and activate it on channel 3 GPRS connections can be estab lished on two channels at a time MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 96 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Table 4 2 Summary of AT commands with Different Behavior in Multiplex Mode Command AT Q AT amp V AT amp W AT IPR AT IPR 0 RUPE GRNIDAN AT CMEE AT CNMA AT CNMI AT CFUN AT CPMS AT SSDA MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Description It is recommended to use hardware flow control AT Q3 XON XOFF flow control AT Q1 is not supported in Multiplex mode See note regarding AT Qn settings stored with a T amp W if Multiplex mode is active Different default configurations on channels 1 2 and 3 Different user profiles can be stored on each channel Before you start Multiplex mode it is recommended to set the ME to 57600 bps minimum should be 4800 bps For GPRS we suggest to use 115200 bps or 230400 bps In Multiplex mode the write command AT 1PR rate will not change the bit rate currently used but the new bit rate will be stored and becomes active when the module is restarted Multiplex mode cannot be activated while autobauding is enabled On each channel an individual lt text gt message can be stored but only one time setting applies to all channels This means an alarm lt time gt set on one of the channels overwrites the time
324. eleased Binary mode This mode allows sending a number of bytes defined with parameter lt reqwriteLength gt Interactive text mode This mode allows the user to type and send 8 bit ASCII characters while the service is open Ctrl Z terminates data input and causes the data to be trans ferred Interactive text mode requires that the lt reqWriteLengths is set to any value greater than 0 though it is not necessary to specify the precise number of bytes In this case the lt cnfWriteLength gt parameter indicates the maxi mum length of the data stream without control character CTRL Z The lt txCount gt counter is incremented only by the portion of data actually trans mitted In interactive text mode the following characters are defined as control codes BACKSPACE x08 deletes the last given character CTRL Z x1a terminates the input e ESC x1b aborts the command An eodF1ag is ignored in this case The V 25 command ATE also controls the echo mode of the interactive text mode If echo is enabled ATE1 all characters are echoed until lt cnfWrite Length is reached Any attempt to input further data ends up with the warn ing message 4001 indicated after the data stream has been completed with CTRL Z nevertheless all data within the range of cn WriteLength will be sent See also Section 10 10 Internet Service URC SIS ATEO disables the echo mode generally Confirmed number of data bytes which can be tr
325. ely configured with the appropriate AT commands MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 126 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 7 2 ATA Answer a call Syntax Exec Command ATA Response s In case of data call if successfully connected TA switches to data mode CONNECT lt text gt In case of voice call if successfully connected OK When TA returns to command mode after call release OK If no connection NO CARRIER Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last V 250 o o e L e e OQ Q Q Command Description TA causes remote station to go off hook e g answer call Parameter Description text E Connection status text output only if ATX parameter setting with value greater 0 Notes Any additional commands on the same command line are ignored The command may be aborted generally by receiving a character during execution It can t be aborted in some connection setup states such as handshaking f AT FCLASS setting is 1 or 2 all incoming calls will be answered as fax calls when ATA is issued on multi plexer channel 1 resp ASCO For calls explicitly signalled as voice or data calls this procedure will fail with result code NO CARRIER but the call in question will continue to ring It is possible to change the setting for AT FCLASS to 0 while the call is ringing and accept the call normally afterwards with ATA The ATA command may be used also to acce
326. email address Recipient s email address OK at siss 9 smSubj Meeting Request Sunday Enter text for subject field Morning OK at siss 9 smAuth 1 Sender name and password can be used for SMTP OK authentication at siss To check the profile enter the AT SISS read com SISS 0 ervIype mand The response includes the values of all 10 SISS 1 srvType connection profiles In this example no values are ccc srvType set for the profiles 0 through 8 Service profile 9 con SISS 3 srvType tains the values specified above and the values auto ASTSS 4 grvType matically assumed by default SISS 6 srvType SISS 7 srvType SISS 8 srvType SISS 9 srvType Smtp Srss3 9 erus TLU SISS 9 alphabet 1 SISS 9 address 192 168 1 2 SISS 9 user subscriberl SISS 9 passwd xxx SISS 9 smFrom subscriberl testdomain com SISS 9 smRcpt subscriber20testdomain com SISS 9 eps nu SISS 9 smSubj Meeting Request Sunday Morning SISS 9 smHdr Guses 9 MeeRowe 125 Default TCP port number commonly used for SMTP SISS 9 gmAuth 1 SISS 9 tepMR 10 Default Number of retransmission attempts for TCP packets is 10 default of AT SCFG gmSes 9 Precor 160007 Default Timeout before closing outstanding TCP connection is 6000 sec default of AT SCFG OK 10 11 9 Sending Email
327. en nennen nnns 17 1 4 1 Using Parameters ER Lt etia ect dad tees Le ise sia i eri EAREE eteas 17 1 4 2 Combining AT commands on the same command line eseseee 18 15 Supported character sets ee eee Rhen n ede IRR es XE REL Hino npe a ER nada dea nien iuge 19 1 5 1 GSM alphabet tables and UCS2 character values sse 21 1 5 2 UCS2 and GSM data coding and conversion for SMS text mode 23 1 5 2 1 Implementing output of SIM data to Terminal direction TA to TE 23 1 5 2 2 Implementing input of Terminal data to SIM direction TE to TA sssss 24 16 Serial Interface Flow Control tret tt onini Rn Re Ye Ea dee eun a Lua Ree verd e URN denotes daa 25 1 6 1 Software Flow Control XON OFF Handshake seen 25 1 6 2 Hardware Flow Control RTS CTS Handshake esssee 25 1 7 Unsolicited Result Code Presentation sesssssssssssssssseeeree emen enne nennen 26 1 7 1 Communication between Customer Application and MC55 ssuuususssss 26 1 8 Common PCN Handset Specification CPHS sssssssssseenneeeeneeeeen eene 27 1 9 Errors and Messages 2 5 die e t aod dal bd e b d rd e e d cab e Y p v abd c 28 2 Configuration Commands cereis eeceenee eee ri ase nt ain nb AAEN nE ENEAN ARNEE aAA AENEAN 29 2 4 AT amp F Setall current par
328. ent reporting mode n which indicates whether the interface receives event report indications for the list of current calls Mind that the URC will be displayed only if the URC presentation mode for the interface concerned has been configured with AT CMER Syntax Test Command AT SLCC Response s sLcc list of supported n s OK Read Command AT SLCC Response s Sines cm OK Exec Command AT SLCC Response s SLCC idx dir stat mode mpty traffic channel assigned number lt type gt lt alphas SLCC lt idx gt dir stat mode mpty lt traffic channel assigned number lt type gt alpha SLCC OK ERROR CME ERROR Write Command AT SLCC lt n gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last Siemens oO e e OQ OO Q9 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 149 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Unsolicited Result Code Unsolicited Call Status information if the list of current calls is empty SLCC if one or more calls are currently in the list SLCC idx dir stat mode lt mpty gt traffic channel assigned gt number type alpha SLCC idx dir stat mode mpty traffic channel assigned number lt type gt lt alpha gt ees SLCC URC s
329. eporting control AT CR configures the TA whether or not to transmit an intermediate result code CR serv to the TE when a call is being set up Setting the value of mode to 1 may lead to connection failure if the application e g WinFax waits for default result code URC Syntax Test Command AT CR Response s CR list of supported lt modess OK ERROR Read Command AT CR Response s CR lt mode gt OK ERROR Write Command AT CR lt mode gt Response s OK ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e oO e e e e O O Intermediate Result Code If enabled an intermediate result code is transmitted during connect negotiation when the TA has determined the speed and quality of service to be used before any error control or data compression reports are transmitted and before any final result code e g CONNECT appears CR Serv Parameter Description mode gt MUm amp W amp V of Disable 1 Enable lt serv gt REL ASYNC Asynchronous non transparent GPRS GPRS MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 155 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 7 23 AT CRC Set Cellular Result Codes for incoming call indication The AT CRC command controls whether or not to use the extended format of incoming call indication lt mode gt 1 may lead to connection failure if the application e g WinFax waits for the default URC S
330. epted The TE needs to decode the special audio burst signals If CTM mode is disabled the ME will clear the bearer capability bit on mobile originated calls and incoming calls with the bearer capability bit set are rejected because the MC55 expects that CTM coded speech data cannot be decoded by the TE Designed to set the module s speech system into CTM mode the AT sNFTTY command allows a CTM device to be connected to one of the three audio interfaces of MC55 Traditional TTY devices that do not incorporate CTM functionality can be connected through an external TTY to CTM adapter Related documents Refer to the relevant standards such as 3GPP TS 26 226 ETSI TS 126 226 and 3GPP TS 23 228 ETSI TS 123 226 3GPP documentation can be retrieved for example from http www 3gpp org specs specs htm Application Note 22 Using TTY CTM equipment supplies information needed to connect TTY CTM equipment to the MC55 Requirements for using TTY CTM features TTY CTM functionality requires audio mode 5 or 6 with all audio parameters set to their factory default To do so first enter the AT sNFS command to select audio mode 5 then use AT SNFI and AT SNFO to restore the default values Alternatively factory defaults of all audio parameters in audio modes 2 6 can eas ily be set with AT SNFD Depending on which audio interface the CTM device is connected to select the according settings via AT SAIC Syntax Test Command AT SNFTTY Res
331. equire PIN1 Command requires PIN1 Command sometimes requires PIN1 OR JORS Table 20 5 Available AT Commands and Dependency on SIM PIN AT Command Exec Test Read Write Configuration Commands AT amp F D AT amp V AT amp W O ATQ O D ATV Oo D ATX O ANA O D AT CFUN O O AT SMSO O O AT GCAP O AT CMEE O O O AT CSCS O O AT SCFG O O O AT SM20 O O Status Control Commands AT CMER e oO e AT CIND O O AT SIND O AT CEER e e ATS18 AT CPAS O O AT WS46 O O Serial Interface Control Commands AT Q AT amp C O D AT amp D AT amp S O ATE O AT ILRR e AT IPR O O AT CMUX O O O MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 447 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released AT Command Security Commands AT CPIN AT CPIN2 AT SPIC AT CLCK AT SLCK AT CPWD AT SPWD Identification Commands PI AT CGMI AT GMI AT CGMM AT GMM AT CGMR AT GMR AT CGSN AT GSN AT CIMI Call related Commands ATA ATD ATD gt lt mem gt lt n gt ATD gt lt n gt ATD gt lt str gt ATDI ATDL ATH AT CHUP ATSO ATS6 ATSI ATS8 ATS10 ATO AT CBST AT CRLP AT CLCC AT Sin Ce MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released Exec SUES ES ES TO TS FS KO FO SC KO FO CS FS FO Ke eecoo0o0o0oco0o00000e 00e0000 09 Test eee 0090 e OL O
332. er as a result of an orderly shut down of the PDP or an error the MT enters V 250 command state and returns NO CARRIER for details refer to Section 11 6 1 Automatic deac tivation of PDP context during dial up PPP Syntax Exec Command ATD 99 lt called_addresss lt L2P lt cids Response s CONNECT NO CARRIER Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e e e e O e Parameter Description called address gt IP V4 address in the form w x y z which identifies the called party if it is provided the MT will automatically set up a virtual call to the specified address after the context has been activated This parameter is currently not used and needs not to be specified siape Layer 2 protocol to be used between the TE and MT PPP layer 2 protocol PPP 1 layer 2 protocol PPP lt cid gt num Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition see AT CGDCONT command If no context is specified an internal context with default properties is used see AT CGDCONT AT CGQREQ and AT CGOMIN 1 2 Notes f MC55is in dedicated mode command returns CME ERROR phone busy e ATD is used as a standard V 250 AT command too MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 294 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 11 17 ATD 98 Request GPRS IP service This command causes the MT to perform whatever actions are necessary to establish a communicati
333. eration CUSD m str urc dcs to the TE When parameter str write is given a mobile initiated USSD string or a response USSD string to a network initiated operation is sentto the network The response USSD string from the network is returned in a subsequent unsolicited result code CUSD Syntax Test Command AT CUSD Response s CUSD list of supported lt n gt s OK Read Command AT CUSD Response s CUSD lt n gt OK Write Command AT CUSD lt ns str write dcs Response s OK CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 GSM 02 90 GSM 03 90 e e e o GSM 04 90 Unsolicited Result Code CUSD lt m gt lt str_urc gt lt dcs gt URC CUSD indicates an USSD response from the network or network initiated operation Parameter Description ep num pen Disable the result code presentation in the TA 1 Enable the result code presentation in the TA 2 Cancel session not applicable to read command response str write String type USSD string when str write parameter is not given network is not interrogated For the write command only lt dcs gt 15 is supported MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 217 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process lt SErTUrE SCH String type USSD string If lt dcs gt indicates that GSM 03 38 default alphabet is used TA converts GSM alphabet into current
334. erminate call Parameter Description num lt n gt 0 disconnect from line and terminate call Notes e OK is issued after circuit 109 DCD is turned off if it was previously on ATH terminates every circuit switched call voice data or fax even if it is issued via another interface This behavior is in accordance with ITU T V 250 07 97 Hook control ATH is terminating any call in progress ATH clears any active PDP context or terminates any existing PPP connection but only if issued on the same interface where GPRS is used and if there is no pending network request for PDP context activation It does not affect PDP contexts and PPP connections on other interfaces see also Chapter ATH Manual rejection of a network request for PDP context activation MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 136 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released 7 10 AT CHUP Syntax Test Command AT CHUP Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Exec Command AT CHUP Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s GSM 07 07 Command Description Hang up call Cancels all active and held calls Note PIN ASCO ASC1 AT CHUP implements the same function as ATH MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released Page 137 of 475 MUX1 e BRODERSEN MUX2 MUX3 Charge X simplifying process O O Last 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 7 11 ATSO Set number of rings before automatically answering a call Syntax Rea
335. ernal counter to 0 OK at spbs 2 Step down one entry starting from internal SPBS 33 49301234567 145 TomTailor counter 0 overflow occurs SPBS 1 999999 145 Arthur SPBS 2 7 Tin laS TBIII OK MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 397 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process EXAMPLE 3 Using AT SPBS with lt RealLocReq gt 1 in order to obtain the entries location numbers at spbs 1 1 SPBS 1 999999 145 Arthur 27 SPBS 2 777777 145 Bill 6 SPBS 3 888888 145 Charlie 15 The numbers at the end of each line are the memory locations in the phonebook and can be used for dialing or editing phonebook entries at cpbr 27 Read out phonebook location 27 CPBR 27 4999999 145 Arthur This entry can be edited with AT CPBW or used for dialing with ATD mem n MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 398 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released 16 9 AT CNUM Read own numbers AT CNUM returns the subscribers own number s from the SIM Syntax Test Command AT CNUM Response s OK Exec Command AT CNUM Response s CNUM lt alphas number lt type gt CNUM OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 GSM 07 07 e e e o Parameter Description alpha ech Optional alphanumeric string associated with lt number gt number 9 Phone number in format specified by lt type gt type 67
336. es If sending fails for example if a message is too long the result code depends on the current setting of the AT SM20 command If the AT SM20 lt CmgwMode gt equals 1 factory default any failure to send a message is responded with OK Users should be aware that despite the OK response the message will not be sent to the subscriber If the AT SM20 lt CmgwMode gt equals 0 any failure to send a message is responded with ERROR If sending fails due to timeout then AT SM20 lt CmgwMode gt 1 causes CMS ERROR Unknown error to be returned AT SM20 lt CmgwMode gt 0 causes CMS ERROR timer expired to be returned Note that some providers do not recognize an symbol used in a short message A widely used alternative is typing as defined in GSM 03 40 GPP TS 23 40 All characters entered behind the prompt gt will be recognized as GSM characters For example Back space ASCII character 8 does not delete a character but will be inserted into the short message as an addi tional physical character As a result the character you wanted to delete still appears in the text plus the GSM code equivalent of the Backspace key MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 342 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Message Length in Text Mode The maximum length of a short message depends on the used coding scheme It is 160 characters if the 7 bit GSM coding scheme is used and 140 characters accordi
337. es Parameter Description mode gt UM amp W amp V 0 9 PDU mode 1 Text mode MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 337 of 475 simplifying process O O Last 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 13 5 AT CMGL List SMS messages from preferred store The write command returns messages with status value stat from message storage lt mem1 gt to the TE If the status of the message is received unread the status in the storage changes to received read The execute command is the same as the write command with the given default for lt stat gt Syntax Test Command AT CMGL Response s CMGL list of supported lt stat gt s OK Exec Command AT CMGL Response s CMGL see write command for default of lt stat gt OK Write Command AT CMGL lt stat gt Response s Output if text mode AT CMGF 1 and command successful For SMS SUBMITs and or SMS DELIVERs CMGL index stat oa da lt alphas lt scts gt tooa toda lt lengths lt data gt heel OK For SMS STATUS REPORTs CMGL index stat fo mr lt ras lt toras lt scts gt dt st il OK For SMS Commands CMGL index stat fo ct ixl OK Output if PDU mode AT cMGF 0 and command successful For SMS SUBMITs and or SMS DELIVERs CMGL index stat lt alphas gt length lt pdu gt OK If
338. es MUX channels 1 2 3 or ASCO ASC1 avoid different settings for routing and indicating short messages For example if messages shall be routed directly to one instance of the TE set with AT CNMI AT SSDA it is not possible to activate the presentation of URCs with AT CMER or AT CNMI on another instance Any attempt to activate settings that conflict with existing settings on another interface will result in CME ERROR or accordingly CMS ERROR Handling of Class 0 short messages If the host application is provided with a display and AT SSDA 1 has been set Class 0 short messages can be displayed immediately If the host application does not include a display ME handles Class 0 short messages as though there was no message class i e it will ignore bits 0 and 1 in the lt dcs gt and normal rules for exceeded memory capacity shall apply This approach is compliant with GSM 03 38 The parameters ra and tora will only be displayed if lt ra gt of the AT SSCONF command is set to 1 e If either a SM or a Status Report is not acknowledged all AT CNMI parameter in all channels will be set to Zero MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 350 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 13 12 AT CPMS Preferred SMS message storage The write command selects memory storages mem1 mem2 lt mem3 gt to be used for reading writing etc Syntax Test Command AT CPMS Response s CPMS list of suppor
339. es from locations 5 9 via AT CPBR EPR SF MIASASS 73U LAS WaAeiclaney CPBR 6 432 765 amp 54 654 209 John CPBR 7 432 76554 654 129 Eve CPBR 8 432 76554 654 145 Tom CPBR 9 432 765 amp 54 654 209 Richard MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 389 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 16 5 AT SPBC Find first matching entry in sorted phonebook The AT SPBC write command searches the current phonebook for the index number of the first lowest entry that matches the character specified with lt schar gt The AT SPBC test command returns the list of phonebooks which can be searched through with AT SPBC CAUTION Please note that AT SPBC is assigned the same index as AT SPBG or AT SPBS which is not identical with the physical location numbers used in the various phonebooks Therefore do not use the index numbers retrieved with AT SPBC to dial out or modify phonebook entries Syntax Test Command AT SPBC Response s SPBC FD SM ME OK ERROR CME ERROR Write Command AT SPBC schar Response s spbc index OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS e e e L e e Parameter Description lt schar 360 First character of the entry to be searched in the sorted list of phonebook entries index Um In the active phonebook the first lowest index number of an entry beginning with lt
340. ess mgsm 6 String of GSM modifiers Activates CLIR disables presentation of own phone number to called party i Deactivates CLIR enables presentation of own phone number to called party G Activate Closed User Group explicit invocation for this call only g Deactivate Closed User Group explicit invocation for this call only Notes The command may be aborted generally when receiving a character during execution It cannot be aborted in some connection setup states such as handshaking Parameter I and i only if no code is within the dial string lt mgsm gt is not supported for data calls e n is default for last number that can be dialled by ATDL Seealso ATX for text l fATDis used with a USSD command e g ATD 100 an AT CUSD 1 is executed implicitly see AT CUSD Parameter G or g will be ignored if Closed User Group was already activated respectively deactivated with AT CCUG command before Call by call invocation of CUG uses the settings provisioned by the provider or if available the settings of the parameters index and info made with AT CCUG The ME is equipped with a Blacklist function according to GSM02 07 Annex A After a predefined number of failed call attempts the dialed number is entered into a read only phonebook called blacklist phonebook BL Call attempts to numbers contained in the blacklist will be barred by ME and not signalled to the network An at
341. etween TE and TA Ensure that TE and TA are correctly synchronized and the bit rate used by the TE is detected by the TA To allow the bit rate to be synchronized simply use an AT or at string This is necessary after you have activated autobauding when you start up the GSM engine while autobauding is enabled It is recommended to wait 3 to 5 seconds before sending the first AT character Otherwise undefined characters might be returned If you want to use autobauding and autoanswer at the same time you can easily enable the TE TA synchro nization when you activate autobauding first and then configure the autoanswer mode ATSO 0 Restrictions on autobauding operation The serial interface shall be used with 8 data bits no parity and 1 stop bit factory setting e g 2 stop bits are not supported for autobaud mode The command A cannot be used Only the strings AT or at can be detected neither At nor aT URCs that may be issued before the ME detects a new bit rate by receiving the first AT character will be sent at the previously detected bit rate or after ME restart at 57600 bps MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 93 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Itis not recommended to switch to autobauding from a bit rate that cannot be detected by the autobaud mechanism e g 300 bps Responses to AT IPR 0 and any commands on the same line might be cor rupted Autobauding an
342. exadecimal digits the remaining parameters are composed of decimal digits If the radio cell changes during a connection the parameters PWR RXLev and C1 of the Serving Cell part cannot be updated under certain conditions and therefore are displayed as for conditions see also AT CREG This is because the MS does not update the cell selection and reselection parameters since in this mode they are not relevant for operation When the connection ends and the mobile is back to IDLE mode correct values will be given If the radio cell changes during a connection it normally takes 1 or 2 seconds to update the parameters cell NCC and BCC Until the information is received from the new base station the default values will be shown instead cell 0000 NCC BCC If the BS supports frequency hopping during a connection the dedicated channel parameter chann is not stable This mode is indicated by chann h MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 177 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process To some extent the cell monitoring command AT SMONC covers the same parameters The receiving level for example can be queried with both commands Yet the resulting values may be slightly different even though obtained over a time period of a few seconds This is quite normal and nothing to worry about as the cell information is permanently updated Forcompatibility with earlier products and to support legacy app
343. file will be set to factory default see AT amp F If there is a valid user profile stored with AT amp W this profile will be loaded afterwards Any additional commands on the same command line may be ignored A delay of 300 ms is required before next command is sent otherwise OK response may be corrupted MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 36 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 2 8 AT CFUN Set phone functionality The AT CFUN command serves to control the functionality level of the ME It can be used to reset the ME to choose one of the SLEEP modes or to return to full functionality Intended for power saving SLEEP mode reduces the functionality of the ME to a minimum and thus minimizes the current consumption SLEEP mode falls in two categories e NON CYCLIC SLEEP mode lt fun gt 0 and CYCLIC SLEEP modes selectable as un 5 6 7 8 or 9 NON CYCLIC SLEEP mode permanently blocks the serial interface The CYCLIC SLEEP mode however is a dynamic process which alternatingly enables and disables the serial interface The major benefit of all CYCLIC SLEEP modes is that the serial interface remains accessible and that in intermittent wake up periods characters can be sent or received without terminating the selected mode The best choice is using lt fun gt 7 8 or 9 since in these modes MC55 automatically resumes power saving after you have sent or received a short message or made a call lt
344. followed by data voice mode only in connection with single numbering scheme AT CSNS 4 alternating voice data voice mode only in connection with singlenumbering scheme AT CSNS 5 alternating voice fax voice mode only in connection with single numbering scheme AT CSNS 6 voice followed by data data mode only in connection with single numbering scheme AT CSNS 7 alternating voice data data mode only in connection with single numbering scheme AT CSNS 8 alternating voice fax fax mode only in connection with single numbering scheme AT CSNS 9 unknown num lt mpty gt 0 call is not one of multiparty conference call parties 1 call is one of multiparty conference call parties traffic channel assigned m 0 no traffic channel is available to the call 1 mobile has been assigned a traffic channel It is now possible to send or receive inband information e g to send DTMF tones cf AT VTS or to receive network announcements number 89 phone number in format specified by lt type gt MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 151 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process num lt type gt type of address octect 145 dialing string lt number gt includes international access code character 129 otherwise lt alpha gt Alphanumeric representation of lt number gt corresponding to the entry found in phonebook used character set should be the one selected with command AT CSCS Se
345. for SIM PIN2 This code is returned only when PIN2 authentication has not yet been done or has failed CME ERROR 17 SIM PUK2 ME is waiting for SIM PUK2 This code is returned only when PIN2 authentication has failed and ME is pending for SIM PUK2 i e CME ERROR 18 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 103 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released Note Functions accessible only after PIN2 authentication AT CAcM Accumulated call meter ACM reset or query T CAMM Accumulated call meter maximum ACMmax set or query T4 CLCK Facility lock to FD Fixed dialing phonebook T SLCK Facility lock to FD Fixed dialing phonebook T4 CPWD Change P2 password T SPWD Change P2 password A A A A A AT CPuc Price per unit and currency table AT CPIN2 Enter SIM PIN2 or SIM PUK if requested BRODERSEN simplifying process For example SIM PIN2 will be needed when you attempt to edit the FD phonebook and ME returns CME Error 17 or CPIN SIM PIN2 Once the required pin has been entered correctly PIN2 authentication code changes to READY After 300s a repetition of the authentication process is required PIN2 authentication code changes from READY to SIM PIN2 Examples EXAMPLE 1 Change PIN2 AT CPWD P2 0000 8888 OK EXAMPLE 2 Unblock a disabled PIN2 AT CPIN2 CPIN2 SIM PUK2 OK AT CPIN2 12345678 8888 EXAMPLE 3 Write into FD phonebook T CPBS FD A E CPBW 2 49301234
346. fthe ME operates on different instances MUX channels 1 2 3 or ASCO ASC1 avoid different settings for routing and indicating short messages For example if messages shall be routed directly to one instance of the TE set with AT CNMI AT SSDA it is not possible to activate the presentation of URCs with AT CMER or AT CNMI on another instance Any attempt to activate settings that conflict with existing settings on another interface will result in CME ERROR or accordingly CMS ERROR MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 366 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 13 24 AT SSMSS Set Short Message Storage Sequence The short message storage MT see AT CPMS is a logical storage It consists of two physical storages ME and SM This command allows to select the sequence of addressing this storage Syntax Test Command AT SSMSS Response s sSMSS list of supported lt seq gt s Read Command AT SSMSS Response s SSMSS seq OK Write Command AT SSMSS seq Response s OK Reference s SIEMENS Parameter Description seq m MT sequence PIN ASCO ASC1 O e e oFXP MT storage is ME then SM 1 MT storage is SM then ME Note MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last e e Oo Access to the SIM storage is faster For compatibility with previous software re leases the MT sequence lt seq gt 0 is the factory default MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released
347. fun gt 5 or 6 do not offer this feature to the same extent and are only supported for compatibility with earlier releases In all CYCLIC SLEEP modes you can enter lt fun gt 1 to permanently wake up MC55 and take it back to full functionality Please refer to Section 2 8 1 Wake up the ME from SLEEP mode for a summary of all SLEEP modes and the different ways of waking up the module For CYCLIC SLEEP mode lt fun gt 5 6 7 8 or 9 both the ME and the application must be configured to use hardware flow control This is necessary since the CTS signal is set reset every time when the ME listens to a paging message from the base station This is the way how the module indicates to the application when the UART is active For detailed information on the timing of the CTS signal refer to 2 The default setting of hard ware flow control is AT Q0 which must be altered to AT Q3 For use after restart you are advised to add it to the user profile saved with AT amp W If both interfaces ASCO and ASC1 are connected hardware flow control must be set in either application The AT CFUN test command returns the values of the supported parameters The AT CFUN read command returns the current functionality value The AT CFUN write command can be used to reset the ME to choose one of the SLEEP modes or to return to full functionality Syntax Test Command AT CFUN Response s CFUN list of supported lt funss list of supported lt rst gt s
348. fying process 3 4 AT CEER Extended Error Report AT CEER returns an extended error report regarding the reason of the last call release failure to set up a call both mobile originated or terminated failure to modify a call by using Supplementary Services failed attempt to activate register query deactivate or deregister a Supplementary Service unsuccessful GPRS attach or unsuccessful PDP context activation GPRS detach or PDP context deactivation The release cause report is presented in numeric format Default output in case of a none error situation is CEER 0 0 0 A description associated with each number can be found in the tables given in the following sub clauses and the relevant GSM specifications The first parameter lt locationID gt serves to locate the other two parameters Depending on the failure or release cause either lt reason gt or lt ssRelease gt are applicable i e if lt reason gt 0 then lt ssRelease gt 0 Vice versa if reason 0 then lt ssRelease gt may be 0 AT CEER is not available for data calls please use ATS18 1 instead In case of loosed net coverage MC55 will disconnect the call but no network release cause is available and the default output will still be given out Syntax Test Command AT CEER Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Exec Command AT CEER Response s CEER locationID reason lt ssRelease gt OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN
349. g connection only when at least one service profile is still free not yet created with AT SISS otherwise the incoming connection will be rejected from the listener 1FTP profile 1 POP3 profile 1 SMTP profile The TCP IP stack of MC55 supports one service profile at a time Trying to run more than one service profile may result in a blocking of one of these service profiles Using Internet Service AT commands on several interfaces ASCO ASC1 or Multiplex mode on ASCO A connection profile can be created on one interface and then viewed or changed on all other interfaces A service profile can be used only on one interface at a time Service profiles can only be opened on the interface where they have been defined with AT SISS Accordingly on each interface the read commands AT SISO and AT SISI deliver full status informa tion for the service profiles configured opened on this interface while service profiles related to other interfaces are only listed by lt srvProfilelId gt and service type name lt srvParmTag gt value srv Type without any status parameters Changes to a service profile are allowed only on the same interface where it was created trying to change it on another interface is denied with CME ERROR Invalid index If queried with the read command AT SISS the entire profile is returned on the interface where the service profile was created while on all other interfaces only the service type of th
350. ge size A warning will be issued inthe following cases f pNumber gt 0 and a specific message to be retrieved from deleted on the server is longer than pLength f pNumber 0 and all messages to be retrieved from deleted on the server are longer than pLength No warning will be issued in the following cases If there are no messages at all on the server If the server has message s below and above the pLength specified In this case the message s within the range of pLength can be successfully retrieved or deleted but the message s above pLength remain on the server without any further notification given to the user Therefore after retrieving deleting messages it is recommended to check the message status on the server This can be done by adding a further POP3 service profile using the POP3 user command List 2 Flag to be used with the POP3 user command Retrieve 3 Specifies whether or not to delete retrieved emails on the server optional For supported values of srvParmValue refer to lt srvParmValue pDelFlag gt Parameter can be used to overwrite the global AT SCFG parameter Tcp MaxRetransmissions lt tcpMr gt for a specific Internet Service connection pro file If the parameter is not specified the value specified with AT SCFG will be used Supported values lt srvParmValue gt for this parameter are the same as described for lt tcpMr gt Setting is not relevant for
351. given by toda data m cscs User Data In case of SMS GSM 03 40 TP User Data in text mode responses format If lt dcs gt indicates that GSM 03 38 default alphabet is used and o indicates that GSM 03 40 TP User Data Header Indication is not set ME TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set according to rules covered in Annex A If dcs indicates that 8 bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used or o indicates that GSM 03 40 TP User Data Header Indication is set ME TA converts each 8 bit octet into hexadecimal numbers con taining two IRA characters e g octet with integer value 42 is presented to TE as two characters 2A IRA 50 and 65 In case of CBS GSM 03 41 CBM Content of Message in text mode responses format If dcs indicates that GSM 03 38 default alphabet is used ME TA converts GSM alphabet into current TE character set according to rules covered in Annex A If acs indicates that 8 bit or UCS2 data coding scheme is used ME TA converts each 8 bit octet into hexa decimal numbers containing two IRA characters MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 331 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process tees C Discharge Time GSM 03 40 TP Discharge Time in time string format yy MM dd hh mm ss zz where characters indicate year two last digits month day hour minutes seconds and time zone For example 6th of May 1994 22 10 00 GMT 2 hours equals 94 05 06 22
352. gline off OK AT SCFG URC Ringline SCFG URC Ringline off OK MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released Switch to GSM character set Query all parameters While the TA TE link is reserved URCs will be indi cated by BREAK URCs on this interface will be indicated by Ring line associated to the interface e g RINGO for ASCO While the TA TE link is reserved URCs will be indi cated by an activated local Ring line URCs on this interface will be indicated by an acti vated RINGO no matter whether or not the TA TE link is reserved URCs on this interface will be indicated by an acti vated RINGO if the TA TE link is not reserved and by BREAK if the TA TE link is reserved Disable any Ring line indication for URCs on this interface Page 58 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 2 14 AT SM20 Set M20 compatibility mode M20 is an earlier widely used SIEMENS GSM engine The AT SM20 command selects different modes of responses returned upon execution of the commands ATD and sms commands like e g AT CMGW Please note that the AT SM20 command has no effect on any other features and is not intended to adjust other differences between M20 and MC55 Syntax Test Command AT SM20 Response s OK Read Command AT SM20 Response s SM20 lt CallMode gt lt CmgwMode gt OK Write Command AT SM20 CallMode lt CmgwModes Response s OK Reference s SIEMENS Parame
353. gt and dials the assigned phone number The termination character is mandatory since dialing from a phonebook is only supported for voice calls and for sending codes of Supplementary Services or other functions Parameter Description esti str CSCS String type value x which should equal an alphanumeric field in at least one phonebook entry in the searched memories used character set should be the one selected with AT CSCS str can contain escape sequences as described in chapter Supported character sets str must be wrapped in quotation marks if escape sequences or parameter lt mgsm gt are used or if the alphanumeric strings contains a blank If not quotation marks are optional If AT CSCS is set to UCS2 with respect to the coding of UCS2 characters only phonebook entries that contain an alphanumeric string with as size less than the half of the parameter t length gt from AT CPBW can be dialed lt mgsm gt t String of GSM modifiers Activates CLIR disables presentation of own phone number to called party i Deactivates CLIR enables presentation of own phone number to called party Notes This command may be aborted generally by receiving a character during execution Abortion is not possible during some states of connection setup such as handshaking The command is not applicable to data calls Any attempt to dial lt str gt without semicolon causes the result code NO CARRIER to
354. has changed MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 60 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released Parameter Description lt mode gt o eF 1 num lt keyp gt oF num disp Q6 ind um o 8F 2 bfr Eu o amp F lt indDescr gt BRODERSEN simplifying process Discard CIEV and srcc URCs Discard CIEV and sLCC URCs when TA TE link is reserved e g in online data mode Otherwise they are forwarded directly to the TE Buffer CIEV and sLCC URCsin the TA while TA TE link is reserved e g in online data mode and flush them to the TE afterwards Otherwise they are forwarded directly to the TE Forward CIEV and sLcc URCs directly to the TE If MC55 is in online data mode URCs are signaled via sending BREAK 100ms and stored in a buffer Once it is back in command mode e g after was entered all URCs stored in the buffer will be output Keypad event reporting is not supported by MC55 Display event reporting is not supported by MC55 Disable indicator event reporting Enable indicator event reporting TA buffer of URCs defined within this command is cleared when modes 1 3 is entered Name of indicator for a list of all supported indicators please refer to AT CIND and AT SIND c indValue um Value of indicator for a list of all values for the supported indicators please refer to AT CIND and AT SIND Note Ifthe ME operates on different instances MUX
355. hat is currently waiting and can be accepted CCWA calling number type of number class CLI validity If lt n gt 1 and the call waiting supplementary service is enabled in the network URC ccwa indicates a wait ing call to the TE It appears while the waiting call is still ringing URC 2 Indication of a call that has been waiting SCWA If lt n gt 1 and the call waiting supplementary service is enabled in the network this URC indicates that a wait ing call rang when the ME was in online mode during a CSD call but the calling party hung up before the ME went back to command mode MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 202 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Parameter Description lt n gt num Switch URCs ccwa and scwa for call waiting on off 0 Disable display of URCs CCWA and sCWA 1 Enable display of URCs ccwa and SCWA mode m Network operation to be performed for Supplementary service call waiting 0 Disable call waiting disable service 1 Enable call waiting enable service 2 Query status of call waiting query service status class U m Integer or sum of integers each representing a class of information i e a bearer service telecommunication ser vice or bearer service group as defined in GSM 02 04 In the write command parameter lt class gt specifies the class of the active call during which an incoming call of any class is to be
356. he correlations with other commands Parameter option Meaning lt param gt Parameter value will be stored with AT sw lt param gt Parameter value will be displayed with AT amp V param SNFW Parameter value will be stored with AT SNFW param 0969 Parameter value has to be is coded according to current setting of lt chset gt see AT CSCS for details Table 1 3 Symbols used to mark different types of default values of parameters Value option Meaning x Default value if the parameter is omitted the value x will be assumed XE Factory default value will be restored to x with AT amp F xP Powerup default value of a parameter which is not stored at power down xP Delivery default value of a parameter which cannot be restored automatically MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 16 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 1 4 AT Command Syntax The AT or at prefix must be set at the beginning of each command line To terminate a command line enter CR Commands are usually followed by a response that includes lt cR gt lt LF gt lt response gt lt CR gt lt LF gt Through out this document only the responses are presented lt cR gt lt LF gt are omitted intentionally Table 1 4 Types of AT commands and responses AT command type Syntax Function Test command AT CXXX The mobile equipment returns the list of parameters and value ranges set with the corresponding Write command or b
357. he current status and acti vate an unsolicited result code which appears whenever the status of the network registration changes e g when the ME is powered up or when the network cell changes e pin and new pin can also be entered in quotation marks e g 1234 Tocheck the number of remaining attempts to enter the passwords use the AT SPIC command See AT CPWD and AT SPWD for information on passwords See AT CLCK and AT SLCK for information on lock types 5 1 1 What to do if PIN or password authentication fails PIN1 PUK1 After three failures to enter PIN 1 the SIM card is blocked except for emergency calls CME ERROR 12 will prompt the client to unblock the SIM card by entering the associated PUK PIN Unblocking Key Personal Unblocking Key After ten failed attempts to enter the PUK the SIM card will be invalidated and no longer oper able In such a case the card needs to be replaced PIN1 consists of 4 to 8 digits PUK1 is an 8 digit code only To unblock a disabled PIN1 you have two options e You can enter AT CPIN PUK1 new PIN1 You can use the ATD command followed by the GSM code 05 PUK newPIN newPIN Z PIN2 PUK2 PIN2 prevents unauthorized access to the features listed in AT CPIN2 The handling of PIN2 varies with the pro vider PIN2 may either be a specific code supplied along with an associated PUK2 or a default code such as 0000 In either case the client is advised to replace it with a
358. he network The other parameters will be set to their default values see AT CGDCONT If activation is successful data transfer may proceed After data transfer is complete and the layer 2 protocol termination procedure has completed successfully the V 250 command state is reentered and the MT returns the final result code OK In the event of an erroneous termination or a failure to start up the V 250 command state is re entered and the MT returns the final result code NO CARRIER or if enabled CME ERROR Attach activate and other errors may be reported It is also an error to issue the AT CGANS command when there is no pending network request The command may be used in both normal and modem compatibility modes MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 269 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 11 3 AT CGATT GPRS attach or detach Syntax Test Command AT CGATT Response s CGATT list of supported lt state gt s OK Read Command AT CGATT Response s MOGAN ZELETE OK Write Command AT CGATT lt state gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e oO e e oO O O Command Description The test command is used for requesting information on the supported GPRS service states The read command returns the current GPRS service state The write command is used to attach the MT to or detach the MT from the GPRS service After
359. ial Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 10 11 5 Socket client sends data via TCP connection with URCSs seee 258 10 11 6 Configuring and Using FTP Download URC Mode eemmHHR 258 10 11 7 Configuring and Using FTP Upload URC Mode seem 259 10 11 8 Configuring SMPT Service Profile sssssssseemm emn 259 10 11 9 Sending Email URC Mode ssssssssssssseeene eene nennen 260 10 11 10 Sending Email Polling Mode sen meme ennnn 261 10 11 11 Configuring POP3 Service Profile emen 262 10 11 12 Retrieving Email URC Mode sesinin onnaa aaa aa RALAN EANA 262 10 11 13 Retrieving Email Polling Mode sseeenmI mmm 263 10 11 14 HTTP POST Polling Mode sssssssssssseseeeeneneennnnen nennen treten nnne 264 10 11 15 HTTP GET Polling Mode sssssseseeeenemeenmneneen nennen enne 265 11 GPRS Commands eie parisa aaan DX XRRRDAR RR ERR RE E Ee ERR IET aa XR RRRURRS RR GEO PRX ER Metsu ERE EU RRKE 266 11 1 AT CGACT PDP context activate or deactivate ssssssssssssseeenn 266 11 2 AT CGANS Manual response to a network request for PDP context activation 268 11 3 AT CGATT GPRS attach or detach sssssssssssssssseseeeeeenee nennen nnne nennen nnns 270 11 4 AT CGAUTO Automatic response to a network request for PDP context activation
360. ification information sssessssssssesseseneeenen 120 6 2 AT CGMI Request manufacturer identification ssssssssssssseemee 121 6 3 AT GMI Request manufacturer identification sssssssssseeem 121 6 4 AT CGMM Request model identification sss 122 65 AT GMM Request model identification ssssssssssssese eene mene 122 6 6 AT CGMR Request revision identification of software status sssssssssssssss 123 6 7 AT GMR Request revision identification of software status ssssssssssssssseee 123 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 4 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 6 8 AT CGSN Request International Mobile Equipment Identity IMEI sssessss 124 6 9 AT GSN Request International Mobile Equipment Identity IMEI eeseees 124 6 10 AT CIMI Request International Mobile Subscriber Identity IMSI sesesseees 125 7 Call related COMMAMNAS wiisicsnnccecsicsccstxncinasnsnnnnrnmniconanehanntnadcennnshnaineenthinainasasunanneanineineransndessnasensesinanktann 126 LV Call Status Information dcetiacsaensoannaceaassseaeddcccapaaduddcetensedideddddnaedaasandnadcnadedsienss 126 15 2 ATA AAnswera call ute redes ter e nae n eI DEOR E dee beaded EE RE ene a TURA 127 7 3 ATD Mobile originated call to specified number ss
361. ifying process 5 6 AT CPWD Change Password AT CPWD allows to define a new password for a password protected lt facility gt lock function Each password is a string of digits the length of which varies with the associated lt facility gt The test command returns a list of pairs which represent the available facilities and the maximum length of the associated password See AT commands AT CLCK and AT SLCK for more information on the various lock features Specifically the command can be used to change PIN1 or PIN2 change the password supplied from your provider for the call barring supplementary service setindividual phone security passwords enter the unblocking key Master Phone Code to restore a disabled PS password To delete a password use the following syntax attcpwd lt facility gt lt old password Syntax Test Command AT CPWD Response s CPWD list of supported lt facility gt password length gt OK Write Command AT CPWD lt facility gt old password new passwords Response s New password has been registered for the facility lock function OK If parameter lt old password was not correct CME ERROR 16 CME ERROR incorrect password If the password for the selected lt facility gt has been invalidated due to too many failed attempts CME ERROR If error is related to ME functionality CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 0
362. ination out of service Unidentified subscriber Facility rejected Unknown subscriber Page 46 of 475 3 17 06 lt err gt Code 38 41 42 47 50 69 81 95 96 97 98 99 111 127 128 129 130 143 144 145 159 160 161 175 176 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 208 209 210 211 212 213 255 300 301 MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Text if AT CMEE 2 Network out of order Temporary failure Congestion Resources unavailable unspecified Requested facility not subscribed Requested facility not implemented Invalid short message transfer reference value Invalid message unspecified Invalid mandatory information Message type non existent or not implemented Message not compatible with short message protocol state Information element non existent or not implemented Protocol error unspecified Interworking unspecified Telematic interworking not supported Short message Type 0 not supported Cannot replace short message Unspecified TP PID error Data coding scheme alphabet not supported Message class not supported Unspecified TP DCS error Command cannot be actioned Command unsupported Unspecified TP Command error TPDU not supported SC busy No SC subscription SC system failure Invalid SME address Destination SME barred SM Rejected Duplicate SM TP VPF not supported TP VP not supported DO SIM SMS storage full No SMS storage capability in SIM
363. ion Invoking these commands will not cause ERROR result codes but these commands have no functionality 12 1 FAX parameters Below you can find a summary of parameters used by the fax specific AT commands and responses described in this chapter Please note that parameter mod is dedicated to Fax Class 1 only All other parameters listed below are for Fax Class 2 only Parameter Description mod um Modulation scheme To find out which value is actually supported by mod use the test commands while the ME is off hook 3 V21 Ch2 300 bps 24 V 2Tter 2400 bps 48 V 2Tter 7200 bps 72 V 29 7200 bps 96 V 29 9600 bps bf ERU Binary File Transfer Mode 0 Disable BFT 1 Enable BFT MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 301 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released lt br ERU Bit Rate 0 1 2 3 df Toum Data Compression Format 0 1 2 ec um Error Correction Mode 0 1 2 1n 0um Page Length 0 1 2 eee Scan Time Line 0 oc PB WD VIS Sain Vertical Resolution 0 1 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released 2400 bps V 27ter 4800 bps V 27ter 7200 bps V 29 9600 bps V 29 1 D modified Huffman 2 D modified read 2 D uncompressed mode Disable ECM Enable ECM 64 bytes frame Enable ECM 256 bytes frame A4 297mm B4 364mm Unlimited length 0 ms at VR normal 5 ms 10 ms 10 ms 20 ms 20 ms 40 ms 40 ms Normal 98 Ipi Fine 196 Ipi Page
364. ion Settings ssssssee enne 50 2 14 AT SM20 Set M20 compatibility mode ssssseeenene nennen nnns 59 3 Status Control Gommands 5 eeorericiii ce rr een soe nrhe cit ou e PEE DR cans a RERERE Get Re EE Ra XR EXER Rab R RES EECR IR ERE M RRR ERE DEED 60 3 1 AT CMER Mobile Equipment Event Reporting ssssssssssssseee eee 60 3 2 ATECIND Indicator Control ee rt ee Re etx ERE en e RP RE REX HR ERE IX RPARRIAT IM SERE M RAS 62 3 38 AT SIND Extended Indicator Controls tissieri ania aai aa 65 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 3 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 3 4 AT CEER Extended Error Repott ccccccececceceeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeceeaaaecaeeeeeeeeeceeeseceecccaceeseeeeneeeeeess 71 3 4 1 Cause Location ID for the extended error report ceceeeeeeeeeeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeetennneaeens 72 3 4 2 GSM release cause for L3 Radio Resource RR sse 73 3 4 3 SIEMENS release cause for L3 Radio Resource RR 73 3 4 4 GSM release cause for Mobility Management MM or Session Management SM 74 3 4 5 SIEMENS release cause for L3 Mobility Management MM eee 75 3 4 6 GSM release cause for L3 Call Control CC 75 3 4 7 SIEMENS release cause for L3 Call Control CC 77 3 4 8 SIEMENS release cause for L3 Advice of Charge AOC sss 77 3 4 9 GSM Release cause for Supplementary Service Call
365. iplex mode the sequence does not work Therefore if required in Multiplex mode the escape sequence needs to be implemented in the customer s external Multiplex application Design solutions for example using the DTR signal or a modem status command MSC can be found in 5 Section Escape Sequence See also Section 4 8 AT CMUX On ASC1 the sequence can be used in GPRS connections for switching from PPP online to command mode MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 144 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released 7 18 AT CBST Select bearer service type The AT CBST write command selects the bearer service lt name gt the data rate speed and the connection element lt ce gt to be used when data calls are originated The settings also apply to mobile terminated data calls especially when single numbering scheme calls or calls from analog devices are received See AT CSNS See GSM 02 02 1 for a list of allowed combinations of subparameters Syntax Test Command AG CB ST Response s CBST list of supported lt speedss list of supported lt namess list of supported lt ce gt s OK Read Command AT CBST Response s CBST lt speed gt lt name gt ce OK Write Command AT CBST lt speeds gt name lt ce gt Response s OK ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 o e O O O 9 Parameter Description speed um amp W amp V 0 Autobauding 4 2400 bps V 22bis
366. ired and the referrer of the execute command AT SPIC is explicitly undefined Syntax Test Command AT SPIC Response s OK Read Command AT SPIC Response s SPIC code OK Exec Command AT SPIC Response s SPIC counter OK Write Command AT SPIC lt facility gt Response s SPIC lt counter gt OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUXI MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS O e e e oO Oo O O Parameter Description counter m Number of attempts left to enter the currently required password This number will be counted down after each failure MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 105 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released lt facility gt BRODERSEN simplifying process Password for which the corresponding PIN counter is to be displayed SC PS po PN code lex SIM PIN or SIM PUK If the SIM PIN has been deactivated after three failed attempts the counter for SIM PUK will be returned instead Phone code or device code cf AT CLCK and AT CPWD If incorrectly entered three times the Master Phone Code is required to lift the lock and the number of remaining attempts for the master phonecode will be returned SIM PIN2 or SIM PUK2 If the SIM PIN2 has been deactivated after three failed attempts the counter for SIM PUK2 will be returned instead Network Personalisation Identification of the currently required password SIM PIN SIM PUK SIM PIN2 SIM PUK2 PH SIM PIN
367. ished so the host may decide to stop the data transfer to minimize the risk of losing data due to memory limitations at sici Query once again the current status of the connec tion profile SICE 1 2 1 710 10 0 160 After re establishing the network connection lt con State reverts to state Up OK After closing the service with AT SISC at sici Query once again the current status of the connec tion profile SIC 1 2 0 3 1 1 91 7 Parameter lt numServices gt has decreased The bearer is still open because the service was closed before expiry of the inactivity timeout inactTO of AT SIGS OK at sici Query again the current status SICT 10 0 LO POR ORIOL The inactivity timeout inactTO of AT sICS has expired therefore the bearer is closed now OK MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 227 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 10 3 ATASISS Internet Service Setup Profile AT SISS serves to set up the necessary parameters in the Internet service profiles Any service profile can then be used to control a data link in conjunction with AT SISI AT SISO AT SISC AT SISR AT SISW and AT SISE The AT SISS read command requests the current settings of all Internet service profiles One line is issued for every possible parameter of a given lt srvParmTag gt srvType value The AT SISS write command specifies the parameters for a service profile identified by lt srvProfilelds At first
368. iss 0 hcMethod 0 OK at siss 0 address http 192 168 1 4 OK at siso 0 OK at sisr 0 1500 SISR 0 1264 TEDATA OK at sisr 0 1500 SISR 0 1500 5 6 a DIN su OK at sisr 0 1500 SISR 0 602 TEDATA OK at sisr 0 1500 SISR 0 2 OK at sisi SISI 0 6 0 3366 0 0 OK at sise 0 SISE 0 0 OK at sisc 0 OK MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released Page 265 of 475 BRODERSEN simplifying process The command response indicates that HTTP service is in state 6 Down and that 180 bytes have been sent Check error status of service profile 1 The command response confirms that no error occurred Close the service Select service type HTTP Select connection profile 1 Start reading data in polling mode Again try to read 1500 bytes Nor more data to read i e the service has finished The command response indicates that the HTTP service is in state 6 Down and that 3366 bytes have been read Check error status of service profile O The command response confirms that no error occurred Close the service 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 11 GPRS Commands This chapter describes AT Commands that a TE Terminal Equipment e g an application running on a control ling PC may use to control the MC55 acting as GPRS Mobile Termination MT Please use chapter Using GPRS AT commands Examples as a first guidance 11 1 AT CGACT PDP context activate or deactivat
369. ited Up Internet connection is established but temporarily no network cov erage 4 Closing Internet connection is terminating MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 226 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process lt numServices gt Number of services using this Internet connection profile 0 9 conAddr 6 Local IP address of the Internet connection profile empty if no address is associated yet Note Before opening a service profile based on a connection profile recently used check with AT SICI that the previous connection was properly closed If AT SICI confirms that the connection profile is in constate 0 Down the connection profile may be used again 10 2 1 Checking Connection Profile Status at sici Query the current status of the connection profile STOT 1 2 1 39 1 0 16 0 One connection profile has been created at con ProfileId 1 and one service is opened using this connection profile The Internet connection is in conState 2 Up OK Assume the network connection is temporarily not available If URC presentation mode of network registration is enabled the state is shown by the URC CREG 2 at sici Query once again the current status of the connec tion profile gars 1 3 L 919 109 0 5 Parameter lt conState gt has changed to state Lim ited up OK The network connection is temporarily not available but the Internet connection is still establ
370. k AT CPBR serves to read one or more entries from the phonebook selected with AT command AT CPBS The AT CPBR test command returns the location range supported by the current phonebook storage the maxi mum length of number field and the maximum length of lt text gt field Note Length information may not be available while SIM storage is selected If storage does not offer format information the format list contains empty parenthesizes The AT CPBR write command determines the phonebook entry to be displayed with lt location1 gt ora location range from 1ocationi to lt location2 gt Hence if no lt location2 gt is given only the entry at lt location1 gt Will be displayed If no entries are found at the selected location OK will be returned Syntax Test Command AT CPBR Response s CPBR 1 lt maxloc gt nlength lt tlength gt OK CME ERROR Write Command AT CPBR locationl lt location2 gt 5 Response s CPBR locationl number type text CPBR lt location2 gt number type text OK CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 GSM 11 11 e e e e Oo Q Q Parameter Description lt location1 gt The first lowest location number within phonebook memory where to start reading The maximum range sup ported by the current phonebook is given in the test command response If 1ocationi exceeds the upper
371. ket access not allowed 3 Packet access is allowed for priority level 1 4 Packet access is allowed for priority level 1 to 2 MCC Mobile Country Code MNC Mobile Network Code NOM Network Operation Mode 1 3 TA Timing Advance Value RAC Routing Area Code as hexadecimal value MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 183 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 8 11 AT SALS Alternate Line Service The AT SALS command is designed to support Alternate Line Service This allows the subscriber to use two voice numbers on the same SIM card service requires a dual line SIM card The write command enables or disables the presentation of lt view gt and specifies the lt 1 ine gt used for outgoing calls The read command returns the presentation mode of lt view gt and the currently selected lt line gt Syntax Test Command AT SALS Response s SALS list of supported lt viewss list of supported 1ine s OK Read Command AT SALS Response s SALS view line OK ERROR Write Command AT SALS view lt line gt Response s OK ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS e e e J O Unsolicited Result Code If switched on with lt view gt 1 SALS lt line gt Indicates the line used by an incoming call Parameter Description view um Controls the presentation mode of the URC SALS which indicates the line number used by an incoming call
372. le with protocol state 99 Information element non existent or not implemented 100 Conditional information element error 101 Messages not compatible with protocol state 111 Protocol error unspecified MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 74 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Number Description Causes related to GPRS 7 GPRS services not allowed 8 GPRS services not allowed in combination with non GPRS services 9 MS identity cannot be identified by the network 10 Implicitly detached 14 GPRS services not allowed in current PLMN 16 MSC temporarily unreachable 3 4 5 SIEMENS release cause for L3 Mobility Management MM Number Description 1 No SIM available 8 No MM connection 9 Authentification failure 11 MM performs detach 17 Registration failed and will be re attempted in a short term 18 CM connection establishment failed 19 Registration failed and will be re attempted in a long term 20 RR connection is released 21 MS tries to register 22 SPLMN is not available 23 An MTC is in progress 24 A PLMN scan is in progress 25 The MM is detached the MS is in MS class C GPRS only 3 4 6 GSM release cause for L3 Call Control CC Number Description 0 No error Normal class 1 Unassigned unallocated number 3 No route to destination 6 Channel unacceptable 8 Operator determined barring 16 Normal call clearing 17 User busy 18 No user responding 19 User alerting no answer 21 Call rejected
373. lect TE Character Set The maximum displayed length of lt alpha gt is 16 characters If lt alpha gt has more than 16 characters only the first 15 characters will be displayed To indicate an overflow a special character will be used as the 16th char acter This will be a space if the character set selected with AT CSCS is GSM or E400 if the character set is UCS2 Due to time constraints on the necessary evaluation of the phonebook this parameter may show a default value during early call phases e g for lt stat gt dialing incoming or alerting even if a phonebook entry is present for the number concerned Notes Teleservices other than voice data fax are not fully supported by ME They are used only in connection with the handling for AT CSNS and may therefore occur in parameter mode for mobile terminated calls e Ifa URC srcc in verbose mode see AT SCFG has been buffered while the interface was in dedicated mode depending on the settings of AT CMER parameter lt bfr gt each buffered event indicator will be output as a separate URC after the interface returns to idle mode However the output will deliver the list of current calls in the current state at the time when the output is generated possibly leading to multiple displays of identical list configurations Some parameters of AT command AT CHLD as well as some situations where the call status in the network changes very quickly e g the tr
374. lications any input character may be used to stop the output in certain cases depending on the settings of AT IPR and AT CMUX 8 8 1 ME is not connected AT MONI responses a ME is camping on a cell and registered to the network Serving Cell I Dedicated channel chann rs dBm MCC MNC LAC cell NCC BCC PWR RXLev C1 I chann TS timAdv PWR dBm Q ChMod WOLS AL a QOL 01 1001 0103 7 7 33 105 35 i No connection b ME is camping on a cell but not registered to the network only emergency call allowed Serving Cell I Dedicated channel chann rs dBm MCC MNC LAC cell NCC BCC PWR RXLev C1 I chann TS timAdv PWR dBm Q ChMod LOS AL y QOL 01 1001 0103 di 7G 33 105 33 1 Limited Service c ME camping on a cell but searching for a better cell cell reselection Serving Cell Dedicated channel chann rs dBm MCC MNC LAC cell NCC BCC PWR RXLev C1 I chann TS timAdv PWR dBm Q ChMod TOS Al a QOL d ME is searching and could not yet find a suitable cell Serving Cell 01 1001 0103 7 7 33 105 33 i Cell Reselection Dedicated channel chann rs dBm MCC MNC LAC cell NCC BCC PWR RXLev Cl I chann TS timAdv PWR dBm Q ChMod Searching ME is connected Call in progress Serving Cell I Dedicated channel chann rs dBm MCC MNC LAC cell NCC BCC PWR RXLev C1 I chann TS timAdv PWR dBm Q ChMod Jos 39 F o Columns for Serving Cell Column chann rs dBm MCC MNC LAC cell NCC BCC PWR MC55 ATC
375. line shall always be on DCD line shall be on only when data carrier signal is present DCD line shall be on when one or more Internet services defined on the related serial channel are in state Connecting or Up as described below For details on the various service states refer to AT SISI parameter lt srvState gt or AT SISO parameter lt srvStates gt e SOCKET HTTP SMTP POP3 DCD shall be on when lt srvState gt Connnecting or Up FTP DCD shall be on when data channel is connected i e lt srvState gt Up Page 86 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 4 3 AT amp D Set circuit Data Terminal Ready DTR function mode The AT amp D determines how the TA responds when circuit 108 2 DTR is changed from ON to OFF during data mode Syntax Exec Command AT amp D lt value gt Response s OK Reference s V 250 Parameter Description vedue num amp W amp V 0 1 9 8F MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last e Q e e OQ Q Q TA ignores status of DTR ON gt OFF on DTR Change to command mode while retaining the connected call ON gt OFF on DTR Disconnect data call change to command mode During state DTR OFF auto answer is off Page 87 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 4 4 AT amp S Set circuit Data Set Ready DSR function mode The AT amp S command determines how the TA sets circuit 107
376. line termination character BRODERSEN simplifying process The ATS3 command determines the character recognized by the TA to terminate an incoming command line Syntax Read Command ATS3 Response s n OK Write Command ATS3 lt n gt Response s OK ERROR Reference s V 250 Parameter Description lt n um amp W amp V command line termination character 000 13 6P 127 Notes PIN ASCO ASC1 O MUX1 oO MUX2 MUX3 Charge i O Using a value other than the default 13 may cause problems when entering commands Whenever you change the setting take into account that the new value has no effect on the URC sHUT DOWN MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released Page 440 of 475 O Last 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 19 3 ATS4 Set response formatting character The ATS4 command determines the character generated by the TA for result code and information text Syntax Read Command ATS4 Response s lt n gt OK Write Command ATS4 lt n gt Response s OK ERROR Reference s V 250 Parameter Description ens Um amp W amp V response formatting character 000 10 8P 127 Note PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O o S e O Q QO Whenever you change the setting take into account that the new value has no effect on the URC SHUT DOWN MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released Page 441 of 4
377. lowed to attach to GPRS if requested by the user Unknown 5 Registered roaming The ME is in GMM state GMM REGISTERED or GMM ROUTING AREA UPDATING INITIATED on a visited PLMN Note When the module is GPRS attached and a PLMN reselection occurs to a non GPRS network or to a network where the SIM is not subscribed to for using GPRS the resulting GMM GPRS mobility management state according to GSM 24 008 is REGISTERED NO CELL meaning that the read command will still show lt stat gt 1 or lt stat gt 5 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 289 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 11 12 AT CGSMS Select service for MO SMS messages Syntax AT CGSMS Response s CGSMS list of supported lt servicess OK Read Command AT CGSMS Response s CGSMS lt service gt OK Write Command AT CGSMS lt services Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e oO e e oO O O Command Description The test command is used for requesting information on which services and service preferences can be set by using the AT CGSMS write command The read command returns the currently selected service or service preference The write command is used to specify the service or service preference that the MT will use to send MO SMS messages If parameter service is not given the current value remains unchanged Parameter Description service
378. lso take advantage of the status LED controlled by the SYNC pin see AT SSYNC and 2 The LED remains off while the mod ule is in any of the SLEEP modes However the module can wake up temporarily from power saving without leaving its CYCLIC SLEEP mode without changing CFUN lt fun gt e g for a network scan after a loss of radio coverage or after receipt of serial data during CYCLIC SLEEP mode During this temporary wakeup state the LED will operate as if the ME was in full functionality mode Recommendation In NON CYCLIC SLEEP mode you can set an RTC alarm to wake up the ME and return to full functionality This is a useful approach because in this mode the AT interface is not accessible Examples EXAMPLE 1 To check the level of functionality use the read command AT CFUN CFUN 1 Default mode after ME was restarted Remember that the AT interface is not accessible in NON CYCLIC SLEEP mode Consequently the read command is only useful when the ME is set to full functionality or when un is set to 5 6 7 8 or 9 AT CFUN CFUN 5 CYCLIC SLEEP mode EXAMPLE 2 To set the ME to NON CYCLIC SLEEP mode enter AT CFUN 0 OK MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 39 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process When for example an SMS is being received and indicated by an unsolicited result code URC the ME wakes up to full operation CMTI SM 5 Note that the URC used in this example will
379. lt 5 lt 25 3 Predictive lt 50 lt 250 4 Best Effort Unspecified lt reliability gt Reliability class 0 network subscribed value 1 Non real time traffic error sensitive application that cannot cope with data loss 2 Non real time traffic error sensitive application that can cope with infrequent data loss 3 Non real time traffic error sensitive application that can cope with data loss GMM SM and SMS Real time traffic error sensitive application that can cope with data loss 5 Real time traffic error non sensitive application that can cope with data loss lt peak gt Peak throughput class in octets per second 0 network subscribed value Up to 1 000 8 kbit s Up to 2 000 16 kbit s Up to 4 000 32 kbit s Up to 8 000 64 kbit s Up to 16 000 128 kbit s af O N gt MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 285 of 475 Confidential Released 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 6 Up to 32 000 256 kbit s 7 Up to 64 000 512 kbit s 8 Up to 128 000 1024 kbit s 9 Up to 256 000 2048 kbit s lt mean gt Mean throughput class in octets per hour 0 network subscribed value 1 100 0 22 bit s 2 200 0 44 bit s 3 500 1 11 bit s 4 1 000 2 2 bit s 5 2 000 4 4 bit s 6 5 000 11 1 bit s 7 10 000 22 bit s 8 20 000 44 bit s 9 50 000 111 bit s 10 100 000 0 22 kbit s 11 200 000 0 44 kbit s 12 500 000 1 11 kbit s 13 1 000 000 2 2 kbit s 14 2 000 000
380. m Reason for last call release as number code see also reason of AT CEER reason numbers and the associated descriptions are listed in several tables sorted by different categories at AT CEER The tables can be found proceeding from the Location IDs listed in Section 3 4 1 Cause Location ID for the extended error report MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 81 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released Examples EXAMPLE 1 ATS18 1 OK ATD03012345678 CAUSE 8 17 BUSY EXAMPLE 2 ATS18 1 OK ATD03012345678 CONNECT 9600 RLP Igel ss oo daaa CAUSE 8 16 NO CARRIER MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Enables the presentation of extended call release reports Now a mobile originated data call fails An extended error report is output followed by the result code BUSY The Location ID 8 stated in Section 3 4 1 points to Section 3 4 6 with 17 User busy Enables the presentation of extended call release reports Now a mobile originated data call is set up Call ends after remote party hung up Normal call release is reported followed by the result code NO CAR RIER The Location ID 8 stated in Section 3 4 1 points to Section 3 4 6 with 16 Normal call clearing Page 82 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 3 6 AT CPAS Mobile equipment activity status The AT CPAS execute command indicates the activity status of the ME Syntax Test Comm
381. mand cid num a numeric parameter which specifies a particular PDP context definition see AT CGDCONT command Note If response is 1 the following procedure is followed by the MT If the lt L2P gt parameter value is unacceptable to the MT the MT will return an ERROR or CME ERROR response Otherwise the MT issues the intermediate result code CONNECT and enters V 250 online data state A cid may be specified for use in the context activation request During the PDP startup procedure the MT has the PDP type and the PDP address provided by the network in the Request PDP context activation message If this is in conflict with the information provided by a spec ified cid the command will fail There will be no conflict if the PDP type matches exactly and the PDP address given by the context definition for cid is empty or matches exactly with the address specified with the network PDP context activation message The context will be activated using the values for PDP type and address provided by the network together with all other information found in the PDP context definition An APN may or may not be required depending on the application MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 268 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process If no cid is given or if there is no matching context definition the MT will attempt to activate the context using the values for PDP type and address provided by t
382. mand specifies a profile for the context identified by the local context identification parameter SOLAS A special form of the set command CGQREQ lt cid gt causes the requested profile for context number cid to become undefined AT amp F and ATZ will undefine the QoS profiles of every context which is not active or not online Parameter Description cid um Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition The parameter is local to the TE MT interface and is used in other PDP context related commands 1 2 precedence m Precedence class 0 network subscribed value 1 High Priority Service commitments shall be maintained ahead of precedence classes 2 and 3 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 284 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN 2 Normal priority simplifying process Service commitments shall be maintained ahead of precedence class 3 3 Low priority Service commitments shall be maintained num lt delay gt Delay class This parameter defines the end to end transfer delay incurred in the transmission of SDUs through the GPRS network s 0 network subscribed value 1 4 with SDU size 128 octets Delay Class Mean Transfer Delay 95 percentile 1 Predictive lt 0 5 lt 1 5 2 Predictive lt 5 lt 25 3 Predictive lt 50 lt 250 4 Best Effort Unspecified with SDU size 1024 octets Delay Class Mean Transfer Delay 95 percentile 1 Predictive lt 0 5 lt 1 5 2 Predictive
383. mber Description 3 The MS has not got any answer to the ACTIVATE PDP CONTEXT request message sent five times to the network 4 A MT PDP context which is active or in the activation process is deactivated because another MT PDP context with the same TI is requested by the network to be activated 5 A MT PDP context which is active or in the activation process is deactivated because another MT PDP context with the same TI is requested by the network to be activated The activation request is rejected by the SM sending the cause insufficient resources to the network because the SM was not able to perform the necessary comparisons for a static PDP address collision detection 6 A MT PDP context which is active or in the activation process is deactivated because another MT PDP context with the same TI is requested by the network to be activated As a static PDP address collision with an MO activating PDP context has been detected by the SM the SM dis cards the activation request 7 A MT PDP context request has been indicated but could not be processed in time The acti vation request is rejected by the SM sending the cause insufficient resources to the network 3 4 12 GSM cause for L3 Protocol module or other local cause Number Description 2 No detailed cause 3 4 13 SIEMENS release cause for GPRS API Number Description 0 Regular deactivation of the call 1 Action temporarily not allowed 2 Wrong connection type 3 Specified data service profil
384. mber redial memory Set type of authentication for PPP connection Configuration of GPRS related Parameters Display Homezone Internet Connection Information Internet Connection Setup Profile Extended Indicator Control Internet Service Close Internet Service Error Report Internet Service Information Internet Service Open Internet Service Read Data Internet Service Setup Profile Internet Service Write Data Siemens defined command to list current calls of ME Display Last Call Duration Facility lock List SMS Memory Storage Set M20 compatibility mode List Short Messages from preferred store without setting status to REC READ Page 473 of 475 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Section and Page Section 6 7 page 123 Section 6 9 page 124 Section 4 6 page 90 Section 4 7 page 92 Section 17 6 page 405 Section 17 7 page 406 Section 3 7 page 84 Section 4 1 page 85 Section 8 8 page 177 Section 8 9 page 180 Section 9 2 page 192 Section 17 8 page 407 Section 8 11 page 184 Section 18 3 page 430 Section 18 4 page 433 Section 2 13 page 50 Section 14 4 page 374 Section 14 3 page 372 Section 7 25 page 158 Section 18 5 page 434 Section 16 10 page 400 Section 11 13 page 291 Section 11 14 page 292 Section 8 12 page 186 Section 10 2 page 226 Section 10 1 page 222 Section 3 3 page 65 Section 10 6 page 244 Section 10 9 page 251 Section 10 4 page 237 Section 10 5 page 23
385. meter Description errMode m amp W amp V o6 Disable result code i e only ERROR will be displayed 1 2 Example Enable error result code with numeric values Enable error result code with verbose string values To obtain enhanced error messages it is recommended to choose lt errMode gt 2 AT CMEE 2 OK MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released Page 44 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 2 11 1 CME CMS Error Code Overview Table 2 4 General CME ERROR Codes GSM 07 07 err Code 100 132 MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Text if AT CMEE 2 phone failure no connection to phone phone adapter link reserved Operation not allowed Operation not supported PH SIM PIN required PH FSIM PIN required PH FSIM PUK required SIM not inserted SIM PIN required SIM PUK required SIM failure SIM busy SIM wrong Incorrect password SIM PIN2 required SIM PUK2 required Memory full invalid index not found Memory failure text string too long invalid characters in text string dial string too long invalid characters in dial string no network service Network timeout Network not allowed emergency calls only Network personalization PIN required Network personalization PUK required Network subset personalization PIN required Network subset personalization PUK required service provider personalization PIN required service provider personalization PUK required Corp
386. mmand enables or disables the presentation of URCs to report critical temperature limits CAUTION During the first 15 seconds after start up the module operates in an automatic report mode URCs can be always displayed regardless of the selected mode lt n gt Syntax Test Command AT SCTM Response s SCTM list of supported n s OK Read Command AT SCTM Response s SCTM n m OK ERROR CME ERROR Write Command AT SCTM lt n gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS O e e e e e e o Unsolicited Result Codes URC 1 URCs will be automatically sent to the TA when the temperature reaches or exceeds the critical level or when itis back to normal SCTM A m for battery temperature URC 2 SCTM B m for module board temperature MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 434 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Command Description The read command returns the URC presentation mode information about the current temperature range of the module Please note that the Read command does not indicate the temperature range of the battery The battery temper ature can only be reported by an Unsolicited Result Code Select n to enable or disable the presentation of the URCs Please note that the setting will not be stored upon Power Down i e after restart or reset the default lt n gt 0 will b
387. mmands ATSO Short Message Service SMS Commands AT CMGF AT CNMI AT CSDH AT CSMS AT SMGO SIM related Commands AT SCKS Miscellaneous Commands ATS3 ATS4 ATS5 MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Stored Parameters lt n gt lt n gt lt n gt lt gt lt mode gt modes mt bm ds show service n mode n n n Page 463 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 20 6 Factory Default Settings Restorable with AT amp F Table 20 9 Factory Default Settings Restorable with AT amp F AT Command Factory Defaults Configuration Commands ATO lt n gt 0 ATV lt value gt 1 ATX lt value gt 4 AT CFUN lt fun gt 1 AT CMEE lt errMode gt 0 AT CSCS lt chset gt GSM AT SCFG tcpIrt z 3 ctcpMr z 10 lt tcpoOt gt 6000 tcpWith Urc gt on AT SM20 lt Cal1Mode gt 1 lt CmgwMode gt 1 Status Control Commands AT CMER lt mode gt 0 lt keyp gt 0 lt disp gt 0 lt ind gt 0 lt bfr gt 0 AT CIND lt mode gt 1 ATS18 lt n gt 0 Serial Interface Control Commands AT Q lt n gt 0 AT amp C lt value gt 1 AT amp D lt value gt 2 AT amp S lt value gt 0 ATE lt value gt 1 AT ILRR lt value gt 0 Call related Commands ATSO lt n gt 000 ATS6 lt n gt 000 ATS7 lt n gt 060 ATS8 lt n gt 0 ATS10 lt n gt 002 AT CBST lt speed gt 7 lt name gt 0 lt ce gt 1 AT
388. mmunication ser vice or bearer service group as defined in GSM 02 04 1 voice 2 data class 2 data comprises all those class values between 16 and 128 that are supported both by the network and the MS This means a setting made for class 2 applies to all remaining data classes if supported In addition you can assign a different setting to a specific class For example you can activate Call Forwarding for all data classes but deactivate it for a specific data class 4 fax 8 SMS 16 data circuit sync 32 data circuit async 64 dedicated packet access 128 dedicated PAD access 1 7 255 combination of some of the above classes For example the default setting 7 represents the sum of the integers 1 2 and 4 CF for voice data and fax The value 255 covers all classes If the class parameter is omitted the default value 7 is used num time 5 20 30 Time to wait before call is forwarded rounded to a multiple of 5 sec only for reason no reply status Um 0 Call Forwarding not active 1 Call Forwarding active Notes e You can register disable enable and erase reason 4 and 5 as described above However querying the status of reason 4 and 5 with AT CCFC will result in an error CME error Operation not supported As an alternative you may use the ATD command followed by codes to check the status of these two reasons See Star Hash Network Commands fora complete lis
389. mode Em lo 2 4 Notes PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O e e e OQ Q Q Voice Each call received without bearer element is assumed to be speech Fax Each call received without bearer element is assumed to be an incoming fax Data Each call received without bearer element is assumed to be a data call Please take into account that the bearer service parameters set with AT CBST apply to all data calls including those received without bearer capability The command must be set before the call comes By default when you do not modify the settings all calls received without bearer element are assumed to be voice The setting will be saved when you power down the ME with AT SMSO provided that PIN authentication has been done The saved value will be restored when the same SIM card is inserted and PIN authentication done again If no SIM card or a different SIM card is inserted the default value 0 takes effect MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 157 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 7 25 AT SCNI List Call Number Information Syntax Test Command AT SCNI Response s OK Exec Command AT SCNI Response s SCNI lt id gt lt cs gt lt number gt lt type gt SCNI lt id gt lt cs gt lt number gt lt type gt e OK ERROR CME ERROR err PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last o L4 S e OQ Q Q9 Reference s SIEMENS
390. mode according to the ETSI TS 101 669 and GSM 07 10 enables one physical serial asynchronous interface to be partitioned into three virtual channels This allows you to take advantage of up to 3 simultaneous sessions running on the serial interface For example you can send or receive data or make a call on the first channel while the other two channels are free to control the module with AT commands The MC55 module incorporates an internal multiplexer and thus integrates all the functions needed to implement full featured multiplex solutions For the application on top customers have the flexibility to create their own mul tiplex programs conforming to the multiplexer protocol To help system integrators save the time and expense of designing multiplexer applications SIEMENS AG offers WinMUX2k a ready to use multiplex driver for Windows 2000 and Windows XP Another approach is to develop customized solutions based on the sources of the WinMux2k driver Refer to 5 which provides a detailed description of the multiplex architecture and step by step instructions of how to install and configure the multiplex mode The WinMUX2k driver and its source files can be supplied on request Please contact your local distributor to obtain the latest installation software and user s guide Syntax Test Command AT CMUX Response s CMUX list of supported lt modess OK Read Command AT CMUX Response s CMUX lt mode gt OK ERROR CME ER
391. mption of the MC55 module and the application Percent age of battery capacity is not available MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 432 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released 18 4 AT SBV Battery Supply Voltage BRODERSEN simplifying process The AT SBV execute command allows to monitor the supply or battery voltage of the module The voltage is continuously measured at intervals depending on the operating mode of the RF interface The duration of a mea surement period ranges from 0 5s in TALK DATA mode up to 50s when MC55 is in IDLE mode or Limited Ser vice deregistered The displayed value is averaged over the last measuring period before the AT SBV command was executed The measurement is related to the test points of BATT and GND both accessible on the bottom of the module Refer to 1 for information on the module s test points Syntax Test Command AT SBV Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Exec Command AT SBV Response s SBV value OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s SIEMENS Parameter Description value sunny Supply or battery voltage in mV MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released PIN ASCO ASC1 O e Page 433 of 475 MUX1 e MUX2 MUX3 Charge y Last 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 18 5 AT SCTM Set critical operating temperature presentation mode or query temperature Use this command to monitor the temperature range of the module and the battery The write co
392. n 3 4 AT CEER MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 28 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 2 Configuration Commands The AT Commands described in this chapter allow the external application to determine the MC55 s behaviour under various conditions 2 1 AT amp F Set all current parameters to manufacturer defaults AT amp F sets all current parameters to the manufacturer defined profile All defined GPRS contexts which are not activated or not online will be undefined see AT CGDCONT Syntax Exec Command AT amp F lt value gt Response s OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last V 250 O oO e e e O O Parameter Description lt value eum 0 Set all TA parameters to manufacturer defaults Notes List of parameters reset to manufacturer default can be found in Section 20 6 Factory Default Set tings Restorable with AT amp F In addition to the default profile you can store an individual one with AT amp W To alternate between the two pro files enter either ATZ loads user profile or AT amp F restores factory profile Every ongoing or incoming call will be terminated MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 29 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released 2 2 BRODERSEN simplifying process AT amp V Display current configuration AT amp V returns the current parameter setting The configuration varies depending on whether or not PIN authen tication has been done and whether or
393. n a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned See Section 20 1 Restricted access to SIM data after SIM PIN authentication for further detail MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 341 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 13 7 AT CMGS Send Short Message The write command transmits a short message from TE to network SMS SUBMIT After invoking the write command wait for the prompt gt and then start to write the message To send the mes sage simply enter lt cTRL z gt After the prompt a timer will be started to observe the input To abort sending use lt Esc gt Abortion is acknowledged with OK though the message will not be sent The message reference mr is returned to the TE on successful message delivery The value can be used to identify the message in a delivery status report provided as an unsolicited result code Syntax Test Command AT CMGS Response s OK Write Command If text mode see AT CMGF 1 AT CMGS lt das lt toda gt lt cr gt Text can be entered lt cTRL Z gt lt ESC gt Response s CMGS mr lt scts gt OK If sending fails see notes below Write Command If PDU mode see AT CMGF 0 AT CMGS lt length gt lt cr gt PDU can be entered lt CTRL Z gt lt ESC gt Response s CMGS mr lt ackpdus OK If sending fails see notes below Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 05 e e oO e J J O OQ Q Not
394. n error If a service in this state be sure to close it with AT S1Sc before reopening it Additional note for Socket The Socket service enters lt srvState gt 6 after unackData counter has reached 0 socketState m Socket state identifier 1 Socket not assigned i e no TCP UDP connection active 2 Socket assigned as CLIENT 3 Socket assigned as LISTENER 4 Socket assigned as SERVER rxCount um Number of bytes received via AT SISR since last successful AT SISO write command lt txCount Uum Number of bytes sent via AT SISW since last successful AT SISO write command locAddr 6G Recently used local IP address in dotted four byte format and TCP port separated by colon e g 192 60 10 10 80 lt remaddr gt 6 Remote IP address in dotted four byte format and TCP port separated by colon e g 192 60 10 10 80 Note Asin polling mode no error URCs are available you are advised to integrate the commands AT SISI and AT SISE into the command sequences for upload and download jobs So the AT SISO command may be followed by AT SISI to check that the service has entered the lt srvState gt 4 before sending AT SISR or AT SISW This helps you to detect errors even though the srs URCs are disabled A typical example is that the service fails to be opened because the service profile contains a wrong destination address In such a case after opening with AT srSo and OK response the service quickly enters th
395. n individual code Incorrect input of PUK2 will per manently block the additional features subject to PIN2 authentification but usually has no effect on PIN1 PIN2 consists of 4 digits PUK2 is an 8 digit code only To unblock a disabled PIN2 you have two options You can enter AT CPIN2 PUK2 new PIN2 You can use the ATD command followed by the GSM code 052 PUK2 newPIN2 newPIN2 Phone lock If the mobile was locked to a specific SIM card PS lock or phone lock the PUK that came with the SIM card cannot be used to remove the lock After three failed attempts to enter the correct password ME returns CPIN PH SIM PUK response to read command AT CPIN i e it is now waiting for the Master Phone Code This is an 8 digit device code associated to the IMEI number of the mobile which can only by obtained from the man ufacturer or provider When needed contact Siemens AG and request the Master Phone Code of the specific module There are two ways to enter the Master Phone code You can enter AT CPIN Master Phone Code e You can use the ATD command followed by the GSM code 0003 Master Phone Code Usually the Master Phone Code will be supplied by mail or e mail If the received number is enclosed in the codes typically used for the ATD option it is important to crop the preceding 0003 characters and the appended Example You may be given the string 0003 12345678 When prompted for the PH SIM PUK simply enter 1234
396. n internal error Connection profile not defined PPP LCP FAILED PPP error PAP Authentication failed PPP error CHAP Authentication failed PPP error IPCP failed PPP error Applies only to interactive text mode Indicates that number of input characters is greater than lt cnfWriteLength gt General Information Elements 6001 General progress information for connection setup 10 10 2 Information Elements Related to FTP Service lt urcInfold gt urcInfoText Description 100 FTP Server rejects session 101 FTP Server rejects USER command 102 FTP Server rejects PASS command 103 FTP Server rejects PASV command or client can t detect remote IP address 104 FTP Server rejects requested client action 105 The given path segment is wrong 106 The FTP client requests the file size from the server before starting the download During transmission phase the client adds the bytes which are sent via serial line After transmis sion is done the client com pares the amount of bytes transferred via serial line and socket 2100 FILE lt filename gt File name assigned by FTP server if mode u is used MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 254 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 10 10 3 Information Elements Related to HTTP Service lt urcInfold gt lt urcInfoText gt Description Error URCs 200 HTTP ERR Not connected cannot send request HTTP ERR failed on sending request 201 lt HTTP Respo
397. n needed for controlling the Internet session This is done by polling where the host application keeps sending the commands AT SISR AT SISW AT SISI To enable the polling mode select AT SCFG Tcp WithURCs off The disabled URCs are the following srsR URC srsw URC and srs URC for parameter lt urc Cause gt 0 Internet service events but not for lt urcCause gt 1 or 2 needed for Socket listener and always enabled Step by step overview of how to configure and use TCP IP communications with MC55 Select URC mode or polling mode as described above First of all create a CSD or GPRS connection profile with AT srcs The connection profile is a set of basic parameters which determines the type of connection to use for an Internet service The connection type is also referred to as bearer Up to 6 connection profiles can be defined each identified by the lt conPro fileld gt Secondly use AT SISS to create a service profile based on one of the connection profiles Up to 10 service profiles can be defined each identified by the srvProfilerd The service profile specifies the type of Internet service to use i e Socket FTP HTTP or one of the email services SMTP or POP3 To assign a connection profile to a service profile the conProfileId of AT SICS must be entered as conld value of the AT SISS parameter lt srvParmTag gt This offers great flexibility to combine connection profiles and service profiles For exam
398. nal injury Applications incorporating the described product must be designed to be in accordance with the technical specifications provided in these guidelines Fail ure to comply with any of the required procedures can result in malfunctions or serious discrepancies in results Furthermore all safety instructions regarding the use of mobile technical systems including GSM products which also apply to cellular phones must be followed Siemens or its suppliers shall regardless of any legal the ory upon which the claim is based not be liable for any consequential incidental direct indirect punitive or other damages whatsoever including without limitation damages for loss of business profits business interruption loss of business information or data or other pecuniary loss arising out the use of or inability to use the docu mentation and or product even if Siemens has been advised of the possibility of such damages The foregoing limitations of liability shall not apply in case of mandatory liability e g under the German Product Liability Act in case of intent gross negligence injury of life body or health or breach of a condition which goes to the root of the contract However claims for damages arising from a breach of a condition which goes to the root of the contract shall be limited to the foreseeable damage which is intrinsic to the contract unless caused by intent or gross negligence or based on liability for injury of life b
399. nclosed in quotation marks dtm gt ASCII character in the set 0 9 A B C D duration Um Tone duration in 1 10 seconds with tolerance If not specified current setting of AT VTD is used The minimum duration of DTMF signals is 300ms DTMF tones below 300ms cannot be generated 1 255 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 406 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 17 8 ATASAIC Audio Interface Configuration AT SAIC configures the interface connections of the active audio mode The write command is usable in audio modes 2 to 6 only If AT SNFS 1 any attempt to use AT SAIC write command is rejected with error response This is because all default parameters in audio mode 1 are determined for type approval and are not adjustable To allocate a specific audio mode to one of the audio interfaces first select the audio mode with AT SNFS and then choose the interface using AT SAIC Syntax Test Command AT SAIC Response s SAIC list of supported lt ioss list of supported mi c s list of supported lt ep gt s OK Read Command AT SAIC Response s SAIC io mic ep OK Write Command AT SAIC io mic lt ep gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR operation not allowed Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS O e e e e OQ Q9 Parameter Description x io num SNFW Input and output selection 1
400. ncludes international access code character 161 National number Network support of this type is optional 209 Dialing string lt number gt has been saved as ASCII string and includes non digit characters other than or Note that phonebook entries saved with this type cannot be dialed 255 Dialing string lt number gt is a command to control a Supplementary Service i e codes are contained Network support of this type is optional 129 Otherwise etext GC CSCS Text assigned to the phone number The maximum length for this parameter is given in test command response tlengths used m Value indicating the number of used locations in selected memory storage location Um The location within phonebook memory at which the corresponding entry is located This location may be used for other commands e g AT CPBR or ATD gt lt mem gt lt n gt nlength Uum Maximum length of phone number for normal locations Depending on the storage a limited number of loca tions with extended memory is available per phonebook Please refer to AT command AT CPBW for detail num lt tlength gt Maximum length of lt text gt assigned to the telephone number The value indicated by the test command is given in octets If the text string is given in GSM characters each character corresponds to one octet If the text string is given in UCS2 the maximum number of characters depends on the coding schem
401. nction mode Set all current parameters to manufacturer defaults Set circuit Data Set Ready DSR function mode Display current configuration Stores current configuration to user defined profile Accumulated call meter ACM reset or query Set alarm time Accumulated call meter maximum ACMmax set or query Advice of Charge information Select bearer service type Call forwarding number and conditions control Real Time Clock Closed User Group Call Waiting Extended Error Report Set phone functionality PDP context activate or deactivate Manual response to a network request for PDP context activation AT CGATT AT CGAUTO AT CGDATA AT CGDCONT AT CGEREP AT CGMI AT CGMM AT CGMR AT CGPADDR AT CGOMIN A T CGOREO AT CGREG AT CGSMS AT CGSN AT CHLD MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released GPRS attach or detach Automatic response to a network request for PDP context activation Enter data state Define PDP Context GPRS event reporting Request manufacturer identification Request model identification Request revision identification of software status Show PDP address Quality of Service Profile Minimum acceptable Quality of Service Profile Requested GPRS Network Registration Status Select service for MO SMS messages Request International Mobile Equipment Identity IMEI Call Hold and Multiparty Page 470 of 475 BRODERSEN simplifying process Section and Page Section 7 17 page 144 Section 15
402. nection by service code 99 and L2P PPP Establish a connection by service code 99 and using CID 1 Establish a connection by service code 99 and L2P PPP and using CID 1 The CID has to be defined by AT CGDCONT Establish a connection by service code 98 Establish an IP connection by service code 98 using CID 1 The CID has to be defined by AT CGDCONT Page 300 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 12 FAX Commands This chapter describes the AT commands used for fax communications If the ME is acting as a fax modem for a PC based fax application e g WinFax it is necessary to select the proper Service Class Fax Class provided by the ME The ME reports its Service Class capabilities i e the cur rent setting and the range of services available This is provided by the AT FCLASS command Service Classes supported by the ME AT FCLASS Parameter Service class Reference Standard 0 Data modem e g TIA EIA 602 or ITU V 250 1 Service Class 1 EIA TIA 578 A 2 Manufacturer specific ea and EIA PN 2388 ra The following AT commands are dummy commands AT FAA Auto Answer mode AT FECM Error Correction Mode control AT FLNFC Page Length format conversion AT FLPL Indicate document available for polling AT FMINSP Minimum Phase C speed AT FRBC Phase C data receive byte count AT FREL Phase C received EOL alignment AT FSPL Enable polling AT FTBC Phase C data transmit byte count AT FWDFC Page width format convers
403. ned if the command cannot be passed to the SIM e g if the SIM is not inserted However failure in the execution of the command in the SIM is reported in sw1 and lt sw2 gt param eters Please beware of possible changes to Elementary Files by the network at any time refer Chapter 14 SIM related Commands Syntax Test Command AT CRSM Response s OK Write Command AT CRSM lt command gt lt fileID gt P1 lt P2 gt lt P3 gt lt datas Response s CRSM lt swl gt lt sw2 gt lt response gt OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e e O O Parameter Description command m SIM command number 176 READ BINARY MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 368 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 178 READ RECORD 192 GET RESPONSE 214 UPDATE BINARY 220 UPDATE RECORD 242 STATUS lt filerp gt Identifier for an elementary data file on SIM if used by command P1 Zum Parameter to be passed on by the MC55 to the SIM 0 255 P2 Oum Parameter to be passed on by the MC55 to the SIM 0 255 lt P3 Sm Parameter to be passed on by the MC55 to the SIM 0 255 data SU Information which shall be written to the SIM hexadecimal character format lt swl zum Status information from the SIM about the execution of the actual command It is returned in both cases on suc ce
404. nefit from the URC it is recommended to have the setting included in the user profile saved with AT amp W or to select lt n gt 1 every time you reboot the ME See also GSMO07 07 AT CACM AT CAMM AT CAOC MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 193 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 9 3 AT CAMM Accumulated call meter maximum ACMmax set or query Syntax Test Command AT CAMM Response s OK Read Command AT CAMM Response s CAMM lt acmmax gt OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Write Command AT CAMM lt acmmax gt lt passwd gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Reference s GSM 07 07 Command Description PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last The read command returns the current ACMmax value The write command sets the Advice of Charge related to the accumulated call meter maximum value in SIM file EF ACMmax ACMmax contains the maximum number of home units allowed to be consumed by the sub scriber Parameter Description cacmmax e e e e OQ O Q9 Three bytes of the max ACM value in hexadecimal format e g 00001E indicates decimal value 30 000000 disable ACMmax feature 000001 FFFFFF passwd 8 SIM PIN2 MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 194 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 9 4 AT CAOC Advice of Charge information Syntax Test Command AT CAOC Response s CAOC list of supported
405. ng Time If a network does not send the DST parameter the TZ value would be 32 8 hours west as would be done in winter CIEV nitz 04 11 23 13 39 20 32 Please be aware that despite the last NITZ value can be looked up again via AT SINDznitz 2 the returned values may be out of date Especially the UT value is obsolete because there is no internal NITZ clock and therefore no con tinuation of UT NITZ values are lost when the module detaches from network Also when a manual network selection fails and the module automatically falls back to the previous network the NITZ values cannot be recalled Nevertheless an indi cated time zone is valid until a new MMI GMMI will trigger another NITZ indi cation Integer type value in the range stated above for the corresponding lt indDescr gt Notes specific to the EONS feature If the indicator is eons the indValue is a type associated to the operator name according to GSM 22 101 23 This type depends on the source of the operator name Priority of types associated to the operator names is defined as follows the type listed first has the highest pri ority If a type cannot be indicated the next one will be used 1 2 MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Not registered EF OPL and EF PNN alphanumeric format can contain up to 24 characters Operator Name String in long and short format according to Common PCN Handset Specification CPHS 24 alohanumeric format can c
406. ng on all remaining inter faces Therefore the total number of alarm events returned by the read command AT CALA will always be lt n gt 0 no matter whether different text messages are stored When the scheduled alarm occurs the ME sends the URC only on the interface where the most recent alarm setting was made The alarm time will be reset to 00 01 01 00 00 00 on all interfaces Examples EXAMPLE 1 You may want to configure a reminder message for July 31 2005 at 9 30h including the message Good Morning AT CALA 05 07 31 09 30 00 0 0 Good Morning OK Do not switch off the GSM engine When the alarm occurs the ME returns the following URC CALA Good Morning EXAMPLE 2 To set a fresh alarm using the same message as in Example 1 simply enter date and time n type text tlength can be omitted AT CALA 05 07 31 08 50 00 OK When the alarm is executed the URC comes with the same message CALA Good Morning EXAMPLE 3 To enable the ME to wake up into Alarm mode e g on July 20 2005 at 8 30h enter AT CALA 05 07 20 08 30 00 OK Next power down the ME AT SMSO SMSO MS OFF OK SHUTDOWN When the alarm is executed the ME wakes up to Alarm mode and displays a URC If available this line is followed by the individual lt text gt most recently saved If no individual message was saved only the first line appears CALA CALA Good Morning MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 429 of 475 3
407. ng so it is possible to use one channel to still process URCs while having a data call active on another For most of these messages the ME needs to be configured whether or not to send a URC Depending on the AT command the URC presentation mode can be saved to the user defined profile see AT amp W or needs to be activated every time you reboot the ME Several URCs are not user definable such as SYSSTART SYSSTART lt text gt sHUTDOWN and the Fax Class 2 URCs listed in Section 12 1 FAX parameters If autobauding is enabled as factory default mode or set with AT 1PR 0 URCs generated after restart will be output with 57600 bps until the ME has detected the current bit rate The URCs SYSSTART SYSSTART lt text gt however are not presented at all For details please refer to Section 4 7 1 Autobauding To avoid prob lems we recommend to configure a fixed bit rate rather than using autobauding 1 7 1 Communication between Customer Application and MC55 Leaving hardware flow control unconsidered the Customer Application TE is coupled with the MC55 ME via a receive and a transmit line Since both lines are driven by independent devices collisions may and will happen i e while the TE issues an AT command the MC55 starts sending an URC This will probably lead to the TE s misinterpretation of the URC being part of the AT command s response To avoid this conflict the following measures must be taken If an AT comman
408. ng to the 8 bit GSM coding scheme In case UCS2 character set selected it is highly recommended to set Data Coding Scheme dcs of AT CSMP to 16 bit data otherwise the length of sms user data is restricted to 88 octets Even better for mes sages with UCS2 character set is the PDU Mode At baudrates lower than 19200 it is recommended to use the line termination character only refer to lt n gt of ATS3 default lt cr gt before entering text or PDU Use of the line termination character followed by the response formatting character see n of ATS4 default lt LF gt can cause problems MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 343 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 13 8 AT CMGW Write Short Messages to Memory The execute and write commands transmit a short message either SMS DELIVER or SMS SUBMIT from TE to memory storage lt mem2 gt Memory location lt index gt of the stored message is returned Message status will be set to stored unsent unless otherwise given in parameter stat After invoking the execute or write command wait for the prompt gt and then start to write the message To save the message simply enter lt cTRL z gt After the prompt a timer will be started to observe the input To abort writing use Esc Abortion is acknowledged with OK though the message will not be saved Syntax Test Command AT CMGW Response s OK Exec Command If text mode see AT CMGF 1 AT
409. not Multiplex mode is enabled see AT CMUX Syntax Exec Command AT amp V lt value gt Response s ACTIVE PROFILE see Section 2 2 1 AT amp V responses OK Reference s V 250 Parameter Description value Som 0 Profile number Notes PIN ASCO ASC1 e Last MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Q Q Q MUX1 Q e The parameters of AT SMGO can only be displayed after the SMS data from the SIM have been read success fully for the first time Reading starts after successful SIM authentication has been performed and may take up to 30 seconds depending on the SIM used While the read process is in progress an attempt to read the parameter will result in empty values The parameter of AT CSDH will only be displayed in SMS PDU mode see AT CMGF MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 30 of 475 3 17 06 2 2 1 AT amp V responses BRODERSEN simplifying process The following tables show four different kinds of responses depending on whether or not the PIN is entered and whether or not the Multiplex mode is enabled see AT CMUX Table 2 1 PIN authentication done ACTIVE PROFILE E1 Q0 V1 X4 amp C1 amp D2 amp S0 Q0 S0 000 S3 013 84 010 85 008 86 000 87 060 88 000 10 002 818 000 CBST 7 0 1 CRLP 61 61 78 6 CR 0 FCLASS 0 CRC 0 CMGF 1 CSDH 0 CNMI 0 0 0 0 1 ILRR 0 IPR 57600 CMEE 2 SMGO 0 0 CSMS 0 1 1 1 SACM 0 000000 000000
410. ns to data mode from command mode CONNECT lt text gt Note text output only if ATX parameter setting with value gt 0 PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O e Q e O OO Q Reference s V 250 Command Description ATO is the corresponding command to the escape sequence When you have established a CSD call or a GPRS connection and TA is in command mode ATO causes the TA to resume the data or GPRS connection and takes you back to data mode or PPP online mode Parameter Description ene dm 0 Switch from command mode to data mode MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 143 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released 7 17 Switch from data mode to command mode Syntax Exec Command Response s OK PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last o Q O Q Reference s V 250 Command Description This command is only available during a CSD call or a GPRS connection The character sequence causes the TA to cancel the data flow over the AT interface and switch to command mode This allows you to enter AT commands while maintaining the data connection to the remote device or accordingly the GPRS connection To prevent the escape sequence from being misinterpreted as data it must be preceded and followed by a pause of at least 1000 ms The characters must be entered in quick succession all within 1000 ms Notes Toreturn from command mode to data or PPP online mode Enter ATO n Mult
411. nse Str gt Client error 202 lt HTTP Response Str gt Server error HTTP ERR Service unavailable 203 HTTP ERR Redirect failed too many redirects Max number of allowed redi HTTP ERR Redirect failed not allowed rects 6 HTTP ERR Redirect failed location missing 204 HTTP ERR auth failed user name or password missing HTTP ERR auth failed user name or password wrong HTTP ERR Authority required for this URL HTTP ERR No access to this URL allowed Info URCs 2200 HTTP Redirect to lt Host gt lt Port gt lt Path gt 2201 HTTP Response lt Response code gt Example SIS 2 3 2201 HTTP Response HTTP 1 1 200 OK 10 10 4 Information Elements Related to POP3 Service lt urcInfold gt lt urcInfoText gt Description Errors 300 Indicates that the POP3 User Command could not be executed successfully Warnings 4300 B POPS specific warning 10 10 5 Information Elements Related to SMTP Service urcInfoId lt urcInfoText gt Description Errors 400 N Indicates that the SMTP service could not be executed successfully Warnings 4400 SMTP specific warning Text varies depending on scenario MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 255 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 10 11 Examples of how to Configure and Use Internet Service Profiles Below you can find selective examples of how to configure and use Internet service profiles To visualize the dif ference between URC mode
412. nse parameter lt location gt addi tionally appended to each entry indicates the actual location number This number can be used for editing with A T CPBW or dialing with ATD mem n The first index number of each entry is only the serial number of the sorted list Before using the AT SPBG write command it is recommended to query the number of records currently stored in the active phonebook refer to test command parameter lt used gt The test command also includes the param eters lt nlength gt and tlength Note that if SIM storage is selected the length may not be available If stor age does not offer format information the format list should be empty parenthesises Syntax Test Command AT SPBG Response s SPBG 1 lt useds nlength tlength OK ERROR CME ERROR Write Command AT SPBG index1 lt index2 gt lt RealLocReq gt Response s SPBG lt index1 gt number type text lt locations SPBG lt index2 gt number type text lt locations OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS e oO e e O O OQ Parameter Description indexi Hm First index number in the sorted list where to start reading The supported range is given in the test command response If index 1 gt exceeds the upper bound used tCME ERROR invalid index will be returned index2 Su Last index numbe
413. nt number is presented via urcInfold and may be an error a warning an information element or a note Optionally additional information may be supplied via lt urcInfoText gt 1 Indicates that an opened Socket listener service is receiving a connection request from a remote client The incoming socket connection is dynamically assigned to the next free Inter net service profile In this case the parameter lt urcInfolds inside the srs URC equals the srvProfilerd of the dynamically assigned service pro file This ID shall be used to accept the connection request with AT SrISO or to reject it with AT SISC The connection status may be requested by using the AT SISI read or write command or the AT SISO read command Among other details the response indicates the IP address of the remote client parameter lt remAddr gt This may be helpful to decide whether to accept or reject the request 2 Incoming Socket service client connection has failed The client request was rejected automatically because no free Internet service profile was available c urcInford Um Information identifier related to lt urcCause gt See tables below for further detail The lt urcInfoId gt number ranges indicate the type of information element 0 Service is working properly 1 2000 Error service is aborted and enters srvState 6 Down 2001 4000 Information related to progress of service 4001 6000 Warning but no service abort 60
414. o enter SIM PIN2 Likewise the read command notifies that the ME is waiting for SIM PIN2 First attempt to enter a wrong SIM PIN1 SIM PIN1 authentication is still valid and the counter relates to SIM PIN2 Second attempt to enter a wrong SIM PIN1 SIM PIN1 authentication is still valid and the counter relates to SIM PIN2 Third attempt to enter a wrong SIM PIN1 SIM PIN1 authentication is no longer valid This time after the SIM PIN1 code has been dis abled the counter indicates the status of SIM PIN1 and notifies that 10 attempts are left to enter the SIM PUK To avoid conflicts we recommend to use the AT SPIC read and write commands rather than the execute com mand only The read command clearly states the currently required password and the write command may be used to get the counter for a specific acility in this case for example P2 MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 108 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 5 4 AT CLCK Facility lock AT CLCK can be used to lock unlock or interrogate a network or ME lt facility gt The command can be aborted when network facilities are being set or interrogated Syntax Test Command AT CLCK Response s CLCK list of supported lt facility gt s OK Write Command AT CLCK lt facility gt mode lt passwords lt class gt Response s if mode is not equal 2 and command successful OK if lt mode gt 2 and command
415. ocess 11 20 Using GPRS AT commands Examples Examples EXAMPLE 1 Defining and using a Context Definition ID CID Every time a CID is used as a parameter for a GPRS command the CID has to be defined before by using the AT CGDCONT command To get the parameter of a CID use the AT CGDCONT read option If the response of AT CGDCONT is OK only there is no CID defined AT CGDCONT OK There is no CID defined All parameters of the CID are initiated by NULL or not present values and the CID itself is set to be undefined To define a CID use the AT CGDCONT command with at least one CID parameter At the moment the mobile supports CID 1 and CID 2 by using the AT CGDCONT command Define CID 1 and set the PDP type to IP access point name and IP address are not set AT CGDCONT 1 IP OK Define CID 2 and sets PDP type APN and IP addr AUHCEDCONW A WIN Watitceraneic ic Chil ejors ili 212121 123 234 OK A following read command will respond AT CGDCONT TCCDCONTE IL VAIO WU WN 0 SG GI GNIS PREIS lilil AAA MPRA OK Set the CID 1 to be undefined AT CGDCONT 1 OK A following read command will respond AT CGDCONT CEDCONT 2 IPN internet be dis pss iki 222 5299294 OK MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 298 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process EXAMPLE 2 Quality of Service QoS is a special parameter of a CID which consists of several parameters itself The QoS consi
416. ocess The AT SSYNC command serves to configure the SYNC pin of the application interface Please note that the SYNC pin may be assigned different functions Depending on the design of the host application the pin can either be used to indicate the current consumption in a transmit burst or to drive a status LED connected to the pin as specified in 2 For detailed information on the SYNC pin and its LED functionality refer to 2 Before changing the mode of the SYNC pin carefully read the technical specifications Syntax Test Command AT SSYNC Response s SSYNC list of supported mode s OK Read Command AT SSYNC Response s SSYNC mode OK Write Command AT SSYNC mode Response s OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X SIEMENS e Parameter Description lt mode SIR Operation mode of the SYNC pin Setting is stored non volatile oP SYNC mode O O Last O Enables the SYNC pin to indicate growing power consumption during a trans mit burst You can make use of the signal generated by the SYNC pin if power consumption is your concern To do so ensure that your application is capable of processing the signal Your platform design must be such that the incoming signal causes other components to draw less current In short this allows your application to accommodate current drain and thus supply sufficient current to the GSM engine if required 1 LED mode Enables the SY
417. od termination lt vp gt is a string The format of vp is given by o If TA supports the enhanced validity period format see GSM 03 40 it shall be given as a hexadecimal coded string e g lt pdu gt with quotes Syntax Test Command AT CSMP Response s OK Read Command AT CSMP Response s CSMP lt fo gt vp lt scts gt pid dcs OK Write Command AT CSMP lt fos vp scts pid des Response s CSMP index OK If sending fails ERROR CMS ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 05 oO e e e oO O Q Parameter Description lt o um First Octet depending on the command or result code first octet of GSM 03 40 SMS DELIVER SMS SUBMIT default 17 SMS STATUS REPORT or SMS COMMAND default 2 in integer format 0 17 6P 255 lt vp gt Cum Depending on SMS SUBMIT o setting GSM 03 40 TP Validity Period either in integer format or in time string format refer lt dt gt 0 1676P 255 dcs UT Data Coding Scheme GSM 03 38 SMS Data Coding Scheme or Cell Broadcast Data Coding Scheme in integer format oF 247 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 356 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process num lt pid gt Protocol Identifier GSM 03 40 TP Protocol Identifier in integer format Q 6P 255 Notes When storing a SMS DELIVER from the TE to the preferred memory storage in
418. ode NO CARRIER Under the same conditions an outgoing Voice call will be terminated with result code NO DIALTONE If an invalid password is entered several times in succession a delay incremented after each failed attempt will increase the time to wait before the input of the password is accepted To avoid blocking the serial interface the running AT CLCK command is aborted after a short timeout and returns CME ERROR 100 unknown If then the AT CLCK command is issued once again execution is denied with CME ERROR 256 Operation temporary not allowed For details regarding the delay see Section 5 1 1 What to do if PIN or password authentication fails fthe user tries to set a lock although it is already active or the other way round tries to unlock an inactive lock the response will be OK but the password will not be checked or verified Examples EXAMPLE 1 Lock SIM card acility SC AT CLCK SC 1 9999 The SC parameter enables or disables the SIM PIN authentication PIN 1 when you power up the GSM engine OK SIM card locked As a result SIM PIN 1 must be entered to enable ME to register to the GSM network ATS CCK Ws Cll 0 9999 Unlocks SIM card OK When powered up ME registers to the GSM network without requesting SIM PIN1 Note Depending on the services offered by the provider this feature is not supported by all SIM card types If so the command returns ERROR when you attempt to unlock the car
419. ody or health The above provision does not imply a change on the burden of proof to the detriment of the recipient Subject to change without notice at any time The interpretation of this general note shall be governed and construed according to German law without reference to any other substantive law Copyright Transmittal reproduction dissemination and or editing of this document as well as utilization of its contents and communication thereof to others without express authorization are prohibited Offenders will be held liable for payment of damages All rights created by patent grant or registration of a utility model or design patent are re served Copyright Siemens AG 2006 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 2 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Contents 1 WRMEROCUICTION mem PEE P T a A T 13 1 4 Scope of the document eee eecececeeeecee cee ee eee ee eee e ce aeaaeaaeceeeeeeeeeeeeseceaaaaeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeseesenecantaneeeeeeess 13 1 2 Related COCUMEMtS ice ii e desde ida dunt dea ee a dan PER EUER EN E a easet av ee aa un 14 1 3 Document conventions deett bt bel i tede eaae dada va med be d ende ie dads 15 1 3 1 Quick reference table sssssssssssssssssssesessseeen enne nsn nennen nennen 15 1 3 2 Superscript notation for parameters and values ssssssssssssssseeeeee 16 1 4 AT Command Syntax ssssssssssssseseeeee eene rn enhn rrr inner r nenn
420. of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released ED Factory defined SIM locks BRODERSEN simplifying process password User defined password It is needed before the first use of lt facility gt PS and therefore must first be specified with AT CPWD or AT SPWD if it has not been predefined by factory settings If set by factory e g for a prepaid mobile the password is supplied by the provider or operator SIM fixed dialling memory If the mobile is locked to FD only the phone num bers stored to the FD memory can be dialled Capacity of FD phonebook depending on the SIM card password SIM PIN 2 If a lock on the SIM fixed dialing memory is active the following applies Outgoing voice data or fax calls can be made only to numbers stored in FD phonebook Result code depends on the type of the call for voice calls indication is CME Error 257 Call barred for data and fax calls indication is NO CARRIER Access to defined Supplementary Services such as Call barring Call wait ing Call forwarding Call hold and Multiparty is possible only if the exact cor responding public MMI code for the desired service is stored in the fixed dialing number phone book and used with ATD AT commands for supplementary service control are barred while FD lock is active Indication is CME Error 257 Call barred Access to Unstructured Supplementary Services USSD is possible only if the exact desired
421. of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 15 2 ASSTN SAT Notification Unsolicited Result Codes URC 1 Proactive Command notification SSTN lt cmdType gt Every time the SIM Application issues a Proactive Command via the ME the TA will receive a notification This indicates the type of Proactive Command issued AT SSTGI must then be used by the TA to request the parameters of the Proactive Command from the ME Upon receiving the SSTGI response from the ME the TA must send AT SSTR to confirm the execution of the Proactive Command and provide any required user response e g a selected menu item URC 2 Terminate Proactive Command notification SSTN lt cmdTerminateValue gt When the SIM application has issued a Proactive Command to the ME it is possible that this command will be terminated later URC SSTN is sent with a different Proactive Command type number added terminate offset 100 to indicate the termination of the specified command The state changes to idle Therefore the TA should avoid sending any further commands related to the ter minated Proactive Command e g AT SSTGI or AT SSTR URC 3 Notification that SIM Application has returned to main menu SSTN 254 Notification to the TA when the SIM Application has finished a command cycle and again enters its main menue which was transferred with an URC SSTN 37 SET UP MENU at start up This URC should be used to open thi
422. ommand e g AT SISO 9 Enter AT SISW specify lt reqWriteLengths e g AT SISW 9 20 Check resulting response for cnf WriteLengths Optionally check error with AT SISE e g AT SISE 9 If necessary repeat the sequence several times Enter last AT SISW command and enable lt eodFlag gt e g AT SISW 9 0 1 1 If Socket service Query available data with AT STSR e g AT SISR 9 1430 Check service state with AT SISI e g AT SISI 9 if necessary several times until lt srvState gt 6 Down Check error with AT SISE e g AT SISE 9 Close service with AT SISC e g AT SISC 9 Download Socket FTP HTTP POP3 Enter the AT SISO command e g AT SISO 9 Enter AT SISR specify lt reqReadLength gt e g AT SISR 9 1000 Check resulting response for lt cnfReadLengths If necessary repeat the sequence several times until lt cnfReadLength gt 2 end of data or ERROR Check error with AT SISE e g ATASISE 9 Close service with AT SISC e g AT SISC 9 Socket service upload and download possible in one session Recommended Set AT CMEE 2 to enable extended error text Enter the AT SISO command e g AT SISO 9 Enter AT SISR or AT SISW specifying lt reqReadLength gt or lt reqWriteLength gt e g ATASISR 9 20 or ATASISW 9 20 Check resulting response for lt cnfReadLength gt or cnfWrite Length If necessary repeat the sequence several times Check error with AT SISE e g AT SISE 9
423. on and releases the DCS message to the remote station In Phase C the AT FDT command resumes transmission after the end of a data stream transmitted before Syntax Exec Command AT FDT Response s CONNECT Write Command IATE lt i Bao ini ala e Il Response s CONNECT Reference s EIA PN 2388 Note Used for Fax Class 2 only MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O e Page 315 of 475 O o O O Oo Q9 3 17 06 12 14 AT FET End a page or document BRODERSEN simplifying process This command indicates that the current page or partial page is complete An ERROR response code results if this command is issued while the mode is on hook Syntax Write Command AT FET lt ppm gt Response s OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 EIA PN 2388 O e O e Parameter Description ppm m Post Page Message Codes 1 Another document next 2 No morepages or documents 4 Another page procedure interrupt 5 Another document procedure interrupt Note Used for Fax Class 2 only MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 316 of 475 Confidential Released MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O Oo 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 12 15 AT FK Kill operation orderly FAX abort This command causes the TA to terminate the session in an orderly manner Syntax Exec Command AT FK Response s OK PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last e O e O O O
424. on between the TE and the external PDN The V 250 D Dial command causes the MT to enter the V 250 online data state and with the TE to start the layer 2 protocol GPRS attachment and PDP context activation procedures may take place prior to or during the PDP startup if they have not already been performed using the AT CGATT and AT CGACT commands If the context to be used is already activated it will be deactivated first This ensures that the right context parameters will be used e g QoS changes since the last context activation To confirm acceptance of the command before entering the V 250 online data state command will respond with CONNECT When the layer 2 protocol has terminated either as a result of an orderly shut down of the PDP or an error the MT enters V 250 command state and returns NO CARRIER for details refer to Section 11 6 1 Automatic deac tivation of PDP context during dial up PPP Syntax Exec Command ATD 98 lt cid gt Response s CONNECT NO CARRIER Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e oO e e e O O e Parameter Description cid um Parameter specifies a particular PDP context definition see AT CGDCONT command If no context is specified an internal context with default properties is used see AT CGDCONT AT CGOREQ and AT CGOMIN 1 2 Notes f MC55is in dedicated mode command returns CME ERROR phone busy ATD is used as a standard V 250 A
425. ontain only characters from the GSM07 07 default alphabet are converted internally into their UCS2 equivalents in order to achieve consistent sorting results For the user this means that Punctuation marks and other non alphabetical characters from the common latin based character sets and from the standard GSM character set will be sorted before any alphabetical characters The ordering in which these marks appear as compared to other non alphabetical characters from the same group is determined by their collation weights and does not reflect their code values in the UCS2 or GSM alphabet tables above Please refer to www unicode org for detail Alphabetical characters from the common latin based character sets and from the standard GSM character set will be sorted according to their underlying base characters plus the collation weights of their accent signs Only collation levels 1 and 2 are regarded so sorting is not case sensitive Example the european letters A GSM OEH UCS2 00C5h ae GSM 1DH UCS2 00E6h c GSMO9h UCS2 00E7h a GSM 61H UCS2 0061h and b GSM 62H UCS2 0062h will be sorted in order a A ee b c although their numerical values in GSM and UCS2 suggest a different ordering Reference s Unicode Technical Standard 10 Unicode Collation Algorithm MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 381 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 16 2 AT CPBR Read from Phoneboo
426. ontain up to 16 characters Name information received by the NITZ service long and short form alphanu meric format can contain up to 16 characters The short form will be displayed only if EF opgno from CPHS is available Page 68 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 4 Any operator name stored internal to the ME alphanumeric format can con tain up to 16 characters 5 Broadcast MCC MNC numeric format which consists of a 3 digit country code plus a 2 or 3 digit network code If the type is 2 4 or 5 AT COPS with the appropriate mode displays the same operator name num mode 0 Indicator is deregistered i e no such indicator event report URC will be issued mode 0 is power up and factory default of indicators defined by AT SIND only 1 Indicator is registered Indicator event reports are controlled via AT CMER All indicators can be registered or deregistered via AT SIND but different default settings apply Power up and factory default of the indicators sup ported by AT CIND is lt mode gt 1 while as stated above indicators defined by AT SIND only are set to lt mode gt 0 2 Query the registration status and the current value of a single indicator type lt vmCounter gt If delivered by the network Number of new voice messages sent as part of the Voice Message Waiting Indicator Refer to lt indDescr gt eonsOperator Operator in format which depends on the type associat
427. or g of command ATD will have no effect if the option selected for this single call is identical to the option already selected with AT CCUG Current settings are saved in the ME automatically ATZ or AT amp F do not influence the current settings some combinations of parameters may lead to rejection of CUG calls by the network For more information please consult GSM 04 85 MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 197 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 9 6 AT CCFC Call forwarding number and conditions control AT CCFC controls the call forwarding supplementary service Registration erasure activation deactivation and status query are supported Syntax Test Command AT CCFC Response s CCFC list range of supported reason s OK Write Command AT CCFC lt reason gt mode number type class lt times Response s If mode is not equal 2 and command successful OK If lt mode gt 2 reason is not equal 2 and command successful CCFC status class number lt type gt OK If lt mode gt 2 lt reason gt 2 and command successful CCFC status class number type lt time gt OK If error is related to ME functionality CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 GSM 02 04 GSM 02 82 e e e e O GSM 03 82 GSM 04 82 Parameter Description reason m
428. or unsuccessfully NO CARRIER NO DIAL TONE BUSY AT SM20 0 causes the ME to return OK immediately after dialing was completed i e before call setup ter minates successfully or unsuccessfully For data connections call setup always terminates when the call has been established indicated by the result code CONNECT lt text gt or when it fails indicated by NO CARRIER The settings of AT SM20 do not apply Different call release indications Upon termination an outgoing fax or data call may show a different result code than a voice call would show under identical conditions In order to track down the actual reason for call termination AT CEER or ATS18 should be used for all applicable connections Using ATD during an active call When a user originates a second voice call whil there is already an active voice call the first call will automat ically put on hold The second call attempt is acknowledged with OK immediately after dialing with ATD has completed without relation to a successful call setup In case of failure the additional result codes NO CAR RIER NO DIAL TONE NO CARRIER will be presented afterwards see example below Parameter Description im text String of dialing digits and optional V 250 modifiers 0 9 A B C The following V 250 modifiers are ignored comma T P W MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 128 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying proc
429. orate pe sonalization PIN required Corporate personalization PUK required Master Phone Code required unknown service option not supported Page 45 of 475 3 17 06 lt err gt Code 133 134 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 BRODERSEN simplifying process Text if AT CMEE 2 requested service option not subscribed service option temporarily out of order Operation temporary not allowed call barred phone busy user abort invalid dial string ss not executed SIM blocked Invalid Block Table 2 5 General CME ERROR Codes SIEMENS lt err gt Code 615 616 639 640 764 765 767 Text if AT CMEE 2 network failure network is down service type not yet available operation of service temporary not allowed missing input value invalid input value operation failed Table 2 6 GPRS related CME ERROR Codes GSM 07 07 lt err gt Code 103 106 107 111 112 113 148 149 150 Text if AT CMEE 2 Illegal MS Illegal ME GPRS services not allowed PLMN not allowed Location area not allowed Roaming not allowed in this location area unspecified GPRS error PDP authentication failure invalid mobile class Table 2 7 SMS related CMS ERROR Codes GSM 07 05 lt err gt Code 1 8 10 21 27 28 29 30 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released Text if AT CMEE 2 Unassigned unallocated number Operator determined barring Call barred Short message transfer rejected Dest
430. oring GSM network provider and user specific data e g phonebook entries and Short Messages SMS However a SIM card may also hold a SIM Application Since the MC55 has SAT functionality it is able to execute the commands issued by applications implemented on a network provider specific SIM card Two groups of commands are used between the ME and the SIM Application Proactive Commands are issued to the MC55 s SAT from the SIM Application such as DISPLAY TEXT Envelope Commands are responded to the SIM Application from the MC55 such as MENU SELECTION 15 1 AT SSTA SAT Interface Activation Syntax Test Command AT SSTA Response s SSTA list of supported lt statess list of supported lt Alphabet gt s OK Read Command AT SSTA Response s SSTA state Alphabet allowedInstance SatProfile OK Write Command AT SSTA mode Alphabet 5 Response s OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS O e e e O Q Q Command Description The read command can be used to request the current operating status and the used alphabet of the Remote SAT interface The write command is used to activate the AT command interface of the SIM Application Toolkit in the MC55 and needs to be issued after every power on However removing and inserting the SIM does not affect the activation status SAT commands which are not using the AT interface non MMI related SAT commands e g
431. ote peer OK AT SISC 0 Closing the Socket service OK 10 11 5 Socket client sends data via TCP connection with URCs The example uses service profile O configured for Socket service and TCP AT SISO 0 The host opens service profile 0 OK SISW 0 1 Socket service is ready for upload AT SISW 0 10 The host requests to write 10 bytes SISW 0 10 10 Response that 10 bytes can be sent and are unac knowledged 0123456789 OK SISW 0 1 The URC indicates that the Socket service is ready to transfer more data Data of the last AT SISW command are transferred to the remote host AT SISW 0 10 1 The host requests to write next 10 bytes and enables the end of data flag to notify that these are the last 10 bytes of the session SISW 0 10 20 Response that the service accepts 10 bytes and this data and the previously sent data are unacknowl edged 0123456789 OK Waiting for URC SISW 0 2 Data transfer has been finished AT SISC 0 Closing the Socket service OK 10 11 6 Configuring and Using FTP Download URC Mode First set up a connection profile as explained in Section 10 1 1 or Section 10 1 2 Enter at least all parameters which are mandatory for the connection profile Configure the service profile 1 for FTP at siss 1 srvType ftp Select service type FTP OK at siss 1 conId 0 Select connection profile 0 OK at siss 1 address ftp Specify FTP address with user and password anon 192 168 1
432. otifies host that data is available for reading The host requests to read 6 bytes The first 6 bytes of datagram A are confirmed and transmitted Another 12 bytes are still available The host requests to read the next part of 6 bytes The next 6 bytes of datagram A are confirmed and transmitted Another 6 bytes are still available The host requests to read the next part of 6 bytes Last part of datagram A was received no remainder is left Again the host requests to read 6 bytes This time the request refers to datagram B which has only 3 bytes As the read datagram is smaller than the size requested by the host the response does not include the lt remainUdpPacketLengths gt 3 bytes are confirmed and transmitted Datagram B was properly received Page 247 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 10 8 AT SISW Internet Service Write Data The AT SISW command triggers a write operation upload and queries the amount of data already sent but not acknowledged at the TCP layer The write operation may be run in binary mode or in interactive text mode The AT SISW write command may return the following errors e CME ERROR operation failed if there is a problem on application socket PPP or GPRS GSM level The AT SISE command and the srs URC offer additional error information e CME ERROR operation temporary not allowed e g if the service has not network resources allocated CME ERROR operation not
433. ower is totally disconnected In this case the clock starts with lt time gt 02 01 01 00 00 00 upon next power up Each time MC55 is restarted it takes 2s to re initialize the RTC and to update the current time Therefore it is recommended to wait 2s before using the commands AT CCLK and AT CALA for example 2s after SYSSTART has been output MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 426 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 18 2 AT CALA Set alarm time The AT CALA write command can be used to set an alarm time in the ME When the alarm time is reached and the alarm is executed the ME returns an Unsolicited Result Code URC and the alarm time is reset to 00 01 01 00 00 00 The alarm can adopt two functions depending on whether or not you switch the GSM engine off after setting the alarm Reminder message You can use the alarm function to generate reminder messages For this purpose set the alarm as described below and do not switch off or power down the ME When executed the message comes as an Unsolicited Result Code which reads CALA Alarm mode You can use the alarm function to restart the ME when powered down For this purpose set the alarm as described below Then power down the ME by entering the AT SMSO command When the alarm time is reached the ME will wake up to Alarm mode To prevent the ME from unintentionally logging into the GSM network Alarm mode provides restricted operation Upon wake up
434. ple you may have one connection profile CSD or GPRS specified with AT SICs which can be associated with an SMTP ser vice profile for sending emails and a POP3 service profile for retrieving emails Oncethe connection profile and the service profile are created an Internet session can be opened by entering the AT SISO write command and the desired lt srvProfilelds In URC mode the STSR or srsw URC indicates whether the service is ready to receive or send data This means that the AT SISR or AT SISW command shall be entered after the URC was received If an error occurs the srs URC is delivered instead In polling mode you can enter the AT SISR or AT SISW command straight after AT SISO though you may MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 219 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process need to do so several times until the service confirms that data can be sent or received The first parameter of the AT SISR or AT SISW commands is always the srvProfileId the second parameter is the number of bytes which the host either wants to send to or is able to receive from the module The way the module handles the data transfer follows the rules of the ordinary socket interface and is aware that a host may be limited by its input buffer size The maximum data size supported by MC55 is 1500 bytes in both directions read or write To send or receive more than 1500 bytes the read or write action shall be repeated until the
435. plication to easily access the Internet The advantage of this solution is that it eliminates the need for the application manufacturer to implement own TCP IP and PPP stacks thus minimizing cost and time to integrate Internet connectivity into a new or existing host application This chapter is a reference guide to all the AT commands and responses defined for use with the TCP IP stack Access is provided to the following Internet Services 1 Socket Client and Server for TCP Client for UDP FTP Client HTTP Client SMTP Client POP3 Client a PON Two design strategies for using Internet Service AT commands URC mode or polling mode The MC55 offers two modes of controlling an Internet session opened with AT SISO To select the mode that best suits the preferences of your application design use the AT SCFG command parameter Tcp WithURCs refer to t cpWithUrc URC mode delivery default The progress of an Internet session is URC driven The URCs notify the host whether data can be sent or received whether data transfer has completed whether the service can be closed or whether an error has occurred This mechanism eliminates the need to poll the service until the necessary progress information is received To enable the URC mode select AT SCFG Tcp WithURCs on Polling mode In polling mode the presentation of URCs related to the Internet Services is disabled The host is responsible to retrieve all the status informatio
436. plifying process Parameter Description lt srvProfilerds Internet service profile identifier as defined by AT SISS srvProfileId 0 9 lt srvStates u Internet service state for details see AT s1SO parameter lt srvStates 2 Allocated 3 Connecting 4 Up 5 Closing 6 Down rxCount snum Number of bytes received via AT SISR since last successful AT SISO write command This is the same value as displayed by the AT SISO read command with the parameter lt rxCount gt txCount Uum Number of bytes sent via AT SISW since last successful AT SISO write command This is the same value as displayed by the AT SISO read command with the parameter lt txCount gt ackData m Number of data bytes already sent and acknowledged at TCP layer Value O indicates that no sent data is acknowledged yet Parameter is not applicable to HTTP POP3 SMTP and Socket UDP client For these services the counter is always set to 0 c unackData m Number of data bytes already sent but not yet acknowledged at TCP layer A value 0 indicates that all sent data is already acknowledged This is the same value as displayed in the response of the AT SISW write command with the parameter lt unackData gt Parameter is not applicable to HTTP POP3 SMTP and Socket UDP client For these services the counter is always set to 0 Note e Ifa service is in state Down the responses for lt rxCount gt lt txCount gt lt ackData
437. ponse indicates that only 78 bytes will transferred Dot indicates end of mail according to RFC 2821 Parameter urcCauseId of the srsR URC confirms that all data is transferred successfully Close the service 10 11 13 Retrieving Email Polling Mode This example uses the service profile described in Section 10 11 11 at siso 1 OK at sisr 1 1000 DSTORE OK at sisr 1 1000 SISR 1 0 OK at sisr 1 1000 SiGe d 578 MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 263 of 475 Open the service that was created to retrieve email number 2 from the POP3 server Try to read 1000 bytes Command response indicates that currently no data is available Again try to read 1000 bytes Command response indicates that currently no data is available Again try to read 1000 bytes Command response indicates that 578 bytes are available for reading 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process Return Path lt subscriberl testdomain com gt X Original To subscriberlGtestdomain com Delivered To subscriber2 testdomain com Received from 10 10 0 132 unknown 10 10 0 132 by testdomain com Postfix with SMTP id 379321D004 for lt subscriberl testdomain com gt Tue 20 Dec 2005 08 00 07 0100 CET To subscriber2 testdomain com CER From subscriberl testdomain com Subject TestMail Message Id lt 20051220070007 379321D004 testdomain com gt Date Tue 20 Dec 2005 08 00 07 0100 CET X UIDL amp 1
438. ponse s SNFTTY list of supported lt audioStatess OK Read Command AT SNFTTY Response s SNFTTY audioState OK Write Command AT SNFTTY lt audioState gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS e oO e e e oO O O Parameter Description audioState m 0 Audio path is in normal speech mode 1 Audio path is in TTY CTM mode MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 421 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 17 17 AT SNFV Set loudspeaker volume AT SNFV can be used to set the volume of the loudspeaker to the value outCalibrate addressed by out Step The read and write commands refer to the active audio mode The write command works only in audio modes 2 to 6 Syntax Test Command AT SNFV Response s SNFV list of supported lt outStepss OK Read Command AT SNFV Response s SNFV lt outStep gt OK Write Command AT SNFV lt outStep gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS e e o e oO OQ Qo Q Parameter Description outStep m The actual volume of each step is defined by the parameter outCalibrate which can be set with AT SNFO 0 4 Notes Any change to lt outStep gt takes effect in audio modes 2 to 6 That is when you change lt outStep gt and then select another mode with AT SNFS the same step
439. port it to the TE with a CRING unsolicited result code and was automatically rejected URC 2 CGEV NW REACT PDP type lt PDP_addr gt lt cid gt The network has requested a context reactivation The lt cid gt that was used to reactivate the context is pro vided if known to the MT URC 3 CGEV NW DEACT PDP type lt PDP_addr gt lt cid gt The network has forced a context deactivation The cid that was used to activate the context is provided if known to the MT URC 4 CGEV ME DEACT PDP type lt PDP_addr gt lt cid gt The mobile equipment has forced a context deactivation The cid that was used to activate the context is provided if known to the MT MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 273 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process URC 5 CGEV NW DETACH The network has forced a GPRS detach URC 6 CGEV ME DETACH The mobile equipment has forced a GPRS detach URC 7 CGEV NW CLASS lt class gt The network has forced a change of MS class The highest available class is reported URC 8 CGEV ME CLASS lt class gt The mobile equipment has forced a change of MS class The highest available class is reported Parameter Description lt mode Sum oP Buffer unsolicited result codes in the MT Currently 3 CGEV URCs can be buffered If MT result code buffer is full the oldest ones will be discarded No codes are forwarded to the TE 1 Discard unsolicited result
440. pot gt OK ERROR CME ERROR Write Command Configuration of Internet Service URCs AT SCFG Tcp WithURCs lt tcpWithUrcs Response s SCFG Tcp WithURCs lt tcpWithUrc gt OK ERROR CME ERROR MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 52 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Write Command Configuration of URC CTEV call Call Status Indication AT SCFG URC CallStatus CIEV lt succs Response s scrG URC CallStatus CIEV succ OK ERROR CME ERROR Write Command Configuration of URC sr cc Call Status Indication AT SCFG URC CallStatus SLCC lt sucss Response s scrG URC CallStatus SLCC lt sucs gt OK ERROR CME ERROR Write Command URC indication in datamode via Ring line AT SCFG URC Datamode Ringline lt udris Response s scrG URC Datamode Ringline lt udri gt OK ERROR CME ERROR Write Command URC indication via Ring line AT SCFG URC Ringline lt uris Response s scrG URC Ringline lt uri gt OK ERROR CME ERROR Write Command Duration of active RING line for URC indications AT SCFG URC Ringline ActiveTime lt urat gt Response s scrG URC Ringline ActiveTime lt urat gt OK ERROR CME ERROR PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last Q e e e e O OQ 9 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 53 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Parameter Description camr ID CSCS
441. presence of dial tone and busy signal and whether or not TA transmits particular result codes Syntax Exec Command ATX value Response s OK ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last V 250 O e oO e oO Q Q9 Parameter Description value SG 0 CONNECT result code only returned dial tone and busy detection are both dis abled 1 CONNECT text result code only returned dial tone and busy detection are both disabled 2 CONNECT text result code returned dial tone detection is enabled busy detection is disabled 3 CONNECT text result code returned dial tone detection is disabled busy detection is enabled 4GP CONNECT text gt result code returned dial tone and busy detection are both enabled MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 35 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 2 7 ATZ Set all current parameters to user defined profile ATZ sets all current parameters to the user profile stored with A T amp W If a connection is in progress it will be ter minated All defined GPRS contexts which are not activated or not online will be undefined see AT CGDCONT The user defined profile is stored to the non volatile memory Syntax Exec Command ATZ lt values Response s OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last V 250 O e e o L OQ Parameter Description lt value mnm 0 Reset to user profile Notes First the pro
442. pt a network request for a PDP context activation see ATA Seealso ATX for text Ifan incoming call is no longer available already disconnected hanged up a NO CARRIER result code will be given MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 127 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 7 3 ATD Mobile originated call to specified number Syntax Exec Command ATD n mgsm Response s If no dialtone parameter setting ATX2 or ATX4 NO DIALTONE If busy parameter setting ATX3 or ATX4 BUSY If a connection cannot be set up NO CARRIER OK If successfully connected and non voice call TA switches to online data mode CONNECT text When TA returns to command mode after call release OK If successfully connected and voice call OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last V 250 Q e Q Q Q O Q Command Description This command can be used to set up outgoing voice data or fax calls It also serves to control Supplementary Services The termination character is mandatory to set up voice calls or to send codes for Supplementary Services It must not be used for data and fax calls Additional notes on the responses returned after dialing with ATD For voice calls you have the choice of two different response modes that can be selected with AT SM20 AT SM20 1 factory default causes the ME to respond once the call setup is completed either successfully OK
443. ption period m Display period in seconds 1 254 Notes PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O t e oO e e Oo oO Due to the fact that not all necessary information of the neighbour cells can be decoded during a connection there are several constraints to be considered Only neighbour cells that have already been visible in IDLE mode will be further updated as long as they are still included in the list Though new neighbour cells can be added to the list e g due to handover their C1 and C2 parameters cannot be displayed until the connection is released In this case is presented for C1 and C2 To some extent the cell monitoring command AT SMONC covers the same parameters The receiving level for example can be queried with both commands Yet the resulting values may be slightly different even though obtained over a time period of a few seconds This is quite normal and nothing to worry about as the cell information is permanently updated e For compatibility with earlier products and to support legacy applications any input character may be used to stop the output in certain cases depending on the settings of AT IPR and AT CMUX MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released Page 180 of 475 3 17 06 8 9 1 Response of AT MONP Example chann 653 660 687 678 671 643 Column Chann rs dBm MCC MNC BCC C1 C2 rs 26 20 ig 14 14 10 AT MONP responses dBm 84 i90 9
444. r Selection sss 166 8 4 AT CREG Network registration ccccccceecccececesecceesessseeeceseeeseeeeeseeeseeseeseseseeeeesetesteceeeeneteaees 168 8 5 AT CSQ Signal quality sssseeeenenenm nennen nnne nen nnn nenen nnan ennnen 171 8 6 AT SMONC Cell Monitoring sssssssssssssseeneenenmenenennennenen enne nne en nennen tenen 172 8 7 ATASMOND Cell Monitoring eeeeseeeeseeseeeeeeeeenne nennen nennen tn nhan nsn tn nne s senten AAAA 174 8 8 AT MONI Monitor idle mode and dedicated mode sssse eee 177 8 8 1 AT MONI responses rre entree a a a Ee R Gage Yep ERN TANE Fux CHR Tue FERAT Yn 178 8 8 2 Service States 179 8 9 ATSMONP Monitor neighbour cells eesseeeemm emm ener 180 8 9 1 AT MONP TeSpOLS6S idi ict td ed aX a EORR RAE AUR Fe dL PON UAE IRAN ERR d KORR QR REIS 181 8 10 AT SMONG GPRS MONtlitor i e rt it E PRU OR HER ERR deed RR ERE aes 182 8 10 1 AT SMONG Cell Info Table sssssssssssseeeeneennnnne enne nnns 183 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 5 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 8 11 AT SALS Alternate Line Service cccceeecceeccecsecceeeeeeeeeeeteceeecaaeaecaeeeeeeeeeeeeeesecsecncacaesaeeeeeess 184 8 42 AT SHOM Display Homezone 2 ccccccceesescccccettenceccenthesenecenteegeaeddedteseecedenhagencedeuesaeeeeceunnseteees
445. r equal to the value requested with lt reqReadLength gt If lt reqReadLength gt equals 0 peek operator the value indicated by lt cnfReadLength gt may be greater than 1500 c urcCauserd m Indicates whether or not data is available for reading with AT SISR 1 Data is available and can be read by sending the AT SISR command The URC appears when less data was confirmed in cn ReadLength than requested with lt reqReadLength gt during the last Read Data operation and new data is available 2 End of data Data transfer has completed all data read The service can be closed with AT SISC remainUdpPacketLength m Optional third parameter of the AT SISR write command response displayed only if the Socket service uses UDP The reception of each datagram must be completed before the next datagram can be received This may be a problem if the buffer of the host application is limited and not designed to handle the maximum packet size of 1500 bytes To compensate this the host is advised to request via lt reqReadLength gt an amount less or equal its maxmimum buffer capacity and wait for the resulting AT SISR write command response with param eter lt remainUdpPacketLengths gt The benefit of this approach is that the host may properly receive all parts of a UDP datagram as after each received data part the number of remaining bytes is synchronized until read ing the datagram is finished If the currently read datagram
446. r in the sorted list where to stop reading The supported range is given in the test command response If lt index2 gt is not given via write command only the entry located at lt index1 gt will be displayed If both lt index1 gt and lt index2 gt are in the range indicated by the test command parameter lt useds the list of entries will be output and terminated with OK If lt index2 gt exceeds the range indicated by the test command parameter used the list of entries will be output but terminated with a CME ERROR invalid index MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 392 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process RealLocReq m Is a display of the real lt location gt of the entry required 0 Do not show an entry s real location number Parameter lt location gt will not be displayed 1 Show the real location number as parameter 1ocation at the end of each entry number 6 String type phone number in format specified by lt type gt The number parameter may be an empty string type Um Type of address octet which defines the used type of number ton and the numbering plan identification npi Please consider that for types other than 129 or 145 dialing from phonebook with ATD mem n is depending on the network not always possible refer to GSM 04 08 subclause 10 5 4 7 for details See also type of AT CPBW Possible values are 145 Dialing string number i
447. r is encountered in a dial string Syntax Read Command ATS8 Response s n OK Write Command ATS8 n Response s OK ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last V 250 e o O O OQ Command Description No effect for GSM Parameter Description en gt um amp W amp V oF DCE does not pause when encountered in dial string 1 255 Number of seconds to pause MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 141 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released 7 15 ATS10 carrier Syntax Read Command ATS10 Response s lt n gt OK Write Command ZUDSg nme Response s OK ERROR Reference s V 250 Command Description PIN ASCO ASC1 e O MUX1 BRODERSEN simplifying process Set disconnect delay after indicating the absence of data MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O Oe Oe This parameter setting determines the amount of time that the TA remains connected in absence of a data car rier If the data carrier is detected before disconnect the TA remains connected Parameter Description ens num amp W amp V number of tenths of seconds of delay 001 2 6P 254 MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 142 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 7 16 ATO Switch from command mode to data mode PPP online mode Syntax Exec Command ATO lt n gt Response s If connection is not successfully resumed NO CARRIER or TA retur
448. r the subscriber has retrieved all voice messages the service center auto matically sends another message indication which provides the value 0 Some operators may also send the number of waiting voice messages along with the indication In this case the number will be displayed by the MC55 as part of the URC For example CIEV vmwait1 1 5 notifies that five new voice messages are waiting However it should be noted that neither the read com mand AT SIND nor the write command AT SIND mode 2 display the number of waiting messages MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 66 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released vmwait2 ciphcall eons MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process The vmwait indicators do not apply if a network provider signals new voice mail s via standard SMS In this case the indicator message will be displayed see AT CIND Voice Message Waiting Indication for line 2 0 See description of vmwait1 1 See description of vmwait1 Ciphering Status Change Indication 0 Current call or SMS is not ciphered 1 Current call or SMS is ciphered As stated in GSM specifications 02 07 and 02 09 the ciphering indicator feature allows the MC55 to detect that ciphering is not switched on and to indicate this to the user The ciphering indicator feature may be disabled by the home network operator setting data in the administrative data field EF p in the SIM as defined in GS
449. racter conversion for SMS text mode and Remote SAT if internal TA and external TE character representation differ i e if the Data Coding Scheme and the TE character use different coding 1 5 2 1 Implementing output of SIM data to Terminal direction TA to TE Used character set DCS 7 bit DCS 8 bit DCS 16 bit GSM Data UCS2 GSM Case 1 Case 2 Case 3 GSM 1 1 8 bit to IRA 1 2 UCS2 to IRA 2 4 UCS2 Case 4 Case 5 Case 6 GSM to IRA 1 4 8 bit to IRA 1 4 UCS2 to IRA 2 4 Note The ratio of SIM bytes to output bytes is given in parentheses Case 1 Every GSM character is sent to the TE as it is 8 bit value with highest bit set to zero Example 47 H 53 H 4D H 47 H 53 H 4D H displayed as GSM Case 2 Every data byte is sent to the TE as 2 IRA characters each representing a halfbyte Example B8 H 184 decimal 42 H 38 H displayed as B8 Case 3 Every 16 bit UCS2 value is sent to the TE as 4 IRA characters Example C4xA7 H 50343 decimal 43 H 34 H 41 H 37 H displayed as C4A7 Problem An odd number of bytes leads to an error because there are always two bytes needed for each USC2 character Case 4 Every GSM character is sent to the TE as 4 IRA characters to show UCS2 in text mode Example 41 H A 30 H 30 H 34 H 31 H displayed as 0041 Case 5 Every data byte is sent to the TE as IRA representation of UCS2 similar to case 4 Example B2 H 30 H 30 H 42 H 32 H displayed as 00B2
450. racter set parameter values are expected to be given as specified via AT CSCS The following error messages may be returned by the AT SCFG write commands e CME ERROR operation temporary not allowed Change of parameter value s temporarily not allowed e CME ERROR invalid index Invalid parameter name or value s e CME ERROR invalid characters in text string Character set conversion of parameter value s failed e CME ERROR memory failure Could not allocate necessary memory or storing a parameter failed e CME ERROR operation not allowed Change of parameter value s not allowed e CME ERROR unknown Other error Syntax Test Command AT SCFG Response s sCFG Audio AMR list of supported lt amr gt s scrG Call SpeechVersion1 list of supported lt csv15s scrG GPRS ATSO withAttach list of supported lt gs0aass scrG GPRS RingOnIncomingData list of supported lt groidss SCFG PowerSaver Mode9 Timeout list of supported lt psm9toss SCFG Radio Band HandOver list of supported lt HandOverStatusss sCFG Tcp IRT list of supported lt tcpIrt gt SCFG Tcp MR list of supported t cpMr gt SCFG Tcp OT list of supported lt tcpots SCFG Tcp WithURCs list of supported lt tcpWithUrcs scrG URC CallStatus CIEV list of supported lt succss scrG URC CallStatus SLCC list of supported sucs s scrG URC Datamode Ringline list of support
451. rcc displays the list of current calls as displayed with the execute command AT SLCC The list is dis played in the state it has at the time of display not in the state it had when the signal was generated The URC s occurrence indicates call status changes for any of the calls in the list of current calls Please refer to Ca11 Status Information and AT SCFG for further information about the configuration of this URC Event reporting can be enabled separately for each interface Interface settings are saved with A T amp W and can be displayed with aT amp v Additionally The URC presentation mode for the interface must be configured with AT CMER Depending on the value of AT SCFG setting sucs Indicator SLcc will be issued if configured with write command AT SLCC and AT CMER when a state transition ends in state active or in state unknown if AT SCFG setting lt sucs gt restricted when any state transition including transitions beginning or ending in state unknown occurs in the list of active calls or when a traffic channel is established if AT SCFG setting lt sucs gt verbose If multiple displays of identical list configurations occur this happens because of short intermediate states of the list that have already been overridden by new transitions and states Thus itis guaranteed that the configuration displayed is always the current configuration at the time of the last display The list of active calls displa
452. regarded as a waiting call In URC CCWA calling number type of number class CLI validity gt parameter class specifies the class of the waiting call 1 Voice 2 Data class 2 data comprises all those class values between 16 and 128 that are supported both by the network and the MS This means a setting made for class 2 applies to all remaining data classes if supported In addition you can assign a different setting to a specific class For example you can activate call waiting for all data classes but deactivate it for a specific data class 4 Fax 7 Voice data and fax 1 2 4 8 SMS 16 Data circuit sync 32 Data circuit async 64 Dedicated packet access 128 Dedicated PAD access 1 7 255 Combination of some of the above classes For example the default setting 7 represents the sum of the integers 1 2 and 4 CF for voice data and fax The value 255 covers all classes If parameter class is omitted the default value 7 is used status m 0 Call waiting service is not active 1 Call waiting service is active calling number 6 Phone number of waiting caller in the format specified by parameter type of number type of number m Type of address octet in integer format refer to GSM 04 08 subclause 10 5 4 7 145 calling number includes international access code character MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 203 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN
453. responses This section summarizes the concerned com mands For general rules and restrictions to be considered in Multiplex mode please refer to 5 Table 4 1 Availability of AT Commands on Virtual Channels Command Behavior on channel 1 Behavior on channel 2 3 not usable but see note not usable but see note AT CBST as described not usable AT CRLP as described not usable AT CG GPRS commands as described see note AT F Fax commands as described not usable AT amp S as described not usable ATA as described no Data Calls ATD as described no Data Calls ATDI as described not usable ATL as described not usable ATM as described not usable ATO as described not usable atse as described not usable ats7 as described not usable ATSg as described not usable ATS10 as described not usable atsis as described not usable 1 Siemens GSM engines support the registers SO S29 You can change S0 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 510 and S18 using the related ATSn commands see starting from ATSO The other registers are read only and for internal use only 2 The applicability of the escape sequence depends on the customer s external application based on the Mulitplexer Protocol Recommendations for implementing an appropriate modem status command MSC are provided in 5 Section Escape Sequence 3 PDP contexts can be defined on any channel but are visible and usable only on the channel on which they are d
454. resulting in B rse This is because both alphabets mean different characters with values hex 7C or 00 and so on n addition decimal 17 and 19 which are used as XON XOFF control characters when software flow control is activated are interpreted as normal characters in the GSM alphabet When you write characters differently coded in ASCII and GSM e g A O U you need to enter escape sequences Such a character is translated into the corresponding GSM character value and when output later the GSM character value can be presented Any ASCII terminal then will show wrong responses MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 19 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Table 1 5 Examples for character definitions depending on alphabet GSM 03 38 GSM character Corresponding ASCII Hex Esc character hex value ASCII character Esc sequence sequence 5C 5C 5C 35 43 i 22 Y 22 5C 32 32 08 BSP 08 5C 30 38 00 NULL 00 5C 30 30 CAUTION Often the editors of terminal programs do not recognize escape sequences In this case an escape sequence will be handled as normal characters The most common workaround to this problem is to write a script which includes a decimal code instead of an escape sequence This way you can write for example short mes sages which may contain differently coded characters MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 20 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 1 5 1 GSM
455. ribed below PH FSIM PUK ME is waiting for phone to very first SIM card unblocking password to be given Necessary when PF lock is active and other than first SIM card is inserted PH NET PUK ME is waiting for network personalisation unblocking password PH NS PIN ME is waiting for network subset personalisation password PH NS PUK ME is waiting for network subset unblocking password PH SP PIN ME is waiting for service provider personalisation password PH SP PUK ME is waiting for service provider personalisation unblocking password PH C PIN ME is waiting for corporate personalisation password PH C PUK ME is waiting for corprorate personalisation un blocking password MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 100 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Notes Successful PIN authentication only confirms that the entered PIN was recognized and correct The output of the result code OK does not necessarily imply that the mobile is registered to the desired network Typical example PIN was entered and accepted with OK but the ME fails to register to the network This may be due to missing network coverage denied network access with currently used SIM card no valid roaming agreement between home network and currently available operators etc MC55 offers various options to verify the present status of network registration For example the AT COPS command indicates the currently used network With AT CREG you can also check t
456. ription storage C If test command List of phonebooks which can be deleted by AT SPBD If write command Phonebook to be deleted For a detailed description of storages see AT CPBS LD Last number dialed phonebook MC Missed unanswered received calls list RC Received calls list Note Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data may not yet be accessible resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned See Section 20 1 Restricted access to SIM data after SIM PIN authentication for further detail MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 391 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 16 7 AT SPBG Display phonebook entries in alphabetical order AT SPBG sorts the entries of the current phonebook in alphabetical order by name the first six characters mat ter The sort order is described in Section 16 1 Sort Order for Phonebooks There are two ways to use AT SPBG Ifthe optional parameter lt RealLocReq gt equals 0 or is omitted the sorted entries will be sequentially num bered As these numbers are not identical with the location numbers stored in the various phonebooks AT SPBG can be used for reading only For example it helps you find entries starting with matching charac ters Do not use the serial numbers to dial out or modify entries fparameter lt RealLocReq gt 1 is given by the write command the respo
457. rned by read command Responses returned by the AT SBC read command vary with the operating mode of the MC55 Normal mode MC55 is switched on by Ignition pin and running in SLEEP IDLE TALK or DATA mode Charger is not connected The AT SBC read command indicates the battery capacity and the current con sumption of the MC55 module and the application if value of application was specified before as lt cur rent gt Normal mode charging Allows charging while MC55 is switched on by Ignition pin and running in SLEEP IDLE TALK or DATA mode The AT SBC read command returns only charger status and current consump tion of the MC55 module and the application Percentage of battery capacity is not available CHARGE ONLY mode Allows charging while MC55 is detached from GSM network When started the mode is indicated by the URC SYSSTART CHARGE ONLY MODE The AT SBC read command returns only the charger status and current consumption of the MC55 module and the application Percentage of battery capacity is not available In CHARGE ONLY mode a limited number of AT commands is accessible see Appendix There are several ways to activate the CHARGE ONLY mode from POWER DOWN mode Connect charger while the MC55 was powered down with AT SMSO from Normal mode Connect charger then enter AT SMSO Alarm mode The battery can be charged while the MC55 stays in Alarm mode but the AT SBC read com mand returns only charger status and current consu
458. rotocol CHAP Handshake Authentication Protocol or none The method actually used for an Internet connection via CSD or GPRS is nego tiated at the LCP layer i e itis negotiated with the remote peer at connection setup Table 10 1 Applicability of AT SICS lt conParmTag gt values lt conParmTag gt value CSD GPRSO conType mandatory mandatory user optional optional passwd optional optional apn mandatory inactTO optional optional calledNum mandatory dataType mandatory dns1 optional optional dns2 optional optional alphabet optional optional Syntax Test Command AT SIEG S Response s OK Read Command Bay Ce Response s SICS conProfileId conParmTag lt conParmValue gt OK MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 222 of 475 3 17 06 Write Command BRODERSEN simplifying process AT S1ICS lt conProfilelds lt conParmTag gt lt conParmValue gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Parameter Description lt conProfilerd gt 0 5 conParmTag 6 Internet connection parameter conType alphabet user passwd apn inactTO calledNum dataType dns1 MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O e e e Oo Internet connection profile identifier The conProfilerd identifies all parameters of a connection profile and when a ser
459. rovisioned 11 TeleserviceNotProvisioned 12 IllegalEquipment 13 CallBarred 15 CUGReject MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 77 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released Number Description 16 IllegalSSOperation 17 SSErrorStatus 18 SSNotAvailable 19 SSSubscriptionViolation 20 SSIncompatibility 21 FacilityNotSupported 27 AbsentSubscriber 29 ShortTermDenial 30 LongTermDenial 34 SystemFailure 35 DataMissing 36 UnexpectedDataValue 37 PWRegistrationFailure 38 NegativePWCheck 43 NumberOfPWAttemptsViolation 71 UnknownAlphabet 72 USSDBusy 126 MaxNumsOfMPTY CallsExceeded 127 ResourcesNotAvailable General Problem Codes 300 Unrecognized Component 301 Mistyped Component 302 Badly Structured Component Invoke Problem Codes 303 Duplicate Invoke ID 304 Unrecognized Operation 305 Mistyped Parameter 306 Resource Limitation 307 Initiating Release 308 Unrecognized Linked ID 309 Linked Response Unexpected 310 Unexpected Linked Operation Return Result Problem Codes 311 Unrecognize Invoke ID 312 Return Result Unexpected 313 Mistyped Parameter Return Error Problem Codes 314 Unrecognized Invoke ID 315 Return Error Unexpected 316 Unrecognized Error 317 Unexpected Error 318 Mistyped Parameter MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 78 of 475 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 3 4 10 SIEMENS release cause for Call related Supplementary Ser vices CRSS Number
460. rting even if a phonebook entry is present for the number concerned Note Teleservices other than voice data fax are not fully supported by ME They are used only in connection with the handling for AT CSNS and may therefore occur in parameter mode for mobile terminated calls MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 148 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 7 21 AT SLCC Siemens defined command to list current calls of ME AT SLCC covers essentially the same information as GSM 07 07 command AT CLCc with the following addi tions The execute command response contains an additional parameter traffic channel assigned indi cating whether the call has been assigned a traffic channel by the network transmission of data or inband information is possible The additional write command allows to activate Event reporting for the list of current calls If event reporting is active for an interface a call status transition cf Call Status Information and if desired the assignment of a traffic channel will generate an event report indication to this interface In order to receive this event report as an URC the URC presentation mode for this interface has to be configured with AT CMER The frequency of event report generation can be configured with AT command AT ScFG Refer to Call Status Information for further detail on the configuration options The additional read command allows to determine the ev
461. s The AT CPBW test command returns the location range supported by the current storage the maximum length of the number field the range of supported type values and the maximum length of the lt text gt field Note The length may not be available while SIM storage is selected If storage does not offer format information the format list contains empty parenthesizes Syntax Test Command AT CPBW Response s CPBW 1 lt maxloc gt lt nlengths list of supported lt type gt s lt t length gt OK ERROR CME ERROR Write Command AT CPBW lt locations number type text Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 GSM 04 08 e e e e oO O O Parameter Description location Um Location number within phonebook memory The maximum range supported by each storage type is indicated in the test command response If lt locations is not given the first free entry will be used If x 1ocation is given as the only parameter the phonebook entry specified by 1ocation is deleted number 6 Phone number in format specified by type Parameter must be present although it may be an empty string Alphabetic characters are not permitted number may contain dialstring modifiers or If other printable non alphabetic characters are used the entry needs to be saved with lt t ype gt 209 Otherwise if lt t ype
462. s 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 17 10 AT SNFD Set audio parameters to manufacturer default values AT SNFD sets the active audio parameters to manufacturer defined default values The restored values are AT SNFA atten AT SNFI inBbcGain lt inCalibrate gt AT SNFO outBbcGain outCalibrate 0 to 4 lt sideTone gt AT SAIC io mic ep AT SNFS lt audMode gt Syntax Test Command AT SNFD Response s OK Exec Command AT SNFD Response s OK Reference s SIEMENS Note PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O e e e e e Oo Q Q9 Remember that the factory set audio mode 1 is fixed to outStep 4 Consequently AT SNFD restores audMode together with lt outStep gt 4 but does not affect the values of lt outStep gt currently selected in audio modes 2 6 This means if lt audMode gt 1 the read commands AT SNFO AT SNFV and AT CLVL will always deliver lt outStep gt 4 In all other modes the lt outStep gt value is retained until explicitly changed MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 411 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 17 11 AT SNFI Set microphone path parameters AT SNFI controls the microphone path amplification Read and write options of this command refer to the active audio mode The write command works only in audio modes 2 to 6 Syntax Test Command AT SNFI Response s SNFI list of supported
463. s AT CGATT which can be used any time to detach from the GPRS and and thus disconnect the bearer opened with AT SISO none Clears the connection profile conParmValue alphabet gt Character set selectable with lt conParmValue gt for lt conParmTag gt value alphabet O Character set determined with AT CSCS applies 1 International Reference Alphabet IRA seven bit ASCII applies conParmValue dataType C Supported data call type values in lt conParmValue gt for lt conParmTag gt value dataType o ISDN 1 Analog Notes Before opening a service profile based on a connection profile recently used check with AT SICI that the previous connection was properly closed If AT SICI confirms that the connection profile is in constate 0 Down the connection profile may be used again Ifa GPRS network does not support or is not correctly configured for automatic DNS address assignment the TCP IP stack cannot resolve fully qualified domain names In this case a warning message will be returned when trying to open an Internet service configured for automatic DNS address assignment 10 1 1 Example Default values of a CSD connection profile As stated earlier the conType selected with AT SrCS determines all other matching profile parameters related to this conType Once conType is set in a new profile the default values of all other related parameters are assumed To view the default settings you can use th
464. s EXAMPLE 1 The user fails to provide a correct SIM PIN three times The counter decreases each time After the counter reaches zero the SIM PUK is required After each failure to enter a correct SIM PUK the counter decreases at cpin CPIN SIM PIN OK at spic SPIC 3 OK at cpin 9999 Currently required password is PIN1 3 attempts left CME ERROR incorrect password MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released Page 106 of 475 3 17 06 at spic SPIC 2 OK at cpin 9999 CME ERROR incorrect password OK at spic SPIC 1 OK at cpin 9999 CME ERROR incorrect password at cpin CPIN SIM PUK OK at spic SPIC 10 OK at cpin 01234567 1234 CME ERROR incorrect password at spic SPIC 9 OK EXAMPLE 2 BRODERSEN simplifying process 2 attempts left 1 attempt left Now required password is PUK 1 10 attempts left for PUK 1 9 attempts left for PUK 1 Though a mobile is locked to a specific SIM card phone lock the user attempts to operate it with another SIM card The user correctly enters the SIM PIN of the SIM card currently inserted but then fails to give the PS lock password PH SIM PUK at cpin 9999 OK at cpin CPIN PH SIM PIN OK at spic SPIC 3 OK at cpin 4711 CME ERROR incorrect password at spic SPIC 2 OK at cpin 4712 CME ERROR incorrect password at spic SPs ii OK at spic SPIC PH SIM PIN OK at
465. s contact your local dealer or Siemens AG Parameter class is not applicable to SIM locks password and instructions for unlocking must be obtained from the network provider pe By ep Bps MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released lock Phone to the very First SIM card Network Personalisation Network subset Personalisation Service Provider Personalisation Corporate Personalisation Page 110 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process Supplementary Service Call Barring Supplementary Service Call Barring allows to specify conditions under which calls will be disallowed by the network The availability of the Supplementary Services varies with the network To benefit from call barring the client will need to subscribe them though a limited number of call barring types may be included in the basic tariff pack age When you attempt to set a lt facility gt or class which is not provisioned not yet subscribed to or not sup ported by the module the setting will not take effect regardless of the response returned The responses in these cases vary with the network for example OK CME ERROR Operation not allowed CME ERROR Oper ation not supported etc To make sure check the extended error response with AT CEER and the lock status with lt mode gt 2 password Network password supplied from the provider or operator Usually there is one password which applies to all call barring
466. s menue on the sreen The TA does not need to respond directly i e AT SSTR is not required URC 4 SIM reset notification SSTN 255 Notification to the TA if a Proactive Command REFRESH SIM Reset has been issued by the SIM Applica tion please refer to AT SSTGI This URC should be used to set the TAs application to its initial state since the SIM Application will start from the beginning too The TA does not need to respond directly i e related AT SSTGI and AT SSTR are neither required nor allowed Since the ME is still busy on SIM access the ME may respond with CME ERROR SIM blocked or CME ERROR SIM busy on following PIN required AT Commands for a while Then TA shall retry until the ME responds with OK The time needed for this process depends on the SIM and may take more than 10 sec onds Parameter Description cmdType m Proactive Command number cmdTerminateValue mm Defined as lt cmdType gt terminate offset The terminate offset equals 100 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 378 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 15 3 AT SSTGI SAT Get Information Regularly this command is used upon receipt of an URC SSTN to request the parameters of the Proactive Command Then the TA is expected to acknowledge the AT SSTGI response with AT SSTR to confirm that the Proactive Command has been executed AT SSTR will also provide any user information e g a selected menu item Th
467. s request will affect all barring services even though the request is issued for Supplementary Service BAOC Barring of all outgoing calls only Refer to the respective network provider for detail EXAMPLE 3 Handling of the PS lock password AT CMEE 2 Enable text output of CME Error information AE SCEIDS DS MILL WAARAM where 1111 old password and 2222 new password OK Password for facility PS is now 2222 INTE GPWI UPS wildy m2 220M Repeat command to provoke error incorrect pass word CME ERROR incorrect password 1111 is no longer the correct password MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 117 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process EXAMPLE 4 To specify a new PS lock password after the old password was disabled e g after three failed attempts to change the PS password use the master phone code CAUTION THIS TEST SHOULD BE PERFORMED ONLY IF THE CORRECT MASTER PHONE CODE FOR THE INDIVIDUAL ME USED IS DEFINITELY AVAILABLE Otherwise the module used will be rendered use less until the correct master phone code is entered AT CPWD PS 12345678 1111 where 12345678 is the Master Phone Code and 1111 is the new password You may also use new password to restore the former disabled pass word OK Alternatively without giving a new password AT CPWD PS 12345678 where 12345678 is the Master Phone Code Deac tivates the present phone lock OK MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 118
468. sed for the alpha field of the SIM according to GSM 11 11 Annex B 21 In the worst case the number of UCS2 characters is at least one less than half the number of GSM characters Note Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data may not yet be accessible resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned See Section 20 1 Restricted access to SIM data after SIM PIN authentication for further detail MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 383 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Example AT CPBR First run the AT CPBR test command to find out the maximum range of entries stored in the active phonebook CPBR 1 100 20 17 MC55 returns the supported values where 100 is the supported range of location numbers 20 is the length of the phone number and 17 is the maximum length of the associated text AT CPBR 1 3 Then use the AT CPBR write command to display CPBR 1 999999 145 Charlie the phonebook entries sorted by location numbers Jte a MEP TTT TY TA SB a TTL CPBR 3 888888 145 Arthur MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 384 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 16 3 AT CPBS Select phonebook memory storage AT CPBS selects the active phonebook storage i e the phonebook storage that all subsequent phonebook com mands will be operating on The read command returns the currently
469. selection e g 30 In dedicated mode under certain conditions the parameter can not be updated In such cases a is presented Note To some extent the cell monitoring commands AT MONI AT MONP and AT SMONC cover the same param eters The receiving level for example can be queried with all three commands Yet the resulting values may be slightly different even though obtained over a time period of a few seconds This is quite normal and noth ing to worry about as the cell information is permanently updated MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 173 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 8 7 AT SMOND Cell Monitoring The AT SMOND execute command can be used to obtain status information of the service cell and up to six neigh bour cells The advantage over other cell monitoring commands is that AT SMOND delivers more detailed infor mation about the received signal strength Syntax Test Command AT SMOND Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Exec Command AT SMOND Response s SMOND lt scis nci lt TA gt lt rssiber gt OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS 3GPP TS 05 08 e e e e O OQ Parameter Description sci 00 Serving cell information comma separated no cr If included lt MCC gt lt MNC gt lt LAC gt lt cell gt lt BSIC gt lt chann gt lt RxLev gt lt RxLev gt Full lt RxLev gt Sub lt RxQual gt lt
470. setting on all remaining channels Therefore the total number of alarm events returned by the read command AT CALA will always be lt n gt 0 no matter whether individual text messages are stored When the alarm is timed out and executed the ME sends the URC only on the channel where the most recent alarm setting was made The alarm time will be reset to 00 01 01 00 00 00 on all channels Presentation mode can be separately configured for each channel If Multiplex mode is activated the CNMI parameter will be set to zero on all chan nels if one channel fails to acknowledge an incoming message within the required time Phase 2 parameters can only be used on one channel The parameter for mt gt and ds on the other channels have to be set to zero If either a SM or a Status Report is not acknowledged all CNMI parameter will be set to zero on all chan nels If the ME is in Multiplexer mode it is not recommended to activate SLEEP mode with AT CFUN fun The best approach to properly control SLEEP mode in this case is to issue the PSC messages described in 5 Section Power saving control PSC Parameter lt mem3 gt will be the same on all instances but the settings of lt mem1 gt and lt mem2 gt may vary on each instance If one instance is set to lt da gt 1 and mt gt 1 then all other instances must be con figured for mt gt 0 Page 97 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 4 8 2
471. shed 1 0 2 0 0 3 31234567 129 0 Callie network may now transmit network announcements pantya ME may now transmit DTMF tones SLCC End of current list SLCC Call is now ringing at B Party 1 0 3 0 0 i 9 1234567 9 199 Caililecl Dewey Y SLCC End of current list SLCC B Party has accepted the call connection estab 10 0 0 0 1 9 I234567 0 9 129 called lished Paraty ai SLCC End of current list atd23456 We start a second voice call OK OK response is issued immediately because another call is already active cf ATD SLCC The active call is automatically put on hold triggering 1L 0 1 0 0 0 11123456711 129 Caililec the display of the list Barty t SSECC 2 0 2 0 0 1 123456 129 The second call has already started before the indi cation for the held call could be displayed SLCC End of current list SLCC The identical list is displayed again triggered by the iL O 1 0 0 0 I234567 129 Called start of the second voice call Dewey SLICES 2 0 2 0 0 1 23456 1S The status of the second list entry has already been displayed with the previous URC SLCC End of current list SLCC The held call doesn t change status right now 1 0 1 0 0 0 9 11234567 9 199 9 Calle Berty Y SECs 2 0 5 0 0 L 1234560 1A The second call is now alerting the B Party SLCC End of current list SLCC The held call doesn t change status right now L 0
472. shed connection was aborted transmission Socket error time out or protocol error 15 Remote host has reset the connection Socket error 16 No buffer space available Socket error 17 The socket is already connected Socket error 18 For TCP IP sockets the socket is not connected Socket error 19 Socket has been shut down Socket error 20 Connection timed out Socket error 21 Remote host has rejected the connection Socket error 22 Remote host is unreachable Socket error 23 An unexpected error occurred Socket error 24 Host not found DNS error 25 An error occurred that may be transient a further attempt DNS error may succeed 26 An unrecoverable error occurred DNS error General Information Elements 46 Fatal The service has detected an unknown error 47 Indicates that the remote ser vice has closed the connection The host shall close the service MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released Page 253 of 475 3 17 06 ye e doa etel 48 49 50 80 84 85 86 87 Warnings 4001 BRODERSEN simplifying process lt urcInfoText gt Description Remote peer has closed the connection Remote peer has closed the connection unexpectedly and no data are available The host shall close the service Note that the srs URC only indicates the lt urcInfolds gt but the AT SISE command indicates both the lt urcIn folds and the lt urcInfo Text gt Fatal No memory is available for service action Fatal Service has detected a
473. socket connection between host 1 and remote client is successfully established Socase SY 73 OU PO MLO LOO 187 s6S534 0 0 0 080 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process SISO SISO SISO SISO OK wo 0 1 0 Host 1 rejects the Socket connection request at sisc 0 Host 1 rejects the connection request where 0 is the OK ID of the dynamically assigned service profile at siso Query the current status of services SISO O wu The dynamically assigned service profile is free Toro i Uu again The Socket listener stays at lt srvState gt 3 Ecco 2 we listening and lt socketState gt 3 LISTENER PSSO 3 T SISO 4 Tockert 130 090 uu Dg 19 10 0 1873655341 10 00 00 SISOg Ut SISO Vp we SGISO g SESOg 9 wa OK MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 243 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 10 6 ATASISC Internet Service Close The AT SISC write command closes the TCP IP connection to the remote peer which was opened with AT SISO All resources are released all status information parameters e g lt srvState gt lt unackDatas ackData lt rxCount gt and lt txCount gt counters are reset Only the initial configuration settings are pre served The service can be restarted any time using the same configuration or a new one Syntax Test Command AT SiSC 2 Response s OK Write Command AT SISC srvProfileId Response s OK
474. splay the first list entry After the last record of the phonebook has been reached see parameter used for AT SPBG the lt inter nal counter switches over to the first There are two ways to use AT SPBS Ifthe optional parameter lt RealLocReq gt is omitted or 0 the sorted entries will be sequentially numbered As these numbers are not identical with the location numbers stored in the various phonebooks AT SPBS can be used for reading only For example it helps you find entries starting with matching characters Do not use the serial numbers to dial out or modify entries If parameter lt RealLocReq gt 1 is given by the write command the response parameter lt location gt addi tionally appended to each entry indicates the actual location number This number can be used for editing with AT CPBW or dialing with ATD mem n The first index number of each entry is only the serial number of the sorted list See examples below Syntax Test Command AT SPBS Response s SPBS list of supported lt value gt OK Write Command AT SPBS value lt RealLocReqs Response s SPBS index a number type text lt locations SPBS index b number type text lt locations SPBS index c number type text lt locations OK CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS e O e e e Parameter Description
475. sponse gt OK ERROR CME ERROR err PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last e e e e oO Q 9 Parameter Description command m 136 RUN GSM ALGORITHM Start the authentication mechanism and cipher key generation on the SIM It runs the algorithms A3 and A8 using a 16 byte random number and the sub scriber authentication key Ki which is stored in the SIM lt filerp gt Identifier for an elementary data file on SIM if used by command P1 zum Parameter to be passed on by the MC55 to the SIM P2 sum Parameter to be passed on by the MC55 to the SIM lt P3 sunm Parameter to be passed on by the MC55 to the SIM data E If lt command gt 136 RUN GSM ALGORITHM 16 byte random number MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 370 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process lt swl sun Status information from the SIM about the execution of the actual command It is returned in both cases on suc cessful or failed execution of the command 0 255 lt Sw2 ee Status information from the SIM about the execution of the actual command It is returned in both cases on suc cessful or failed execution of the command 0 255 lt response gt Response in case of a successful completion of the previously issued SIM command If lt command gt 136 RUN GSM ALGORITHM MC55 returns SRES and cipher key Kc as calculated by the SIM Byte s Description Length
476. ssen mme 128 7 4 ATD mem cn Mobile originated call using specific memory and index number 130 7 5 ATD n Mobile originated call from active memory using index number 132 7 6 ATD gt lt str gt Mobile originated call from active memory using corresponding field 133 7 7 ATDI Mobile originated call to ISDN number eene 134 7 8 ATDL Redial last number used sssssssssssssee eene ennemi en nnn nennen ns 135 7 9 ATH Disconnect existing connection iieesesssssiseseesseieeee nennen nnns tnn ananas tennis 136 7 10 AT CHUP Hang up call sssssseesseeeenm emm eee me nne rrnen nne en nennen nnns 137 7 11 ATSO Set number of rings before automatically answering a call seesssss 138 7 12 ATS6 Set pause before blind dialing seen 139 7 13 ATS7 Set number of seconds to wait for connection completion sssssessssss 140 7 14 ATS8 Set number of seconds to wait for comma dialing modifier sesssssss 141 7 15 ATS10 Set disconnect delay after indicating the absence of data carrier sssss 142 7 16 ATO Switch from command mode to data mode PPP online mode ssseesss 143 7 17 Switch from data mode to command mode sss eee 144 7 18 AT CBST Select bearer service type
477. ssful or failed execution of the command 0 255 Sw2 zum Status information from the SIM about the execution of the actual command It is returned in both cases on suc cessful or failed execution of the command 0 255 lt response gt Response data in case of a successful completion of the previously issued command STATUS and GET RESPONSE commands return data which gives information about the currently selected elementary data field This information includes the type of file and its size After READ BINARY or READ RECORD commands the requested data will be returned lt response gt is empty after UPDATE BINARY or UPDATE RECORD commands MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 369 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 14 2 AT SXSM Extended SIM Access AT SXSM extends AT CRSM with additional SIM commands All parameters of AT SXSM are used as specified by GSM 11 11 21 MC55 handles internally all required SIM interface locking and file selection routines MC55 may return error result code CME ERROR if the command cannot be passed to the SIM e g if no SIM is inserted However errors related to SIM action are reported in sw1 and lt sw2 gt parameters as defined in GSM 11 11 21 Syntax Test Command AT SXSM Response s OK Write Command AT SXSM lt commands lt fileID gt P1 P2 P3 lt datas Response s SXSM swl lt sw2 gt lt re
478. sssseee eene enn 213 9 13 AT CSSN Supplementary service notifications ssssssssssssssseeene 215 9 14 AT CUSD Supplementary service notifications ssssssssssssssseeeeeeenenne 217 10 Internet Service Commands ccccesceeeeee cence eee eeeeeeeee enna aeen eee eeeeeee saa en ninh ntn nn men nhs nnns sn nnne nenn nnn nnne nnn 219 10 1 AT SICS Internet Connection Setup Profile ssssssssssssssseeen ees 222 10 1 1 Example Default values of a CSD connection profile esssssssssss 224 10 1 2 Example GPRS connection profile esses 225 10 2 AT SICI Internet Connection Information ssssssssssseeeeeemeeennenn nennen 226 10 2 1 Checking Connection Profile Status essen eene 227 10 3 AT SISS Internet Service Setup Profile sess 228 10 4 AT SISI Internet Service Information sssssssssssssssseeemeneneenenn nnne 237 10 5 AT SISO Internet Service Open sssssssssssssssesseeeen enne eren nnne nnn ener ns 239 10 5 4 Example Accepting Rejecting Socket Connection Request from Remote Client 242 10 6 AT SISC Internet Service Close sssssssssssssssseeneeeeer emere ener nnnm 244 10 7 AT SISR Internet Service Read Data sssssssssssssssssssseeereerenen nennen nennen 245 10 7 1 Example Socket Host Reads Small Amounts of UDP Data Packets URC
479. ssssssssesseeeeen nene 355 13 16 AT CSMP Set SMS text Mode Parameters ssssssssseeeee enne 356 13 17 AT CSMS Select Message ServiCe cccccccccecescccceeeeeccceeeeeeeceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeneeeaeeenteeeaaeenenteas 358 13 18 AT SLMS List SMS Memory Storage ccccccccccceeceecceeeeeeenccneeeeecenaneeenedeaaneeeeseaaaneeenseaeeneeneees 360 13 19 AT SMGL List Short Messages from preferred store without setting status to REC READ 361 13 20 AT SMGO Set or query SMS overflow presentation mode or query SMS overflow 362 13 21 AT SMGR Read short message without setting status to REC READ neeesser 364 13 22 ATSSSCONF SMS Command Configuration ssssssssseeeeenemenn 365 13 23 AT SSDA Set SMS Display Availability sssssssssseeeeeee ns 366 13 24 AT SSMSS Set Short Message Storage Sequence sssssseseeeee en 367 14 SIM related Commands niente cereo Deck a ARKANA ANNE NARRASA ANKAA Bea ERE ATARE 368 14 1 AT CRSM Restricted SIM AGCOSS ici cete etnies a eu set ha eene mieu eee ua nne OY ERR Ra dedu 368 14 2 AT SXSM Extended SIM Access sssssssseeeeneeeene eene nnne eene rne nenne 370 14 3 AT SCKS Query SIM and Chip Card Holder Status sssssssee eee 372 14 4 AT SCID Display SIM card identification number sese 374 14 9 ATFCXXCID Display card ID cito iia ther t n re re Ene Ea Erbe a 375 MC55
480. st Command AT SNFPT Response s SNFPT list of supported pt ss OK Read Command AT SNFPT Response s SNFPT pt OK Write Command AT SNFPT pt Response s OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS O e e e e OQ o 9 Parameter Description pt Uum 0 Disables Call Progress Tones 10 Enables Call Progress Tones audible tones shortly heard on the phone when ME starts to set up a call MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 417 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 17 15 AT SNFS Select audio hardware set The AT SNFS write command serves to set the audio mode required for the connected equipment AT SNFS can also be used in conjunction with AT SAIC This is useful for example if the audio interfaces are operated alternatively to benefit from different devices Each audio mode can be assigned a specific interface To do so first select the audio mode with AT SNFS then activate the audio interface with AT sArIC and finally enter AT SNFW to store the settings to your audio profile To switch back and forth it is sufficient to use AT SNFS Syntax Test Command AT SNFS Response s SNFS list of supported audMode s OK Read Command AT SNFS Response s SNFS lt audMode gt OK Write Command AT SNFS lt audMode gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR lt err gt Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS O e e oO
481. st of supported lt rssiss list of supported lt ber gt s OK Exec Command AT CSQ Response s CSQ lt rssi gt lt ber gt OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e e e O Q Parameter Description lt rssi gt 0 113 dBm or less 1 111 dBm 2 30 109 53 dBm 31 51 dBm or greater 99 not known or not detectable ber um To check the bit error rate there must be a call in progress to obtain realistic values If no call is set up there is no BER to be determined In this case the indicated value may be 0 or 99 depending on the SIM card 0 7 as RXQUAL values in the table in GSM 05 08 section 8 2 4 99 not known or not detectable Note After using network related commands such as AT CCWA AT CCFC AT CLCK users are advised to wait 3s before entering AT CSQ This is recommended to be sure that any network access required for the preceding command has finished MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 171 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released 8 6 AT SMONC Cell Monitoring BRODERSEN simplifying process The AT SMONC execute command delivers cell information containing 9 values from a maximum of 7 base sta tions The first base station is the serving cell Syntax Test Command AT SMONC Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Exec Command AT SMONC Response s SMONC MCC 4 lt MNC gt lt LAC gt lt cell gt lt BSIC gt lt chann gt RSSI lt C1 gt 4
482. st physical serial interface ASCO e Yes O No ASC1 Is the AT command supported on the second physical serial interface ASC1 e Yes O No MUXn Is the AT command usable on the Multiplexer channels MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 e Yes O No Q AT command is usable but under the restrictions specified in the section related to the command Note The columns MUX1 MUX2 and MUX3 are relevant only when the GSM engine operates in Mul tiplexer mode that is when the first physical serial interface is partitioned into 3 virtual channels by using the Multiplexer protocol Usage is the same on ASCO and MUX1 aS Is the AT command supported in ALARM mode e Yes O No Charge Is the AT command supported in CHARGE ONLY mode e Yes O No Q AT command is usable but under the restrictions specified in the section related to the command Last If commands are concatenated this AT command must be the last one e Yes O No Note See also Section 1 4 AT Command Syntax for details on concatenated AT commands Example PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O e Q Q Q e O oO MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 15 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 1 3 2 Superscript notation for parameters and values Table 1 1 Symbols used to mark the type of parameters Parameter type Meaning param m Parameter value must be numeric type lt param gt Parameter value must be string type Table 1 2 Symbols used to indicate t
483. sts of the precedence class the delay class the reliability class the peak throughput class the mean throughput class and is divided in requested QoS and minimum acceptable QoS All parameters of the QoS are initiated by default to the network subscribed value 0 but the QoS itself is set to be undefined To define a QoS use the AT CGQREQ or AT CGQMIN command Overwrite the precedence class of QoS of CID 1 and set the QoS of CID 1 to be present AT CGQREQ 1 2 OK A following read command will respond AT CGQREQ TCCOREO 1 2 0 0 0 0 OK All QoS values of CID 1 are set to network subscribed now except precedence class which is set to 2 Now set the QoS of CID 1 to not present AT CGQREQ 1 OK Once defined the CID it can be activated To activate CID 2 use AT CGACT 1 2 OK If the CID is already active the mobile responds OK at once If no CID and no STATE is given all defined CIDs will be activated by AT CGACT OK If no CID is defined the mobile responds CME ERROR invalid index Remark If the mobile is NOT attached by AT CGATT 1 before activating the attach is automatically done by the AT CGACT command After defining and activating a CID it may be used to get online by AT CGDATA PPP 1 CONNECT The mobile is connected using the parameters of CID 1 AT CGDATA CONNECT The mobile is connected using default parameters lt L2P gt PPP and cid as described for command AT CG
484. swered Parameter Description p Cum 0 Release all held calls or set User Determined User Busy UDUB for a waiting call e Ifa call is waiting release the waiting call The calling party will receive a BUSY indication Supplementary Service User Determined User Busy UDUB Otherwise terminate all held calls if any 1 Terminate all active calls if any and accept the other call as the active call lfacallis waiting the waiting call will be accepted Otherwise if a held call is present the held call becomes active 1X Terminate a specific call X X 1 7 The call may be active held or waiting The remote party of the terminated call will receive a NO CARRIER indica tion Parameter X is the call number lt idx gt of the targeted call in the list of cur rent calls available with AT command AT CLCc 2 Place all active calls on hold if any and accept the other call as the active call lfacallis waiting the waiting call will be accepted Otherwise if a held call is present the held call becomes active 2X Place all active calls except call X X 1 7 on hold Parameter X is the call number idx of the targeted call in the list of current calls available with AT command AT CLCC 3 Add a held call to the active calls in order to set up a conference multiparty call MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 206 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released Notes BRODERSEN simplifying process The AT CHLD command
485. t Master Phone Code to be obtained from the module manufacturer and new password the new phone code PS password for lock facility if desired Mind that successful PIN authentication is a prerequisite for use of AT com mand AT CPWD If Pin authentication has not been completed input of the Master Phone code password is possible only with AT command AT CPIN or ATD For further detail please refer to Section 5 1 1 What to do if PIN or pass word authentication fails Once the Master Phone Code has been acctepted the mobile is operational and the PS lock is no longer active If needed it must be set once again with AT CLCK P2 SIM PIN 2 e g required for authentication with facility lock FD cf AT CLCK If incorrectly entered three times the SIM PUK 2 is required to perform authen tication Input of the SIM PUK 2 password is possible only with AT command AT CPIN2 or ATD For further detail please refer to Section 5 1 1 What to do if PIN or password authentication fails password length 4 to 8 digits Factory defined SIM locks Typical examples of factory set SIM locks are prepaid phones or network locks used to restrict the operation of a mobile to a specific provider or operator The client should be aware that each of these lock types can only be unlocked if the associated password is available For example a mobile can be locked to accept only SIM cards from the respective provider or even one single SIM card
486. t mode and the currently selected oper If no operator is selected lt format gt and oper are omitted 2 Manually deregister from network and remain unregistered until lt mode gt 0 or 1 or 4 is selected 3 Set only lt format gt for AT COPS read command 4 Automatic manual selection if manual selection fails automatic mode lt mode gt 0 is entered lt oper gt field will be present format m amp Wy amp v o amp P Long alphanumeric format of lt oper gt Can be up to 16 characters long 2 Numeric format of oper This is the GSM Location Area Identification LAI number which consists of the 3 digit Mobile Country Code MCC plus the 2 or 3 digit Mobile Network Code MNC MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 164 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Note Itis not recommended to use the AT COPS command before passing the CHV card holder verification SIM PIN1 verification This is because after PIN1 verification the module will automatically try to register to the network as though AT COPS were 0 regardless of the settings done before with or without SIM such as AT COPS 2 which remains unchanged Also the test command should only be used after PIN1 authentica tion MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 165 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 8 3 AT SOPS Extended Operator Selection AT SOPS queries the present status of the MC55 s
487. t command is given in octets If the text string is given in GSM characters each character corresponds to one octet If the text string is given in UCS2 the maximum number of characters depends on the coding scheme used for the alpha field of the SIM In the worst case the number of UCS2 characters is at least one less than half the number of GSM characters For a detailed description please refer to GSM 11 11 Annex B 21 Note Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data may not yet be accessible resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned See Section 20 1 Restricted access to SIM data after SIM PIN authentication for further detail MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 388 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Examples EXAMPLE 1 Make a new phonebook entry at the first free location AT CPBW 431234567 145 international EXAMPLE 2 Delete entry at location 1 AT CPBW 1 EXAMPLE 3 The following examples are provided to illustrate the effect of writing phonebook entries with different types of dial string modifiers in lt number gt MCPS VILA SII M MUAts yel AT CPBW 6 432 765 amp 54 654 John AT CPBW 7 432 765 amp 54 654 129 Eve AT CPBW 8 432 765 amp 54 654 145 Tom AT CPBW 9 432 765 amp 54 654 209 Richard EXAMPLE 4 Read phonebook entri
488. t of GSM codes See also examples below Most networks will not permit registration of new parameters for conditional call forwarding reasons 1 2 3 5 while unconditional call forwarding is enabled The AT CCFC command offers a broad range of call forwarding options according to the GSM specifications MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 199 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process However when you attempt to set a call forwarding option which is not provisioned or not yet subscribed to the setting will not take effect regardless of the response returned The responses in these cases vary with the network for example OK Operation not allowed Operation not supported etc To make sure check the call forwarding status with lt mode gt 2 Some networks may choose to have certain call forwarding condtions permanently enabled e g forwarding to a mailbox if the mobile is not reachable In this case erasure or deactivation of call forwarding for these conditions will not be successful even if the CCFC request is answered with response OK The command has been implemented with the full set of class parameters according to GSM 07 07 For actual applicability of SS call forwarding to a specific service or service group a specific lt class gt value please consult table A 1 of GSM 02 04 There is currently no release of GSM standard GSM 02 04 in which the Call Forwarding Supplementary Ser
489. t setting of AT Q simply check the settings of the active profile with AT amp V Often fax programs run an intialization procedure when started up The intialization commonly includes enabling RTS CTS hardware handshake eliminating the need to set AT Q3 once again However before setting up a CSD call you are advised to check that RTS CTS handshake is set RTS CTS hardware handshake must also be set if you want to take advantage of the CYCLIC SLEEP modes For further details refer to AT CFUN Note After deactivating the RTS line the ME may still send up to 264 bytes worst case This can be easily handled if the buffer of the host application is sufficiently sized and if a hysteresis is implemented regarding its Rx buffer For host applications that are required to handle a large amount of data at high speed a total buffer capacity of 512 bytes is recommended MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 25 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 1 7 Unsolicited Result Code Presentation URC stands for Unsolicited Result Code and is a report message issued by the ME without being requested by the TE i e a URC is issued automatically when a certain event occurs Hence a URC is not issued as part of the response related to an executed AT command Typical events leading to URCs are incoming calls RING waiting calls received short messages changes in temperature network registration etc A list of all URCs can be fo
490. t will be suppressed to 32767 A value above lt sideTone gt 65535 will cause an error Any change to lt outStep gt takes effect in audio modes 2 to 6 That is when you change lt outStep gt and then select another mode with AT SNFS the same step will be applied Nevertheless the sound quality and the amount of volume are not necessarily the same since all remaining audio parameters can use different values in either mode e Audio mode 1 is fixed to out Step 4 In this mode any attempt to change outStep or other parameters returns an error The value of outStep is stored non volatile when the ME is powered down with AT SMSO or reset with AT CFUN x 1 Any other parameters changed with AT SNFO need to be saved with AT SNFW for use after restart See also AT SNFD for details on restoring factory defaults The values of outStep can also be changed with AT SNFV and AT CLVL CAUTION When you adjust audio parameters avoid exceeding the maximum allowed level Bear in mind that exposure to excessive levels of noise can cause physical damage to users MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 416 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 17 14 AT SNFPT Set progress tones AT SNFPT controls the Call Progress Tones generated at the beginning of a mobile originated call setup Please note that the setting is stored volatile i e after restart or reset the default value 1 will be restored Syntax Te
491. t yet specified but the NTC of the connected battery pack is detected an offset value of 200mA will by default be added 200mA is an estimated value which represents the current consumption of a typical external application Drawn from practical experience it serves as a precaution to ensure proper charging in case you have not entered current It is strongly recommended that you enter the correct power con sumption of your application as described below current m Enter the current consumption of your host application in mA 0 5000 If used the current provided over the 2 9V VDD pin of the application interface maximum 70mA must be added too When the MC55 is powered down or reset the value of current is restored to its default This affects the charging control and disables the presentation of Unsolicited Result Codes Therefore the parameter should be Set every time when needed after rebooting the MC55 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 431 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Notes If multiplex mode AT CMUX is active any virtual channel can be used for entering the read or write com mand The undervoltage URC will be issued simultaneously on all three channels The URC SYSSTART CHARGE ONLY MODE is indicated automatically when the module enters this mode except when autobauding is active Unlike the undervoltage URC it cannot be disabled or enabled by the TE 18 3 1 Responses retu
492. tax as AT CMGR The only func tional difference is that the status REC UNREAD of a short message is not overwritten to REC READ Syntax Test Command AT SMGR Response s SMGR OK Write Command AT SMGR lt index gt Response s see AT CMGR Reference s SIEMENS Note PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last e e o e O Q Q9 Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data may not yet be accessible resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned See Section 20 1 Restricted access to SIM data after SIM PIN authentication for further detail MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 364 of 475 3 17 06 13 22 BRODERSEN simplifying process AT SSCONF SMS Command Configuration AT SSCONF controls details of some SMS releated commands Please note that AT SSCONF settings are stored volatile i e after restart or reset the default values will be restored Syntax Test Command AT SSCONF Response s SSCONF list of supported lt ra gt s OK Read Command AT SSCONF Response s SSCONF lt ra gt OK Write Command AT SSCONF lt ra gt Response s OK PIN Parameter Description ra S Um Display recipient address ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last e e OQ Q Q 0 8 MC55 does not display xa and tora These parameters are used with the result codes of AT CMGL AT
493. tc To make sure check the current call waiting settings with mode 2 The AT CCWA command has been implemented with the full set of class parameters according to GSM 07 07 For actual applicability of SS call waiting to a specific service or service group a specific class value please consult table A 1 of GSM 02 04 Despite the specifications stated in GSM 02 04 call waiting is not handled uniformly among all networks GSM 02 04 Annex A provides the following specification The applicability of call waiting refers to the telecommunication service of the active call and not of the waiting call The incoming waiting call may be of any kind Nevertheless networks do differ on the actual imple mentation of the service For example the activation of call waiting for lt class gt 4 fax causes some net works to send a call waiting indication if a call of any kind comes in during an active fax call but others may with the same settings active indicate a waiting fax call during any kind of active call Thus the only reliable way to receive or prevent a call waiting indication under any circumstances and in any network is to activate or deactivate call waiting for all tele and bearer services lt class gt 255 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 204 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released Examples EXAMPLE 1 Parameter lt n gt at ccwa 1 OK EXAMPLE 2 Parameter lt mode gt at ccwa 1 OK at ccwa 2 at ccwa 1 1 at ccwa 1
494. te active or unknown see Section 7 1 Call Status Information for a call in the list of active calls verbose URC CIEV call will be issued when any state transition including transi tions beginning or ending in state unknown occurs in the list of active calls or when a traffic channel is established n _ Str CSCS SLCC Call Status Indication This parameter can be used to control the behaviour of URC sr cc See also AT SLCC and Section 7 1 Call Status Information Parameter is global for all interfaces and will not be reset by AT amp F restricted URC s Lcc will be issued only when a Call Status transition ends in state active or unknown see Section 7 1 Call Status Information for a call in the list of active calls verbose P URC srLCC will be issued when any state transition including transitions beginning or ending in state unknown occurs in the list of active calls or when a traffic channel is established curi GU CSCS URC RING line This parameter can be used to control the behaviour of the RING line to indicate URCs both for idle interfaces and if configured by the parameter URC Datamode Ringline if link is reserved and if configured the indicator for incoming IP packets see parameter GPRS RingOnIncomingData lt groid gt Parameter is local for the interface volatile and will not be reset by AT amp F off URC is not indicated by RING MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 56 of 4
495. te Command AT SMGO lt n gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS oO e e e O M Unsolicited Result Code SMS buffer change SMGO mode Status of SMS buffer has changed Parameter Description p num amp W amp V SMS overflow presentation mode jojo Disable 1 Enable mode EU SMS overflow status 0 Space available 1 SMS buffer full The buffer for received short messages is lt mem3 gt See AT CPMS 2 Buffer full and new message waiting in SC for delivery to phone MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 362 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Notes Incoming short messages with message class 1 ME specific short messages or class 2 SIM specific short messages see dcs in GSM 03 38 will be stored either in ME or in SM storage Therefore the SMGO 2 indication could occur without issuing the indication SMGo 1 before The indication sMGo 1 means that both buffers ME and SM are full For more information regarding SIM and ME specific message classes refer to dcs and the following spec ifications GSM 03 38 and 3GPP TS 23 038 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 363 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 13 21 AT SMGR Read short message without setting status to REC READ The AT SMGR command is a specific Siemens command which has the same syn
496. te that when the TA TE interface is set to 8 bit operation and the used TE alphabet is 7 bit the highest bit will be set to zero Syntax Test Command AT S S Response s CSCS list of supported lt chset gt s OK Read Command AT CSCS Response s CSCS lt chset gt OK Write Command AT CSCS lt chset gt Response s OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 GSM 11 11 e e OQ Parameter Description lt chset gt GSM 6PP GSM default alphabet GSM 03 38 subclause 6 2 1 Note This setting may cause software flow control problems since the codes used to stop and resume data flow XOFF decimal 19 XON decimal 17 are interpreted as normal characters UCS2 16 bit universal multiple octet coded character set ISO IEC10646 32 UCS2 character strings are converted to hexadecimal numbers from 0000 to FFFF e g 004100620063 equals three 16 bit characters with decimal values 65 98 and 99 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 49 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 2 13 AT SCFG Extended Configuration Settings AT SCFG can be used to query and configure various settings of the MC55 The AT SCFG read command returns a list of all supported parameters and their current values The AT SCFG write command queries a configuration parameter if no value is entered or sets its value s Input of parameter names is always coded in GSM cha
497. ted lt mem1ss list of supported lt mem2 gt s list of supported lt mem3 gt s OK Read Command AT CPMS Response s CPMS memi lt usedl1s lt totall gt mem2 5 used2 lt total2 gt lt mem3 gt lt used3 gt lt total3 gt OK ERROR CMS ERROR Write Command AT CPMS lt mem1 gt 5 mem2 mem3 Response s CPMS usedi totall used2 total2 lt used3 gt lt total3 gt OK ERROR ERROR CMS ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 05 e e e e e o Oo Parameter Description lt used1 gt u Number of messages currently in lt mem1 gt used2 um Number of messages currently in lt mem2 gt used3 Seu Number of messages currently in lt mem3 gt totali Uum Number of messages storable in lt mem1 gt lt total2 gt Number of messages storable in lt mem2 gt lt total3 gt Number of messages storable in lt mem3 gt MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 351 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Notes The Mobile Equipment storage ME offers space for 25 short messages see lt mem1 gt MT is the sum of ME 25 locations and SM capacity varies with SIM card The indices index of the MT storage are dependent on the order selected with AT SSMSS The memi lt mem2 gt and lt mem3 gt parameter will be stored in non volatile memory
498. tempt to start a voice call to a barred phone number will be stopped with a CME ERROR 257 Call Barred An attempt to start a data or fax call to a barred phone number will be answered immediately with result code NO CARRIER The barred numbers are automatically removed from the blacklist according to the timing conditions specified in GSM02 07 Annex A Emergency calls MC55 supports 112 911 or 08 standardized GSM emergency numbers usable with or without SIM Example The following example shows the call setup procedure when a call is already active and a second call attempt fails because the line of the called party is busy atd03012345678 Dialing out the first party s number OK The first call is established ATD03022222222 The number of the second party is dialed OK The response OK is issued immediately though no call is established same behavior as is you had chosen AT SM20 70 BUSY Line of the second called party is busy MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 129 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 7 4 ATD gt lt mem gt lt n gt Mobile originated call using specific memory and index number Syntax Exec Command ATD mem n mgsm Response s ERROR CME ERROR err If no dialtone parameter ATX2 or ATX4 NO DIALTONE If busy parameter setting ATX3 or ATXA BUSY If connection cannot be set up NO CARRIER When TA returns to command mode after call release OK
499. ter Description lt Cal1lMode gt Call setup response mode Applies only to voice calls 0 469 lt CmgwMode m PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O e e e OQ Q Q Set compatibility to Siemens mobile phones ME will return OK immediately after attempting a call with the ATD command In case of failure additional call release indications such as NO DIAL TONE NO CARRIER BUSY will follow Default call setup mode compatible to M20 ME will return OK in case of a successful connection otherwise one of the call release indications NO DIAL TONE NO CARRIER BUSY are indi cated Response mode for sending and writing short messages Applies to the sms commands like e g AT CMGS and AT CMGW command 0 4 8F MC55_ATC_V04 00 Confidential Released Set compatibility to Siemens mobile phones ME will return CMS ERROR lt err gt when writing or sending of short mes sages fails Default mode for sending and writing short messages compatible to M20 ME will return OK no matter whether or not sms command was successfully executed Page 59 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 3 Status Control Commands The AT Commands described in this chapter allow the external application to obtain various status information from the MC55 3 1 AT CMER Mobile Equipment Event Reporting This command controls details of the CIEv URC presentation related to AT SIND and AT
500. ter Description lt indDescr gt String values and their lt indValue gt ranges All indicators supported by AT CIND are accessible with this command too A detailed description of these indi cators can be found there The following indicators are accessible via AT SIND only audio Activity of the built in audio unit 0 Audio unit not active 1 Value 1 means for example Outgoing voice call Indicator appears when dialing starts Incoming voice call Indicator appears prior to the RING result code vmwait1 Voice Message Waiting Indication for line 1 0 The value 0 notifies that no new voice message is available and is pro vided by the service center to clear the voice message indication after the subscriber has retrieved all voice messages 1 The value 1 notifies the subscriber that the mailbox contains one or several messages vmwait1 and vmwait2 indicate the receipt of a special short message with a Voice Message Waiting Indicator The service must be provisioned by the operator The numbers 1 or 2 in vmwait1 and vmwait2 are related to the two lines of the Alternate Line Service ALS also defined in CPHS Phase 2 standard For further details refer to the AT SAT S command The presentation mode of the indicator varies with the operator If more than one message are waiting some operators only indicate the first one others deliver the indicator each time a new voice message is put into the mailbox Afte
501. ters other than or Note that phonebook entries saved with this type cannot be dialed 255 Dialing string lt number gt is a command to control a Supplementary Service i e codes are contained Network support of this type is optional 129 Otherwise etext gt Stt CSCS Text assigned to a phone number The maximum length for this parameter is given with test command response parameter lt tlength gt If using an ASCII terminal characters which are coded differently in ASCII and GSM have to be entered via escape sequences as described in Section 1 5 Supported character sets maxloc m Maximum location number for the currently selected storage For phonebooks located on the SIM this value depends on the SIM card type nlength m Maximum length of phone number for normal locations Depending on the storage a limited number of loca tions with extended memory is available per phonebook These locations allow storing numbers with twice the standard length which is 2 lt nlength gt digits for normal numbers but only lt nlength gt digits for numbers saved with lt type gt 209 num lt tlength gt Maximum length of lt text gt assigned to the telephone number The value indicated by the test command is given in octets If text is given as GSM characters each character corresponds to one octet If the lt text gt string is given in UCS2 the maximum number of characters depends on the coding scheme u
502. the command has completed the MT remains in V 250 command state If the MT is already in the requested state the com mand is ignored and the OK response is returned Any active PDP contexts will be automatically deactivated when the attachment state changes to detached If the MT is not able to attach for more than 5 minutes command returns ERROR or CME ERROR unknown but MT is still trying to attach If the MT is not able to detach for more than 1 minute command returns ERROR or CME ERROR unknown but MT is still trying to detach If an attach is issued during a running detach command returns ERROR or CME ERROR unspecified GPRS error Parameter Description state Uum Indicates the state of GPRS attachement oP detached 1 attached Notes Ifthe MT is in dedicated mode write command returns CME ERROR operation temporary not allowed When the module is GPRS attached and a PLMN reselection occurs to a non GPRS network or to a network where the SIM is not subscribed to for using GPRS the resulting GMM GPRS mobility management state according to GSM 24 008 is REGISTERED NO CELL meaning that the read command will still show lt state gt 1 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 270 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 11 4 AT CGAUTO Automatic response to a network request for PDP context activation Syntax Test Command AT CGAUTO Response s CGAUTO list of supporte
503. the latter case see execute command for details The AT SRTC execute command is intended for testing It starts to play a melody from the audio output currently selected with AT SNFS To deactivate test playback use AT SRTC again During test playback you can enter the write command to select another melody and adjust the volume Also you can enter the read command to check the type and volume of the current ring tone and to view the status of playback on off The test ringing signal cannot be activated when an MTC is ringing ERROR Selecting lt volume gt 0 during the test immediately stops playback After this ring tones will be muted until you change volume using the write command The AT SRTC write command chooses the type and volume of ring tones The settings can be changed no matter whether or not the ME is ringing The selected type and volume are saved in the non volatile Flash memory and thus are retained after Power Down An exception is lt t ype gt 0 that can be entered to quickly mute the tone or melody currently played to indicate an event lt t ype gt 0 only stops immediately the audible ring tone but does not terminate the URC that indicates the event for example RING No permanent settings are changed or saved Syntax Test Command AT SRTC Response s SRTC list of supported lt typess list of supported lt volume gt s OK Read Command AT SRTC Response s SRTC type volume
504. the module s VDD pin and the URC SHUTDOWN notify that the procedure has completed and the module has entered the POWER DOWN mode Therefore be sure not to disconnect the operating voltage until VDD is low or until the URC SHUTDOWN is displayed Otherwise you run the risk of losing data For further details on how to turn off the module see the 2 Syntax Test Command AT SMSO Response s OK Exec Command AT SMSO Response s sMSO MS OFF OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS O e e o e e e o eO Unsolicited Result Code SHUTDOWN Indicates that the power off procedure is finished and the module will be switched off in less than 1 second Notes Do not send any other AT command after AT SMSO If AT SMSO is entered on one of the Multiplexer channels the ME closes the Multiplexer channels terminates the Multiplexer and deactivates all other functions Then the URC SHUTDOWN will be issued on the phys ical serial interface ASCO The URC will be transmitted at the bit rate last activated on ASCO for use with the Multiplex driver e If both interfaces ASCO and ASC1 are connected the URC appears on both of them MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 42 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released 2 10 AT GCAP returns a list of additional capabilities Syntax Test Command AT GCAP Response s OK Exec Command AT GCAP Response s GCAP OK lt name gt Reference s V 250 Parameter
505. the multiplexer and starting up ASC1 Likewise a user profile stored on ASC1 will be loaded on multiplexer channel 2 This may be a problem when ASC1 is not connected but flow control for example AT Q1 or AT Q3 is stored to the user profile on the multiplexer channel 2 In this case flow control takes effect on ASC1 when the multiplexer is switched off If then for example a large amount of URCs is generated their transmission might be stopped due to the flow control To avoid this problem we recommend that you do not activate flow control on multiplexer channel 2 when you set up a user profile with AT amp W MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 98 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 5 Security Commands The AT Commands described in this chapter allow the external application to determine various security related settings 5 1 AT CPIN PIN Authentication AT CPIN controls network authentication of the MC55 The read command returns an alphanumeric string indicating whether or not network authentication is required The write command allows the MC55 to store the entered password This may be for example the SIM PIN1 to register to the GSM network or the SIM PUK1 to replace a disabled SIM PIN1 with a new one or the PH SIM PIN if the client has taken precautions for preventing damage in the event of loss or theft etc If no PIN1 request is pending for example if PIN1 authentication has been done and the same PIN1
506. the preferred operators list Write an entry to the preferred operators list Change Password Ring tone configuration SMS Command Configuration Set SMS Display Availability Set Short Message Storage Sequence SAT Interface Activation SAT Get Information SAT Response Configure SYNC Pin Display Total Call Duration Extended SIM Access Answer a Call Manual response to a network request for PDP context activation Mobile originated call to specified number Request GPRS IP service Page 474 of 475 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Section and Page Section 13 20 page 362 Section 13 21 page 364 Section 8 6 page 172 Section 8 7 page 174 Section 8 10 page 182 Section 2 9 page 42 Section 17 9 page 409 Section 17 10 page 411 Section 17 11 page 412 Section 17 12 page 413 Section 17 13 page 415 Section 17 14 page 417 Section 17 15 page 418 Section 17 16 page 421 Section 17 17 page 422 Section 17 18 page 423 Section 8 3 page 166 Section 16 5 page 390 Section 16 6 page 391 Section 16 7 page 392 Section 16 8 page 395 Section 5 3 page 105 Section 8 13 page 187 Section 8 15 page 189 Section 8 16 page 190 Section 5 7 page 119 Section 17 19 page 424 Section 13 22 page 365 Section 13 23 page 366 Section 13 24 page 367 Section 15 1 page 376 Section 15 3 page 379 Section 15 4 page 380 Section 18 6 page 437 Section 7 27 page 160 Section 14 2 page 370 Section 7 2
507. the response format ting character refer to ATS4 default lt LF gt can cause problems MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 335 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released 13 3 AT CMGD Delete short message BRODERSEN simplifying process The write command deletes a short message from the preferred message storage lt mem1 gt location lt index gt Syntax Test Command AT CMGD Response s OK Write Command AT CMGD lt index gt Response s OK ERROR CMS ERROR Reference s GSM 07 05 Notes If there is no short message stored at the selected index the response is OK too PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last OQ Q QO Users should be aware that when using this AT command quickly after SIM PIN authentication the SIM data may not yet be accessible resulting in a short delay before the requested AT command response is returned See Section 20 1 Restricted access to SIM data after SIM PIN authentication for further detail MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released Page 336 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN 13 4 AT CMGF Select SMS message format Syntax Test Command AT CMGF Response s CMGF list of supported mode s OK Read Command AT CMGF Response s CMGF lt mode gt OK Write Command AT CMGF lt mode gt Response s OK Reference s GSM 07 05 Command Description PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X e e e The write command specifies the input and output format of the short messag
508. the total number of lines on the page the error rate is considered too high A threshold multiplier value of 20 corresponds to a 5 per cent error rate A value of 0 implies that error checking is not present or disabled Syntax Read Command AT FBADMUL Response s lt badmul gt OK Write Command AT FBADMUL lt badmu1 gt Response s OK If error is related to ME functionality ERROR Reference s EIA PN 2388 Parameter Description lt badmul Sou 0 20 255 Note Used for Fax Class 2 only MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O Page 305 of 475 S O O Oo Q Q9 3 17 06 12 4 AT FBOR Query data Bit Order BRODERSEN simplifying process This command queries the bit order for the receive mode The mode is set by the ME depending on the selected Service Class see AT FCLASS Fax Select read or test service class Syntax Test Command AT FBOR Response s list of supported lt bor gt s OK Read Command AT FBOR Response s bor OK Write Command AT FBOR lt bor gt Response s OK Reference s EIA PN 2388 Parameter Description bor um bit order modes 0 1 Note Used for Fax Class 2 only MC55 ATC V04 00 Confidential Released PIN ASCO ASC1 O e Direct bit order for both Phase C and for Phase B D data O MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X O O O O Last O Re
509. ther or not the SIM card is con nected If the ME is powered down or reset AT CFUN or AT SMSO the current presentation mode setting lt mode gt will not be retained Therefore the setting mode 1 needs to be restored after power on the MC55 or may be saved in the user profile A T amp W Parameter Description mode gt um amp Wy amp v o amp P Suppress unsolicited result codes 1 Output unsolicited result codes SimStatus mv 0 Card holder tray removed or SIM connection error 1 SIM inserted refer to note MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 372 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Note e SimStatus reflects the status of the SIM and the card holder tray Therefore if an empty SIM card tray is inserted two URCs will be presented indicating the status 1 followed by 0 i e a SIM is inserted into the card holder tray but no SIM connection could be established Example AT SCKS 1 Activates the presentation of unsolicited result codes OK Now after inserting an empty card tray the following URCs appear SCKS 1 Tray connected SCKS 0 No SIM card found MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 373 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 14 4 AT SCID Display SIM card identification number Syntax Test Command AT SCID Response s OK Exec Command A SKCarip Response s SCID cid OK ERROR CME ERROR err Reference s SIEMENS
510. timeslot TA num Timing advance for the serving cell in bits Preeti Receive Level with value 99 indicateing not known or not detectable 0 31 Signifies the RSSI range from 113dBm or less 0 to 51dBm or greater 31 in steps of 2dBm e g 1 111 dBm 2 109 dBm 30 53dBm BER m Bit Error rate with value 99 indicating not known or not detectable 0 7 as RXQUAL values RXQUALO to RXQUAL7 in GSM 05 08 section 8 2 4 MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 175 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Notes To some extent the cell monitoring commands AT SMOND AT MONI AT MONP and AT SMONC cover the same parameters The receiving level for example can be queried with all three commands Yet the resulting values may be slightly different even though obtained over a time period of a few seconds This is quite nor mal and nothing to worry about as the cell information is permanently updated During a connection not all of the neighbour cell information can be decoded The following restrictions apply Information is updated only for neighbour cells that have already been visible at connection setup and continue to be included in the list of cells New neighbour cells added to the list for example after handover cannot be displayed until the connection is released Example at smond Execute command SMOND 262 01 3008 6060 32 100 66 0 0 Line breaks insert
511. tion 12 17 page 319 Section 12 18 page 320 Section 12 19 page 321 Section 12 20 page 322 Section 12 21 page 323 Section 12 22 page 324 Section 12 23 page 325 Section 12 24 page 326 Section 12 25 page 327 Section 12 26 page 328 Section 12 27 page 329 Section 12 28 page 330 Section 2 10 page 43 Section 6 3 page 121 Section 6 5 page 122 3 17 06 AT Command AT GMR AT GSN AT ILRR AT IPR AT VTD AT VTS AT WS46 AT Q AT MONI AT MONP AT SACM AT SAIC AT SALS AT SBC AT SBV AT SCFG AT SCID IAS SIS AT SCNI AT SCTM AT SDLD AT SGAUTH AT SGCONF AT SHOM TANTI SIR GT INTUS GS AT SIND AT OSE AT SISE AT SISI AT SISO AT SISR AT SISS AT SISW NP SECO AT SLCD AT SLCK AT SLMS AT SM20 AT SMGL MC55 ATC V04 00 Description Request revision identification of software status Request International Mobile Equipment Identity IMEI Set TE TA local rate reporting Set fixed local rate Tone duration DTMF and tone generation Select wireless network Flow control Monitor idle mode and dedicated mode Monitor neighbour cells Advice of charge and query of ACM and ACMmax Audio Interface Configuration Alternate Line Service Battery Charge Control Battery Supply Voltage Extended Configuration Settings Display SIM card identification number Query SIM and Chip Card Holder Status List Call Number Information Set critical operating temperature presentation mode or query temperature Delete the last nu
512. trates how the signal path can be adjusted with the parameters inCalibrate inBbcGain outBbcGain outCalibrate and lt sideTone gt as well as io mic and ep MIC1 AT parameters are given in brackets lt gt and marked red and italic mic 1 inCalibrate Speech coder inBbcGain 42dB in 6dB steps lt sideTone co dB outBbcGain EP2 18dB dB in 6dB steps Speech decoder outCalibraternj n 0 4 TFSDAI TXDDAI Figure 17 1 Audio programming model for MC55 Module MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 401 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 17 2 ATL Set monitor speaker loudness ATL is implemented for V 250ter compatibility reasons only and has no effect In multiplex mode refer AT CMUX the command is supported on logical channel 1 only Syntax Exec Command ATL lt val gt Response s OK PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last e O o O Oo Reference s V 250 Parameter Description val SU 17 3 ATM Set monitor speaker mode ATM is implemented for V 250ter compatibility reasons only and has no effect In multiplex mode refer AT CMUX the command is supported on logical channel 1 only Syntax Exec Command ATM lt val gt Response s OK PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O e O O Q Q Q Reference s V 250 Parameter Description val sn MC55 ATC
513. twork Identity and Time Zone indication This indicator shows the time relevant information elements of an MM Informa tion MMI or GMM Information GMMI message received from the network see GSM 24 008 ch 9 2 15a and 9 4 19 The network usually sends a NITZ indicator when the mobile attaches to the network when it enters a location area with different time zone or when a daylight change occurs ANITZ indicator may consist of the following parameters Universal Time UT local Time Zone TZ Daylight Saving Time DST All information elements of MMI GMMI are optional and therefore the presentation of the parameters lt nitzUT gt lt nitzTZ gt lt nitzDST gt varies with the network For example the network may send all three parameters UT TZ DST or only UT and TZ or only TZ UT is indicated in usual date time format and represents the current world time GMT at the moment when sent TZ is given as a positive east or negative west offset from UT in units of 15 minutes DST shows the number of hours added to the local TZ because of daylight sav ing time summertime adjustment Usually DST is 1 hour but it can be also 2 hours in certain locations Example for time and time zone with DST CIEV nitz 04 07 23 13 39 20 28 1 In this example TZ is 28 showing a time offset of 7 hours west to Universal Time GMT which never changes for DST DST is 1 which indicates that one hour was added to TZ because of Daylight Savi
514. und in Section 20 7 Summary of Unsolicited Result Codes URC To announce a pending URC transmission the ME will do the following The ME activates its RING line logic 1 for 1 second i e the RING line changes to the physical Low level This allows the TE to stay in power saving mode until an ME related event requests service If several URCs occur coincidently or in quick succession each URC triggers the RING line independently although the line will not be deactivated between each URC As a result the RING line may stay low for more than 1 second If an incoming call is answered within less than 1 second with ATA or if autoanswering is set to ATSO 1 than the RING line will be deactivated earlier The SHUTDOWN URC will not activate the RING line Ifthe AT command interface is busy a BREAK will be sent immediately but the URC will not be issued until the line is free This may happen if the URC is pending in the following cases During the processing of an AT command i e the time after the TE echoes back the first character A of an AT command just sent by itself until the ME responds with OK or ERROR During a data call Please note that AT command settings may be necessary to enable in band signaling e g refer to AT CMER Or AT CNMI Itis strongly recommended to use the multiplex mode to map logical communication channels onto the serial line of the MC55 for details refer to 5 and AT command AT CMUX Doi
515. vate it for data class 64 dedicated packet access 4 fax 8 SMS 16 data circuit sync 32 data circuit async MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 111 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 64 dedicated packet access 128 dedicated PAD access 1 7 255 combination of some of the above classes For example the default setting 7 represents the sum of the integers 1 2 and 4 voice data and fax The value 255 covers all classes If parameter class is omitted the default value 7 is used Notes The AT CLCK command offers the full range of lt class gt parameters according to the GSM specifications However when you attempt to use a service option which is not provisioned or not yet subscribed to the set ting will not take effect regardless of the response returned The responses in these cases vary with the network for example OK Operation not allowed Operation not supported etc To make sure check the extended error response with AT CEER and the lock status with mode 72 The command has been implemented with the full set of lt class gt parameters according to GSM 07 07 For actual applicability of a desired Call barring service to a specific service or service group a specific lt class gt value please consult table A 1 of GSM 02 04 If an outgoing Fax or Data Call is rejected due to an active call barring supplementary service the call will be terminated with result c
516. vel Mobile Equipment Error Message Format Mobile Equipment Event Reporting Send an SMS command Delete short message Select SMS message format List SMS messages from preferred store Read SMS messages Send Short Message Write Short Messages to Memory Send short messages from storage Mute control Enter multiplex mode Dui Message Acknowledgement to ME TE only phase New short Message Indication Read own numbers Connected Line Identification Presentation Read operator names Operator Selection Mobile equipment activity status Read from Phonebook Select phonebook memory storage Write into Phonebook PIN Authentication PIN2 Authentication Preferred SMS message storage Preferred Operator List Price per unit and currency table Change Password Service reporting control Set Cellular Result Codes for incoming call indication Network registration Select radio link protocol parameters for originated non transparent data calls Page 471 of 475 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process Section and Page Section 7 10 page 137 Section 6 10 page 125 Section 3 2 page 62 Section 7 20 page 147 Section 5 4 page 109 Section 9 9 page 208 Section 9 10 page 210 Section 17 4 page 403 Section 2 11 page 44 Section 3 1 page 60 Section 13 2 page 335 Section 13 3 page 336 Section 13 4 page 337 Section 13 5 page 338 Section 13 6 page 340 Section 13 7 page 342 Section 13 8 page 344 S
517. versed bit order for Phase C data direct Bit Order for Phase B D data Page 306 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process 12 5 AT FCIG Query or set the Local Polling ID Syntax Test Command AT FCIG Response s max length of Local Polling ID string range of supported ASCII character values OK Read Command AT FCIG Response s le OK Write Command AT FCIG lt id gt Response s OK Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last EIA PN 2388 e O e O O O Q Parameter Description ig 0m Local Polling ID string max length and possible content as reported by test command Default value is empty string Notes Used for Fax Class 2 only See also AT FLID Query or set the Local ID setting capabilities MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 307 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 12 6 AT FCLASS Fax Select read or test service class AT FCLASS sets the ME to a particular mode of operation data fax This allows the ME to process information in a manner suitable for that type of information Syntax Test Command AT FCLASS Response s list of supported lt n gt s OK Read Command AT FCLASS Response s lt n gt OK Write Command AT FCLASS lt n gt Response s OK Reference s EIA TIA 592 A Parameter Description lt n gt num amp W amp V o6P 1 2 Notes PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last O e O O
518. vice is defined as applicable to SMS services Example Please note that when you configure or query call forwarding without specifying any classes the settings will refer to classes 1 2 and 4 only default The handling of classes is equivalent to AT CLCK Toregister the destination number for unconditional call forwarding CFU at ccfcz0 3 4493012345678 145 OK The destination number will be registered for voice data and fax services default lt class gt 7 In most networks the registration will also cause call forwarding to be activated for these lt class gt values To query the status of CFU without specifying class at ccfc 0 2 HCCI Ss IL Ab U016 5 9 1 2 Slate 7 feh lt LAS HOCH IL A U419 5 9 12 94155 7h 1 268 HCCI gL CRUCE OESORIN2 Z5 GIO ILS OK e To deactivate CFU without specifying class at ccfc 0 0 OK To check whether CFU was successfully deactivated note that the destination number remains registered in the network when you disable CFU at ccfc 0 2 OCICS 9 dbp UAE SOLA Save teh WLANs COCs 0 A Vara 5 9 12 94155 7 9 MI IANS zn EGET RUCEAOISQNISD SMAI 7 feh Ul ILS OK To erase the registered CFU destination number at ccfc 0 4 OK Now when you check the status no destination number will be indicated at ccfc 0 2 HEINE 3 O 1L HECINCs 0 2 HECIHCs 9 d OK MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 200 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released To query the status of CFU for all
519. vice profile is created with AT SISS the conProfileId needs to be set as conld value of the AT SISS parameter lt srvParmTag gt Type of Internet connection For supported values of lt conParmValue gt refer to lt conParmValue con Types Selects the character set for input and output of string parameters within a pro file The selected value is bound to the specific profile This means that different profiles may use different alphabets Unlike other parameters the alphabet can be changed no matter whether the lt conParmTag gt value conType has been set For supported values of conParmValue refer to conParmValue alphabet gt User name string maximum 32 characters where is default kkkkk Password string maximum 32 characters where is default Access point name string value maximum 100 characters where is default Inactivity timeout value in seconds 0 218 1 default 20 Number of seconds the bearer remains open although the service no longer needs the bearer connection Called BCD number Data call type For supported values of lt conParmValue gt refer to lt conParmValue dataType gt Primary DNS server address IP address in dotted four byte format This value determines whether to use the DNS server addresses dynamically assigned by the network or a specific DNS server address given by the user dns1 0 0 0 0 default means that the CSD or GPRS connection profile uses d
520. w short messages from the network is indicated to the TE when TE is active e g DTR signal is ON If TE is inactive e g DTR signal is OFF message receiving should be done as specified in GSM 03 38 If the DTR signal is not available or the state of the signal is ignored V 250 command AT amp DO reliable message transfer can be assured by using AT CNMA acknowledgment proce dure The rules mt 2 and mt gt 3 for storing received messages are possible only if phase 2 compatibility is activated with AT CSMS 1 The parameter lt ds gt 1 is only available in phase 2 Syntax Test Command AT CNMI Response s CNMI list of supported lt modess list of supported mt gt s list of supported lt bmss list of supported lt ds gt list of supported b r s OK Read Command AT CNMI Response s CNMI mode mt bm ds lt bfr gt OK Write Command AT CNMI lt modes mt bm lt ds gt lt bfr gt Response s OK ERROR CMS ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 05 e e e oO e o Oo Unsolicited Result Codes URC 1 lt mt gt 1 CMTI lt mem3 gt lt index gt Indicates that new message has been received URC 2 mt gt 2 PDU mode enabled CMT lt length gt lt CR gt lt LF gt lt pdu gt Indicates that new message has been received URC 3 mt gt 2 text mode enabled CMT lt 0a gt 5 sSctss toos fo
521. when data is available after opening an Internet service or less data was confirmed in lt cnfReadLength gt than requested with lt reqReadLength gt during the last Read Data operation and new data is available The URC is disabled in polling mode See AT SCFG parameter Tcp WithURCs lt tcpWithUres gt Parameter Description lt srvProfilera gt lt srvProfilelds gt 0 9 specified with AT SISS num lt reqReadLength gt 0 Peek Operator Query number of received bytes within internal buffers The behaviour of the peek operator depends on the selected Internet service i e it may not be supported by all IP Services For Socket service configured for UDP the size of the next available UDP packet is returned 1 1500 Requested number of data bytes to be read via the Internet service specified in lt srvProfilelds gt MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 245 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process num lt cnfReadLength gt 2 Indicates end of data Data transfer has been finished all data have been read and the service can be closed with AT SISC 1 Applies only to HTTP Querying number of available bytes is not supported by the HTTP service 0 Indicates that no further is are available at the moment gt 1 Number of available data bytes The range is determined by lt reqReadLength gt If lt reqReadLength gt was greater than 0 then lt cnfReadLength gt may be less o
522. will be applied Nevertheless the actual volume can be quite different depending on the values of lt outCalibrate gt set in each mode The only exception is audio mode 1 which is fixed to lt outStep gt 4 e lt outSteps is stored non volatile when the ME is powered down with AT SMSO or reset with AT CFUN 1 1 lt outStep gt is not stored by AT SNFW e lt outStep gt can also be changed by AT sNrFo Section 17 13 and AT CLVL Section 17 4 MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 422 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 17 18 AT SNFW Write audio setting in non volatile store AT SNFW causes the TA to write the currently selected audio parameters to non volatile store The saved audio profile includes the following parameters AT SNFA atten AT SNFI lt inBbcGain gt lt inCalibrate gt AT SNFO outBbcGain outCalibrate 0 to 4 lt sideTone gt AT SNFS lt audMode gt AT SAIC io mic ep Syntax Test Command AT SNFW Response s OK Exec Command AT SNFW Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR err Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last SIEMENS O e e J O MC55_ATC_V04 00 Page 423 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 17 19 AT SRTC Ring tone configuration The AT SRTC read command returns the current type and current volumes The read command can be used while test playback is off or on In
523. wo characters have to be 00 Example UCS2 character 009F H typed as 009F is sent as 30 H 30 H 39 H 46 H converted into 8 bit value 9F H Maximum number of UCS2 characters is 140 which are represented by 560 IRA characters Number of IRA char acters must be a multiple of four Case 6 Every UCS2 character is sent as 4 IRA characters each and is converted into a 16 bit value again Example UCS2 character 9F3A H typed as 9F3A is sent as 39 H 46 H 33 H 41 H converted into 9F3A H Maximum number of UCS2 characters is 70 which are represented by 280 IRA characters Number of IRA char acters must be a multiple of four Invalid UCS2 values must be prevented MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 24 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 1 6 Serial Interface Flow Control Flow control is essential to prevent loss of data or avoid errors when in a data or fax call the sending device is transferring data faster than the receiving side is ready to accept When the receiving buffer reaches its capacity the receiving device should be capable to cause the sending device to pause until it catches up There are basically two approaches to regulate data flow Software flow control and hardware flow control The High Watermark of the input output buffer should be set to approximately 60 of the total buffer size The Low Watermark is recommended to be about 30 The data flow should be stopped when the capacity rises clos
524. y answer on authentication requests from the server with the current passwd and user parameter settings If these parameters are not specified the MC55 will terminate the HTTP connection and send an indication to the TA Default is 1 Email sender address i e MAIL FROM address string Length 6 256 A valid address parameter consists of local part and domain name delimited by a character e g john smith somedomain de Recipient address of the email i e RCPT TO address string Length 6 256 If multiple recipient addresses are to be supplied the comma character is used as delimiter to separate individual address values e g john smith somedo main de tom meier somedomain de CC recipient address of the email string Length 6 256 If multiple CC recipient addresses are to be supplied the comma character is used as delimiter to separate individual address values e g john smith somedomain de tom meier somedomain de Subject content of the email string Length 0 256 If no subject is supplied the email will be sent with an empty subject This parameter if set will be appended at the end of the email header section string Length 0 256 Hence it serves as a generic header field parameter which allows the user to provide any email header field It is the user s responsibility to provide correct header fields String of max 256 characters Example for multipart MIME messages
525. y internal processes Read command AT CXXX This command returns the currently set value of the parameter or parameters Write command AT CXXX lt gt This command sets user definable parameter values Exec ution command AT CXXX The execution command reads non variable parameters deter mined by internal processes in the GSM engine 1 4 1 Using Parameters Optional parameters are enclosed in square brackets If optional parameters are omitted the current settings are used until you change them Optional parameters or subparameters can be omitted unless they are followed by other parameters If you want to omit a parameter in the middle of a string it must be replaced by a comma See also example 1 Aparameter value enclosed in square brackets represents the value that will be used if an optional parameter is omitted See also example 2 When the parameter is a character string e g text or number the string must be enclosed in quotation marks e g Charlie Brown or 49030xxxx Symbols in quotation marks will be recognized as strings All spaces will be ignored when using strings without quotaton marks e Itis possible to omit the leading zeros of strings which represent numbers If an optional parameter of a V 250 command is omitted its value is assumed to be 0 Example 1 Omitting parameters in the middle of a string AT CCUG Query current setting CCUG 1 10 1 OK AT CCUG 9 Set only the mid
526. yed with this URC will always be terminated with an empty line preceded by prefix SLCC in order to indicate the end of the list Command Description The read command returns an indication whether event reporting is active for the current interface The exec command returns a list of current calls of ME If command is successful but no calls are available no information response is sent to TE Use the write command to activate or deactivate event reporting for URC sLcc Event reporting can be enabled separately for each interface Interface settings are saved with AT amp W and can be displayed with a T amp V Parameter Description idx um call identification number as described in GSMO02 30 subclause 4 5 5 1 this number can be used in AT CHLD command operations ens num amp W amp V oye presentation of URC sr cc disabled 1 presentation of URC sLcc enabled dir um 0 mobile originated call MOC 1 mobile terminated call MTC MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 150 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process lt stat pOu state of the call 0 active 1 held 2 dialing MOC 3 alerting MOC 4 incoming MTC 5 waiting MTC 6 terminating The call is not active anymore but inband information is still avail able 7 dropped The call has been suspended by the network but may be resumed later mode gt bearer teleservice 0 voice 1 data 2 fax 3 voice
527. ynamic DNS assignment Any other address means that the Primary DNS is manually set The default value applies automatically if no other address is set Note that the AT SICS read command only returns a manually configured IP address while the value 0 0 0 0 is not indicated at all no matter whether assumed by default or explicitly specified See also note below Page 223 of 475 3 17 06 BRODERSEN simplifying process dns2 Secondary DNS server address IP address in dotted four byte format If dns1 0 0 0 0 this setting will be ignored Otherwise this value can be used to manually configure an alternate server for the DNS1 If dns1 is not equal 0 0 0 0 and no dns2 address is given then dns2 0 0 0 0 will be assumed automatically The AT SICS read command only returns a manually configured IP address while the value 0 0 0 0 is not indicated at all no matter whether assumed by default or explicitly specified conParmValue 6 Parameter value type and supported content depend on related lt conParmTag gt conParmValue conType 69 Supported connection type values in lt conParmValue gt for lt conParmTag gt value conType CSD Circuit switched data call GPRSO GPRS connection Settings of GPRS related commands are not used e g AT CGDCONT When a service based on a GPRS connection profile is started after entering AT S1SO MC55 automatically tries to attach to the GPRS Yet the only exception i
528. yntax Test Command Al RE 2 Response s CRC list of supported lt mode gt s OK ERROR Read Command AT CRC Response s CRC lt mode gt OK ERROR Write Command AT CRC lt modes gt Response s OK ERROR Reference s PIN ASCO ASC1 MUX1 MUX2 MUX3 Charge X Last GSM 07 07 e e e e O O OQ Unsolicited Result Codes URC 1 RING Indicates incoming call to the TE if lt mode gt 0 URC 2 CRING type Indicates incoming call to the TE if lt mode gt 1 Parameter Description mode gt hu m amp Wy amp v 0 9 Disable extended format 1 Enable extended format type 6 REL ASYNC Asynchronous non transparent FAX Facsimile VOICE Voice GPRS PDP type PDP addr lt L2P gt lt APN gt GPRS network request for PDP context activation MC55 ATC V04 00 Page 156 of 475 3 17 06 Confidential Released BRODERSEN simplifying process 7 24 AT CSNS Single Numbering Scheme The AT CSNS command enables the ME to accept incoming calls when no bearer capability information is pro vided with the call e g single numbering scheme calls or calls originating from analog devices Syntax Test Command AT CSNS Response s CSNS list of supported mode s OK Read Command AT CSNS Response s CSNS lt mode gt OK Write Command AT CSNS lt mode gt Response s OK ERROR CME ERROR Reference s GSM 07 07 Parameter Description lt

Siemens MC55 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents